Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Specifications
ci _._1\VA,N N YI :ck'''; 2 '; fg c •L.,.....,4 r.; h t!! MiA7 *TA DESIGN AT WORK Q i 1 3 •.. .1 `,q7,0 . r.i7v -.4-po A cn-) ti 6,„ ,. r ; • ::,. '1 • g , , , , f, , i lf pif 0 „ , . ' Y.,.. , mf, V :, ,,::' 4.. . , . . ■ . COOLER/FREEZER,REMODEL ,. _. Warehouse 11 1, 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Tigard, Oregon 972231 - ... .. P ro j e ct _ WI a n u ; MG2 # 95184O15 --- 'City of Tigard , f . , Issued for Permit & Bid Asor•ved Plans ,t September 11 ' :\) _ Da yA4 - fla , 2008 8 i3LP2CCE3-�M - 7 7 I t 7 . OFFICE-COPY COSTCO WHOLESALE 999 Lake Drive Issaquah, Washington 98027 4 25 457 200U I 11,1C '2T A\ ENDS NE I SUITE DOD I 2ELLLVNE ,`, '0 DUD 413 2002 1 MolvDnnyr_.2 rocr, , -- i PROJECT DIRECTORY COSTCO WHOLESALE Freezer /Cooler Remodel Warehouse No. 111 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Issued for Permit & Bid September 11, 2008 OWNER: COSTCO WHOLESALE 999 LAKE DRIVE ISSAQUAH, WASHINGTON 98027 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 425.463.2000 John Court, Project Manager FAX 425.463.2002 ENGINEERS NORTHWEST 20,6.525.7560 Structural Engineer FAX 206.522.6698 T.E. INC. 206.241.2012 Mechanical & Electrical Engineers FAX 206.241 3101 Teldian Corporation 206.439.7080 Fire Protection Consultant FAX 206.439.7089 This project may not be included in any bid depository system for the purpose of receiving unsolicited bids by subcontractors, subcontractor trades, or sub -bids. By Architect of Record I I I I I 1 This Page Intentional) Left Blank) 9 Y ) • I I I 1 i i 1i T 1 I 1 I I I TABLE OF CONTENTS Number of Section No. Title Pages I BIDDING REQUIREMENTS Document 00020 Invitation to Bid 3 Document 00100 Instructions to Bidders 5 Document 00350 Form of Bid Proposal 6 CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Document AIA A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction 40 Document 00500 Supplementary Conditions 6 Document 00800 Special Conditions 3 I , DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01100 Summary of Work 4 Section 01230 Alternates 2 Section 01250 Contract Modifications 8 I Section 01290 Payment Procedures 8 Section 01310 Project Meetings 2 Section 01320 Construction Progress Documentation. 6 I Section 01330 Submittal Procedures 11 Section 01400 Quality Requirements 3 Section 01420 References 3 Section 01500 Temporary Construction Facilities 4 I Section 01700 Execution Requirements 5 • Section 01731 Cutting and Patching 3 Section 01770 Closeout Procedures 5 • DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 3 Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 4 I Section 03300 Structural Concrete 6 Section 03310 Cast -in -Place Concrete Floor Slab 8 Section 03318 Floor Joint Filler 6 Section 03390 Interior Floor Slab Curing 5 Section 03395 Penetrating Seal and Hardener 6 D IVISION 4 MASONRY Section 04100 Mortar and Grout 4 Section 04200 Unit Masonry 9 D IVISION 5 METALS Section 05400 Cold- Formed Metal Framing 4 1 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications . 3 DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07190 Water Repellent ....... ......... 6 1' Section 07200 Building Insulation . 6 Section 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 5 Section 07920 Joint Sealants . .. 7 I DIVISION 9 FINISHES Section 09770 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels (FRPP) ............ .. .......... 4 Section 09900 Painting 11 I DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Section 10440 Interior Panel Signs ..................... . . . 3 I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 09/10/08 I TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 Number of Section No. Title Pages DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Section 13850 Fire Alarm /Life Safety 5 Section 13910 Fire Sprinkler 14 DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL Section 15010 Mechanical Work, General 7 Section 15020 Demolition & Remodeling 2 Section 15050 Basic Materials And Methods 9 Section 15250 Insulation 6 Section 15400 Soil, Waste and Drainage 4 - Section 15410 Piping Systems 12 Section 15420 Domestic Water System 4 • Section 15450 Plumbing Fixtures & Trim 3 Section 15880 Air Distribution System 5 Section 15950 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 6 DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL Section 16010 General Provisions 7 Section 16020 Existing Conditions 2 Section 16050 Basic Materials & Methods 5 Section 16150 Electrical Workmanship .... 3 APPENDIX DOCUMENTS .� SitelFolio General Contractor User Guide 13 END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS • '1 I , 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE • COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 09/10/08 I DOCUMENT 00020 INVITATION TO BID PROJECT ARCHITECT: MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1110 — 112 Avenue N.E., Suite 500 Bellevue, Washington 98004 PROJECT: COSTCO WHOLESALE FREEZER/REFRIGERATION REMODEL Warehouse No. 111 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 INVITATION TO BID 1. NOTICE TO GENERAL CONTRACTORS: Bids for this project will be received by Costco Wholesale at the Project Architect's office until 2:00 p.m. (Pacific Time) on September 30, 2008. A. The completed Bid Breakdown form in the "Form of Bid Proposal" Document is due at the Project Architect's office by 5.00 p.m. (Pacific Time) on same date. B. Proposals received after the time and date stated above will not receive consideration C. Prepare and submit the "Negotiated Contract Bid Book" within three business days of the bid opening date, following instructions in Document 00100 "Instructions to Bidders." 2. DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK: The project involves the demolition of the existing freezers and cooler and construction new freezer and cooler, the demolition of the existing Food Service cooler and the construction a new cooler and island case; the demolition of egress door and the reconfiguration of racking in the existing Costco Wholesale. Building has a concrete slab on grade and metal roofing. The contract award with the successful bidder will be in one contract agreement with Owner. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR BID LIST The following contractor has been selected to bid this project: KEY MECHANICAL 19430 68 Avenue South Kent, WA 98032 Ph: (253) 872 -7392 Fx: (253) 872 -7398 Attn: Bill Zornes 9. PRE - SELECTED SUB - CONTRACTOR BID LIST: The following specialized sub - contractor was selected to do part of the work on this project. They will submit the same bid amounts to each General Contractor bidding this project. No other bids for the products listed below will be accepted. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I DOCUMENT 00020 Page 2 INVITATION TO BID SPAN CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING, INC. , 1841 Howard Road Madera, CA 93637 Ph: (559) 661 -1111 Fx: (559) 673 -0600 Attn: Ernie Brandi Email: ErnieB @spanconstruction.com A. The Owner will purchase certain building products and materials directly from this Sub - Contractor. Installing the materials and products is part of this work, with descriptions of responsibilities detailed in the sections listed below 1 9) Pre - Engineered Metal Roof Modifications Section 13125 4. PRE - SELECTED MATERIAL SUPPLIER BID LIST: The following suppliers are selected to furnish materials for this project. No other suppliers from these trades will be accepted. These pre - selected sub - contractors will submit the same bid amount to each General Contractor bidding this project. I A. Polymer Flooring Section 09700 General Polymers a division of Sherwin Williams Company 1 145 Caldwell Drive Cincinnati, OH 45216 Ph/ cell (503) 319 -5209 Fax: (503) 214 -8970 Email skaiser @general Polymers.com Attn: Scott Kaiser www.generalpolymers.com Contact: HTI POLYMER, INC. Attn: Chris Campton 18732 -- 142 Ave NE Woodinville, WA 98072 Phone: 425 - 487 -8911 Fax: 425 - 487 -8915 Email: chris @HTlpolymer.com B. Door Hardware ................... Section 08710 EVERGREEN CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES, INC. 1410 37 Street NW, Suite "A" Auburn, Washington 98001 Ph. (253) 288 -8455 Fx: (253) 288 -8456 Contact: Lance M. Stretch, President C. Lighting Fixtures and Lamps........... Section 16500 GRAYBAR ELECTRIC 1919 Sixth Avenue South Seattle, WA 98134 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I DOCUMENT 00020 Page 3 INVITATION TO BID Ph: 1206) 292 -4848 / (800) 933 -4849 Fx: (206) 701 -2999 Attn: Thomas Turner Em: Thomas.TurnerGBE.com www.graybar.com 5. BID OPENING: Bids will be opened privately at the time and location indicated above. The low bid will be announced by the Architect. 6. BIDDING DOCUMENTS Drawings and Specifications may be examined at the offices of the General Contractors listed above. 7. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Bidding Documents: Three (3) complete sets of bidding documents, including the drawings and specifications, will be furnished to the selected General Contractor(s) at no charge. 1) Additional copies of the bidding documents may be obtained from the Architect at the Contractor's expense. Only full sets of documents will be provided. 2) Use only complete sets of Bidding Documents to prepare Bids. Neither the Owner nor the Architect assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. B. Construction Documents: Three (3) complete sets of Construction Documents, including the drawings and specifications, will be furnished to the General Contractor at no charge. 1) Subcontractors may obtain additional copies of the Construction Documents from the General Contractor at the Contractor's expense. 8. RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS: The Owner reserves the right to waive irregularities in or to reject any and /or all bid proposals. I END OF INVITATION TO BID .I I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard. Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I DOCUMENT 00020 Page 4 INVITATION TO BID (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I I I I I I III I I I I I 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE I COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I 1 DOCUMENT 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PROJECT ARCHITECT: MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1110 112th Avenue N.E., Suite 500 Bellevue, Washington 98004 I PROJECT: COSTCO WHOLESALE FREEZER/REFRIGERATION REMODEL Warehouse No. 111 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Proposals to be entitled to consideration must be made in accordance with the following instructions: 1 1. GENERAL: Invitation to Bid, as included in the Specifications, shall be considered as a part of these Instructions to Bidders as if repeated herein. PI 2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS: Before submitting a proposal, the bidder shall: A. Carefully examine the Drawings and Specifications, Addenda, Reports and other information • furnished to the bidders, B. Visit the site of the work and become fully informed about existing conditions and limitations, I and C. Rely on the bidder's judgment in preparing the proposal, and include in the bid a sum sufficient to cover all items required by the Contract. 1 3. INTERPRETATIONS: A. Questions regarding Drawings and Specifications should be addressed to the Architect via the bidding General Contractors only and will be answered by addenda addressed to all bidders. Subcontractors are to address all questions to the General Contractor only. The Architect will not respond to Subcontractor questions that have not been received from the 1 General Contractor. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for oral interpretations. B. The General Contractor is required to notify the Architect of all discrepancies contained in the bidding documents. In the event of an un- clarified discrepancy the contractor is required to bid the item of greater costs. C Questions received less than twenty -four (24) hours before the time set for bid opening cannot be answered. All addenda issued during the bidding period will be incorporated into the Contract. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I DOCUMENT 00100 Page 2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 4. FORM OF BID: Submit bid in duplicate, on forms furnished by the Architect, without alterations in the form, or any recapitulation of the work to be done. Fill in all blank spaces in the form, in accordance with the portion or portions of work bidding upon, and sign in longhand. Failure to bid on all items listed in the bid form may cause rejection of the bid If a bidder is a partnership, each partner must sign; if a corporation, print name of state in which incorporated, followed by the signature or signatures of the person(s) authorized to sign, and the names of the offices they hold in the corporation. 5. WRITTEN, TELEGRAPHIC OR FACSIMILE BIDS: Written, and telegraphic bids, or modifications J of bids will not be considered. If approved by Architect, facsimile (fax) bids will be acceptable. Architect will set time slots of 15 minutes for each bidder to send in their bid on Architect's fax line. Bidders may be disqualified if their fax bids do not arrive within their allotted time slot. 6. SUBSTITUTIONS: Bids shall be based on the articles and materials named in the specifications as defined below: A. Substitution Requests: Only substitution requests received from a General Contractor will be reviewed or considered. The Architect will not respond to substitution requests from suppliers, vendors, subcontractors, or other sources that are not a General Contractor. B. Substitution Procedure - Prior to contract between Owner and General Contractor. 1) Whenever the item or class or material is specified exclusively by detail specification, I trade name, manufacturer's name, or by catalog reference; use only such items. No substitutions allowed. 2) All other items not specified as described above, submit a copy of the "Substitution Request Form" at the end of this section. Submit the completed form together with product literature and applicable drawings, to the Architect via the bidding General Contractor, for approval. The Architect will not respond to substitution requests from suppliers, venders or subcontractors that are not received from the General Contractor. By signing the Substitution Request Form, the applicant guarantees the substitution to be equal to or better in every respect to the original specification. 3) Substitution Request Form is to be submitted to the Architect for approval only by General Contractor 4) Architect will issue addenda listing all substitution requests which have been approved. C. Substitution Procedure - After contract signing between Owner and General Contractor I 1) Should the Contractor find it necessary to substitute items, equipment, etc., after the contract is signed, submit a copy of the "Substitution Request Form" at the end of this section. Submit the completed form together with product literature and applicable drawings, to the Architect for approval prior to awarding a contract to the subcontractor or supplier. Substitution requests by sales persons or subcontractors are not acceptable. 2) Substitutions shall yield a value to the Work, such as a credit to the Owner, savings of time, or better quality product. The Contractor guarantees the substitution to be equal to or better in every respect to the original specification. The Contractor assumes responsibility that substitution will fit the project regarding space, access and service utility requirements.. 3) Do not incorporate substitutions in the work until after they have been approved by the Architect I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I DOCUMENT 00100 Page 3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 7. ALTERNATE BIDS: Except as stated above, alternate bids other than those listed in the bid form, will not be considered. ' 8. SUBMISSION OF BID: Enclose bid in opaque sealed envelope addressed to Owner. Deliver as required by the "Invitation to Bid ". A. Bidder is responsible for delivery of his bid at or before the time set for opening. Architect will verify the correct time and control the time set. Bids not received at or before the time set will be rejected. B. No telephones will be available to bidders at the place designated for receiving and opening bids. 9. EVIDENCE OF QUALIFICATION: A bidder whose proposal is under consideration shall, upon I request, promptly furnish satisfactory evidence of his financial resources, his experience and the organization he has available for the performance of the contract. ' 10. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS: Any bidder may withdraw his bid, either personally or by written request, at any time prior to the hour set for the bid opening. No bid may be withdrawn or modified after the time set for opening unless and until the award of contract is delayed for a period exceeding thirty (30) days. 11. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND: Prior to signing the contract, the Owner may require the Contractor to secure and pay for a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for labor, materials, and equipment used in the performance of the work. Each of the bonds shall be 100% of the contract sum, and issued by a Surety or a Bonding Company licensed to transact business in the jurisdiction of the project A. Use AIA Document A312 "Performance Bond and Payment Bond" for this purpose, or an equivalent form standard to the surety or a bonding company that is acceptable to the Architect. B. Prior to purchasing the bonds, obtain written confirmation from the Architect and the Owner. C. Deliver bonds in accordance with Par. 11.5. of the General Conditions. I D. Increase the bond amount with each Change Order increase, so the final bond amount reflects the final contract total. 12. NEGOTIATED CONTRACT BID BOOK: A. Assemble and submit a "Bid Book" in the form of a three -ring binder containing all tabulated ' subcontractor bids, together with identifying the subcontractor that will likely be used for the work within each trade 1) The Owner reserves the right to exercise formal approval of all major subcontracts. Incorporate this approval into the construction contract. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS: The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids. I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 DOCUMENT 00100 Page 4 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 14. PROJECT TIME SCHEDULE: A. Project must be substantially complete on or before November 21, 2008. Construction on the project is to proceed as quickly as possible, with minimum disruption to the warehouse operations. B. Prepare and submit a Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule in accordance with the requirements of Section 01330, showing milestone events and a schedule timeline. Coordinate closely with Architect to evaluate schedule and current progress. I r I I 1 I r 1 i I I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I DOCUMENT 00100 Page 5 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 1 PROJECT: We hereby submit for your review the following substitution for the following specified material for the above project. Section Paragraph Specified Product PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: Attach complete technical data, including samples, if applicable, in duplicate. Include complete information on changes to Drawings and /or Specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings in any way? B. Will the undersigned pay for any changes to the design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? PI C. What effect does the substitution have on other trades? D. What are the differences between the substitution and specified product? E. Difference between the Manufacturer's guarantee of the proposed substitution and specified product? SUBMITTED BY: 0 APPROVED 0 NOT APPROVED ' SIGNATURE SIGNATURE FIRM TITLE DATE DATE END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 DOCUMENT 00100 Page 6 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I 111 111 I 1 1 t 1 1 r I i MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 DOCUMENT 00350 FORM OF BID PROPOSAL Date: PROJECT ARCHITECT: • MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1110 — 112 Avenue N.E., Suite 500 Bellevue, Washington 98004 PROJECT: COSTCO WHOLESALE FREEZER/REFRIGERATION REMODEL Warehouse No. 111 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 BID PROPOSAL Bidder: (Firm Name) To: COSTCO WHOLESALE, INC. The undersigned bidder, having familiarized himself with the terms of the contract, the local conditions affecting the contract, and with the Drawings and Specifications and other Contract Documents, hereby proposes and agrees to provide all labor, material, equipment, and services necessary to complete in a workmanlike manner all work required in connection with the construction of: All in strict accordance to Drawings, Specifications, and other Contract Documents; hereby submit a combined base bid as follows: 1 COMBINED BASE BID: dollars ($ ). ' 2. ALTERNATES: The combined base bid does not include alternate prices as listed below. The listed alternates are described in detail in Section 01230 "Alternates ", and make provisions for certain additions, deletions, or substitutions. Alternate acceptance, if any, will be added to or deleted from the combined base bid Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all alternates General Contractor shall furnish owner with alternate cost. A ALTERNATE NO. 1: See Partial Foundation Plan on Structural Sheet "S1" (Add) (Deduct) dollars ($ ). 2 GENERAL CONTRACTOR BID BREAKDOWN MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 09/10/08 DOCUMENT 00350 Page 2 FORM OF BID PROPOSAL A. Breakdowns of Bid Proposal — 1) The following bid breakdown form, organized by CSI Sections and Divisions shall be submitted by all bidders, to the Owner, in care of the Architect, by 5:00 p.m. the day bids are due. Failure to submit this form by this time and date may disqualify the bidder. a. The successful bidder will also be required to submit a separate "Negotiated Contract Bid Book" as described in Document 00100 "Instructions to Bidders." 2) The bid below is to be used by the bidding General Contractor, and shall not be changed after submission of bid unless specifically approved by Architect and Owner in writing. a. If the dollar amounts and the subcontractor names are not listed at the time of submission (as shown below), the Owner reserves the right to reject the General Contractors bid. Sub I 3) OFF -SITE BREAKDOWN AMOUNT Contractor a. GENERAL OFF -SITE WORK 1 Erosion Control . ...... $ 2. Demolition . ........... $ 3 Site Clearing ... .......................... ... $ 4 Earthwork . . $ 5. Sanitary Sewage System $ 6. Structural Retaining Walls . ........ $ 7. Site Drainage ........... .... ... ............... $ 8. Water System ....... $ 9. Concrete $ 10. Asphalt Paving and Surfacing $ 11. Pavement Marking $ 12 Hardscape & Furnishings .. .... $ 13 Landscape, Planting & Irrigation . .... $ 14. Electrical & Lighting. .. $ 15. Traffic Signals & Controllers ..... .. .. ... $ 16. General Requirements (Division 1)... ........... $ 17. Contractors Overhead & Profit . $ 18. Fair Wages Policy .......... .. $ Included 19. Builders Risk Insurance $ 20. Liability Insurance .......................... . $ b. Subtotal Off -Site . ....... $ Sales Tax $ TOTAL Off -Site with Tax $ Sub Proprietary 4) ON -SITE BREAKDOWN AMOUNT Contractor Supplier a. GENERAL ON -SITE WORK 1. Erosion Control . .. $ 2. Demolition .... . .... ... ... . . .. ........ .. $ 3 Site Clearing . ... 4. Earthwork .. $ 5. Pilings & Support Systems . $ 6 Structural Retaining & Screen Walls .... . ... $ 7. Sanitary Sewage System ...... .. ... $ 8. Site Drainage .... $ 9 Fire Protection Water Supply, Hydrants ...... $ 10 Domestic Water Supply $ MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 09/10/08 I DOCUMENT 00350 Page 3 FORM OF BID PROPOSAL • I 11 Concrete $ 12. Asphalt Paving and Surfacing..... . $ 13. Pavement Marking .... $ 14. Hardscape, Furnishings & Fencing .. ... $ I 15. Landscape, Planting & Irrigation . . . $ 16. Site Lighting & Electrical $ Graybar 17. General Requirements (Division 1) ........... . $ 18. Contractors Overhead & Profit. ... $ I 19. Fair Wages Policy ...... ... ..................... $ 20. Builders Risk Insurance ......... $ 21 Liability Insurance... ... .... ............. .... $ b. Subtotal On -Site .................. . . ................ . $ I Sales Tax $ TOTAL On -Site with Tax $ I Sub- Proprietary 5) MAIN BLDG &TIRE CTR BREAKDOWN AMOUNT Contractor Supplier a. DIVISION 2 DEMOLITION I 1. Interior Dismantle & Removal $ 2 Demolition - Other .... $ b. DIVISION 3 CONCRETE I 1. Cast in Place Concrete $ 2. Precast Wall Panels ........ ..............................$ 3. Reinforcing Steel $ c. DIVISION 4 MASONRY P 1. Unit Masonry w /Reinforcement . . . . . .....$ d . DIVISION 5 METALS 1 Steel Decking at Mezzanines .... $ I 2. Steel Deck Lids at Vault & Pharmacy . $ 3 Metal Fabrications . $ 4. Expansion & Seismic Joints $ e. DIVISION 6 WOOD & PLASTICS I 1 Miscellaneous Carpentry $ f. DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 1. Water Repellents .............. . .........................$ I 2 Building Insulation (Except Metal Bldg Insulation)..$ 3 Exterior Insulation & Finish System w /Framing $ 4 Single -Ply Membrane Roofing . $ 5 Parapet Cap Flashing Sheet Metal $ 6 Other Flashing & Sheet Metal $ I 7 Roof Accessories . $ 8 Sealants..... $ g. DIVISION 8 DOORS & WINDOWS I 1 Steel Doors & Frames . ... . . ....................$ 2. Wood Doors .... $ 3. Coiling & Sectional Doors.. . ........ $ 4 Alum Storefronts and Entrances $ 5 Door Hardware ...$ I 6 Exit Hardware low voltage connections ...... .. $ 7 Glass and Glazing $ h DIVISION 9 FINISHES I 1 Gypsum Wallboard w /Framing . .. ... $ 2 Ceramic Tile .... .... ............... ........ ..$ 3 Acoustic Ceiling Systems .. . .... . .. . .. .$ 4. Resilient Flooring.. ... . ... . . .$ 5. Carpeting . ..... ...... MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 I Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 09/10/08 I DOCUMENT 00350 Page 4 FORM OF BID PROPOSAL 6 Polymer Flooring. $ HTI Polymer HTI Polymer 7. Painting .... $ 8. Stainless Steel, FRPP & DFRPP $ i. DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 1. Toilet Compartments $ 2. Signage $ 3. Toilet Accessories .$ 4. Miscellaneous Specialties $ j DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 1 1. Refrigeration Equipment.. ....... . $ Furnished by Owner Owner's RES 2. Refrigeration Installation ... ..............................$ Furnished by Owner Owner's RIC 3 Dock Equipment... $ k. DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION I 1. Metal Building System Erection ........................$ Span 2. Union Labor — MBS Erection . . $ Span I. DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEM 1 Elevator ..... .................$ m. DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 1. Fire Sprinkler Protection (SpecSec 13910) . $ I 2. Mechanical H.V.A.C. Installation (Equip SOIC)... . $ Trane.Co 3 Mechanical Piping & Plumbing .... ........ .... $ n. DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 1 Labor . . $ 2. Conduits, Wiring, Boxes, Power Distribution ... $ 3. Light Fixtures ...... $ Graybar 4. Lamps.. ... $ Graybar 5. Panel Boards, Switch Gear, Underfloor Duct....... $ Graybar 6 Fire Alarm /Life Safety Sys (SpecSec 13850) .. ...$ II I o. OVERHEAD & PROFIT AMOUNT 1. General Requirements (Division 1) $ 2. Contractors Overhead & Profit $ 3. Fair Wages Policy....... $ (Included Above) 4. Builders Risk Insurance .............. $ 5. Liability Insurance .... .......... $ p. Subtotal Main Building & Tire Center. . ... $ I 6) BUILDING CONSTRUCTION COST SUMMARY I a. Main Building & Tire Center $ b. Subtotal Building Sales Tax $ c. Total Building with Tax $ 7) CONSTRUCTION COST SUMMARY I a. Total Off -Site $ b. Total On -Site $ c. Total Building ......................... $ I d Total Combined Base Bid $ e. Sales Tax.... .. $ I f. Total Project Costs with above taxes $ MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE I COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 09/10/08 I ' DOCUMENT 00350 Page 5 FORM OF BID PROPOSAL 3 OVERHEAD AND PROFIT' Combined base bid, and alternate bids listed above include Contractor overhead and profit. I 4 ALTERNATES: The combined base bid does not include alternate prices as listed below. The listed alternates are described in detail in Section 01230 "Alternates ", and make provisions for certain additions, deletions, or substitutions. Alternate acceptance, if any, will be added to or ' deleted from the combined base bid. Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any or all alternates. General Contractor shall furnish owner with alternate cost. A. ALTERNATE NO. 1: Provide 100% Performance and Payment bond. (Add) dollars ($ ). 5 CHANGE ORDERS: All extra work not included in the Contract, if requested, will be performed 1 by the Contractor by material and labor costs plus overhead and profit. Changes in the contract amount will be made in conformance with Section 01250 "Contract Modifications." A. Ten percent (10 %) (overhead and profit) will be added or deleted accordingly by the sub- contractor completing the work; five percent (5 %) (overhead and profit) will be added or deleted accordingly by the General Contractor for the sub - contractor's work. ' B. Ten percent (10 %) (overhead and profit) will be added or deleted by the General Contractor for work performed by the General Contractor. C. In no case shall the total mark -up exceed 20 %, for total change in cost due to a Change Order for work by the General Contractor, subcontractors, and sub - subcontractors. D. Follow the written format and instructions of the Change Order Proposal Form provided by the Architect. 6 SALES TAX: Sales Tax is included in Combined Base Bid and alternates. 7 TIME OF COMPLETION: The undersigned hereby agrees to complete the work described in the contract as follows: A. Anticipated Commencement of Building Construction Date: October 20, 2008. B Anticipated Substantial Completion Ready for Punch List Date: November 21, 2008. C. Anticipated Final Completion Date: December 1, 2008. 8 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. The undersigned hereby agrees to pay the Owner liquidated damages for contracts: $0 to $500,000.00 $500.00 per day $500,000.00 to $1,000,000.00- $2,500.00 per day $1,000,000.00 and over- $5,000.00 per day for each consecutive calendar day the work remains uncompleted after the date of Partial Substantial Completion. 9 CONTRACT BONDS: If the undersigned is notified of the acceptance of this bid within thirty (30) calendar days after the time set for opening of bids, he agrees to execute a contract for the above MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 09/10/08 • I DOCUMENT 00350 Page 6 FORM OF BID PROPOSAL work, for a compensation computed from the above sums, in AIA Form of Agreement A -101, and to furnish performance and payment bonds as required by the specifications. 10 ADDENDA: Receipt of addenda is hereby acknowledged as follows: A. Addenda Nos. Date 11 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SIGNATURE Bidder Street Address City I y Zip Code Telephone No. By License No. Title END OF FORM OF BID PROPOSAL I I I i MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 09/10/08 I `Iv y 1 AIA I-N Document A201TM -1997 i General Conditions of the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: 1 I (Name and location or address): ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has I THE OWNER: (Name and address): added information needed for its completion. The author may also Costco Wholesale have revised the text of the original 999 Lake Drive AIA standard form. An Additions and I Issaquah, WA 98027 Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available THE ARCHITECT: from the author and should be (Name and address): reviewed. A vertical line in the left Mulva 1110 - nyG2 Architecture margin of this document indicates 1110 - 112th Ave. N.E., #500 where the author has added Bellevue, WA 98004 necessary information and where I the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. TABLE OF ARTICLES This document has important legal IP 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect 2 OWNER to its completion or modification. This document has been approved I 3 CONTRACTOR and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 1 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS I 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME I 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ' 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS I 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS I 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT init. AIA Document A201 Tu — 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This Ale Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 1 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 0938 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223 10 which I expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes (3718946443) I I INDEX 3.1.3, 4.2, 4.3.4, 4.4, 9.4, 9.5 II (Numbers and Topics in Bold are Section Headings) Architect's Approvals 2.4, 3.1.3, 3.5.1, 3.10.2, 4.2.7 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Architect's Authority to Reject Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 I Acceptance of Work Architect's Copyright 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3 1.6 Access to Work Architect's Decisions 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.5, Accident Prevention 4.4.6, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 4.2.3, 10 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Acts and Omissions Architect's Inspections 3.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3.8, 4.4.1, 8.3.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.4, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 9.5.1, 10.2.5, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1 Architect's Instructions Addenda 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.8, 7.4.1, 12.1, 13.5.2 1.1.1, 3.11 Architect's Interpretations Additional Costs, Claims for 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.6 4.3.4, 4.3.5, 4.3.6, 6.1.1, 10.3 Architect's Project Representative Additional Inspections and Testing 4.2.10 9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.5 Architect's Relationship with Contractor Additional Time, Claims for 1.1.2, 1.6, 3.1.3, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 8.3.2 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2, ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.7, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 3.1.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 11.4.7, 12, Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 13.4.2, 13.5 1.1.1 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors Aesthetic Effect 1.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.4.7 4.2.13, 4.5.1 Architect's Representations Allowances 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 3.8 Architect's Site Visits All -risk Insurance 4.2.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.4, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 11.4.1.1 13.5 Applications for Payment Asbestos 4.2.5, 7.3.8, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.5, 10.3.1 9.10, 11.1.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Attorneys' Fees Approvals 3.18.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.3 2.4, 3.1.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 3.12, 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.4.2, 13.5 Award of Separate Contracts Arbitration 6.1.1, 6.1.2 4.3.3, 4.4, 4.5.1, 4.5.2, 4.6, 8.3.1, 9.7.1, 11.4.9, Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 11.4.10 Portions of the Work Architect 5.2 4.1 Basic Definitions Architect, Definition of 1.1 4.1.1 Bidding Requirements Architect, Extent of Authority 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 5.2.1, 11.5.1 2.4, 3.12.7, 4.2, 4.3.6, 4.4, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.3.6, 7.4, Boiler and Machinery Insurance 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.8.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 11.4.2 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Bonds, Lien Architect, Limitations of Authority and 9.10.2 Responsibility Bonds, Performance, and Payment I 2.1.1, 3.3.3, 3.12.4, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 7.3.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.4, Building Permit 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.6 ' 3.7.1 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses Capitalization 2.4, 11.4.1 1, 12.2.1, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4 1.3 Architect's Administration of the Contract Certificate of Substantial Completion init. A D201 T'" —97. op , , 1 , , , , , 6, 6, , 997 American I Institute IA of ocument Archit All rig reserved. t W ARNI 1915 This 1918 AIA ® Document is 1951 protected 19581961 by U.S19 3 U.S. Copyr 1970, Law 1976 and International Treaties. by The Unauthorized 2 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (3718946443) I • I 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5 1.6.1, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6.4, I Certificates for Payment 4.6.6, 9.6.4, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.10.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions I Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 4.3.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 13.5.4 Conditions of the Contract Certificates of Insurance 1.1.1, 1.1.7, 6.1.1, 6.1.4 9.10.2, 11.1.3 Consent, Written I Change Orders 1.6, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.6.4, 9.3.2, 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.8.2.3, 3.11.1, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 4.3.4, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2 4.3.9, 5.2.3, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 11.4.1.2, 11.4.4, 11.4.9, 12.1.2 SEPARATE CONTRACTORS Change Orders, Definition of 1.1.4, 6 7.2.1 Construction Change Directive, Definition of CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.3.1 I 3.11, 4.2.8, 7, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 11.4.9 Construction Change Directives Claim, Definition of 1.1.1, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 4.3.9, 7.1, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 4.3.1 Construction Schedules, Contractor's Claims and Disputes 1.4.1.2, 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 4.3.7.2, 6.1.3 I 3.2.3, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 6.1.1, 6.3, 7.3.8, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 10.3.3 5.4, 14.2.2.2 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims Continuing Contract Performance 4.6.5 4.3.3 I Claims for Additional Cost Contract, Definition of 3.2.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.5, 4.3.6, 6.1.1, 7.3.8, 10.3.2 1.1.2 Claims for Additional Time CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR 3.2.3, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 6.1.1, 8.3.2, 10.3.2 SUSPENSION OF THE Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions 5.4.1.1, 11.4.9, 14 4.3.4 Contract Administration Claims for Damages 3.1.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 I 3.2.3, 3.18, 4.3.10, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating 11.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4 to Claims Subject to Arbitration 3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 6.1, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, 11.5.1 4.4.1, 4.5.1, 4.6.1 Contract Documents, The I Cleaning Up 1.1, 1.2 3.15, 6.3 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 1.6, 2.2.5, 5.3 13.7 Contract Documents, Definition of I Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to 1.1.1 2.2.1, 3.2.1, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 4.3.5, 5.2.1, Contract Sum 5.2.3, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.4.1, 11.4.6, 3.8, 4.3.4, 4.3.5, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 9.1, 9.4.2, 11.5.1 9.5.1.4, 9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.4.1, 14.2.4, 14.3.2 I Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1 Communications Facilitating Contract Contract Time I Administration 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1.3, 7.3, 7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2, 3.9.1, 4.2.4 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2 Completion, Conditions Relating to Contract Time, Definition of 1.6.1, 3.4.1, 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 8.1.1 I 9.9.1, 9.10, 12.2, 13.7, 14.1.2 CONTRACTOR COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 3 9 Contractor, Definition of Completion, Substantial 3.1, 6.1.2 I 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.4.2, 12.2, 13.7 Contractor's Construction Schedules 1.4.1.2, 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 4.3.7.2, 6.1.3 Compliance with Laws Contractor's Employees I Init. AIA Document A201 TM — 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 3 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 38 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which I expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes (3718946443) I I 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 6.2.5, 3.14 11.1.1, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1, Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractor's Liability Insurance Contractors 11.1 3.14.2, 6.2.4, 9.2.1.5, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.1, Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors 11.4, 12.2.4 and Owner's Forces Damage to the Work 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 11.4.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 3.14.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.6, 11.4, 12.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Damages, Claims for 1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5, 9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.10.2, 3.2.3, 3.18, 4.3.10, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.7, 11.4.8 11.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4 I Contractor's Relationship with the Architect Damages for Delay 1.1.2, 1.6, 3.1.3, 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.3.2 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2, Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.7, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 8.1.2 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 11.4.7, 12, Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 13.4.2, 13.5 8.1.3 Contractor's Representations Day, Definition of 1.5.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.8.2 8.1.4 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Decisions of the Architect Work 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.3.4, 4.4.1, 4.4.5, 3.3.2, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3.8, 5.3.1, 6.1.3, 6.2, 6.3, 9.5.1, 4.4.6, 4.5, 6.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 10 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Decisions to Withhold Certification 1.5.2, 3.2, 3.7.3 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, I 9.7 Rejection and Correction of Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5.1, 9.5.2, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 4.3.10, 14.1 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.1, 13.7.1.3 Contractor's Submittals Defective Work, Definition of 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, 9.3, 3.5.1 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3, 11.5.2 Definitions Contractor's Superintendent 1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1, 3.5.1, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.1.1, 3.9, 10.2.6 4.3.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.3.6, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Delays and Extensions of Time Procedures 3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3, 7.4.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.6, 8.2, 10, 12, 14 Disputes Contractual Liability Insurance 4.1.4, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 6.3, 7.3.8 11.1.1.8, 11.2, 11.3 Documents and Samples at the Site Coordination and Correlation 3.11 I 1.2, 1.5.2, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Drawings, Definition of Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.1.5 1.6, 2.2.5, 3.11 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of I Copyrights 1.1.1, 1.3, 2.2.5, 3.11, 5.3 1.6, 3.17 Effective Date of Insurance Correction of Work 8.2.2, 11.1.2 2.3, 2.4, 3.7.4, 4.2.1, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, Emergencies 12.2, 13.7.1.3 4.3.5, 10.6, 14.1.1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents Employees, Contractor's 1.2 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, Cost, Definition of 11.1.1, 11.4.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 7.3.6 Equipment, Labor, Materials and Costs 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 2.4, 3.2.3, 3.7.4, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 4.3, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, I 7.3.3.3, 7.3.6, 7.3.7, 7.3.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.5, 11.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 11.4, 12.1, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5, 14 Execution and Progress of the Work Cutting and Patching Init. Au I -. yright 1, , , 1, , 1, , , 96, 6, 1, T Amencan I Institute IA Doc of ment Architects. A201 All right 1997 rese WARNI 191 NG: 1915 This AIA 1918925 Docume is 195 protected 19581961 by U. S. Copyr 970, Law 1976 and International 1997 Treaties. by he Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the 4 / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 38'06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223 10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes (3718946443) I I 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.2.5, 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7, Insurance, Project Management Protective I 3.10, 3.12, 3.14, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.3.3, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, Liability 8.2, 9.5, 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3 11.3 Extensions of Time Insurance, Property 3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4.1, 10.2.5, 11.4 ' 9.5.1, 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 Insurance, Stored Materials Failure of Payment 9.3.2, 11.4.1.4 4.3.6, 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6 INSURANCE AND BONDS I Faulty Work 11 (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy Final Completion and Final Payment 9.9.1, 11.4.1.5 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, Insurance Companies, Settlement with I 11.4.5, 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 11.4.10 Financial Arrangements, Owner's Intent of the Contract Documents 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.5 1.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 7.4 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance Interest I 11.4 13.6 GENERAL PROVISIONS Interpretation 1 1.2.3, 1.4, 4.1.1, 4.3.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 8.1.4 I Governing Law Interpretations, Written 13.1 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.6 Guarantees (See Warranty) Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required Hazardous Materials 4.6.4 I 10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5 Judgment on Final Award Identification of Contract Documents 4.6.6 1.5.1 Labor and Materials, Equipment PI . Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 5.2.1 42.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, Indemnification 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 3.17, 3.18, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.5, 11.4.1.2, 11.4.7 Labor Disputes Information and Services Required of the Owner 8.3.1 I 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3, Laws and Regulations 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3. 7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, 11.2, 11.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, I Injury or Damage to Person or Property 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 4.3.8, 10.2, 10.6 Liens Inspections 2.1.2, 4.4.8, 8.2.2, 9.3.3, 9.10 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder I 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 4.6.4 Instructions to Bidders Limitations, Statutes of 1.1.1 4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7 Instructions to the Contractor Limitations of Liability I 3.2.3, 3.3.1, 3.8.1, 4.2.8, 5.2.1, 7, 12, 8.2.2, 13.5.2 Insurance 2.3,3.2.1,3.5.1, 3.7.3,3.12.8,3.12.10,3.17,3.18, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.4, 3.18.1, 6.1.1, 7.3.6, 8.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, 11.4.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2 9.10.5, 11 Limitations of Time ' Insurance, Boiler and Machinery 11.4.2 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, Insurance, Contractor's Liability 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, I 11.1 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5, 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, Insurance, Effective Date of 13.7, 14 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Loss of Use Insurance Insurance, Loss of Use 11.4.3 11.4.3 Material Suppliers Insurance, Owner's Liability 1.6, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3, 9.4.2, 9.6, 9.10.5 11.2 Materials, Hazardous 10.2.4, 10.3, 10.5 I Init. AMA Document A201 — 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 5 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223 10 which I expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale. User Notes (3718946443) • I I Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.6, 2.1.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.12.10, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 1.6.1, 3.4, 3.5.1, 3.8.2, 3.8.23, 3.12, 3.13, 4.1.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 4.3.6, 4.4.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, III 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.6, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 6.1, 6.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.4.3, 11.4.10, Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and 12.2.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4 Procedures of Construction Owner's Financial Capability 3.3.1, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 9.4.2 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.5 Mechanic's Lien Owner's Liability Insurance 4.4.8 11.2 Mediation Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 4.4.1,4.4 .5,4.4.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6.1,4.6.2, 8.3.1, 10.5 11.4.3 Minor Changes in the Work Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.1, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 4.3.6, 7.1, 7.4 1.1.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2 I MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 13 2.4, 12.2.4. 14.2.2.2 Modifications, Definition of Owner's Right to Clean Up 1.1.1 6.3 ' Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 3.7.3, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, Award Separate Contracts 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.4.1 6.1 Mutual Responsibility Owner's Right to Stop the Work 6.2 2.3 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 14.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract I 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 14.2 12.2.1, 13.7.1.3 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications Notice . and Other Instruments of Service 2.2.1,2.3,2.4,3.2. 3,3.3.1,3.7.2,3.7.4,3.12.9,4.3, 1.1.1, 1.6, 2.2.5, 3.2.1, 3.11.1, 3.17.1, 4.2.12, 5.3 .0 4.4.8, 4.6.5, 5.2.1, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 11.1.3, Partial Occupancy or Use 11.4.6, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1, 14.2 9.6.6, 9.9, 11.4.1.5 Notice, Written Patching, Cutting and 2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 4.3, 4.4.8, 4.6.5, 3.14, 6.2.5 5.2.1, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, Patents 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 14 3.17 Notice of Testing and Inspections Payment, Applications for II 13.5.1, 13.5.2 4.2.5, 7.3.8, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7.1, 9.8.5, Notice to Proceed 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 9.10.5, 11.1.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 8.2.2 Payment, Certificates for Notices, Permits, Fees and 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7.1, 9.10.1, 2.2.2, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Observations, Contractor's Payment, Failure of 1.5.2, 3.2, 3.7.3, 4.3.4 4.3.6, 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2, 13.6 ' Occupancy Payment, Final 2.2.2, 9.6.6, 9.8, 11.4.1.5 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 4.3.2, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, Orders, Written 11.4.5, 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.6, 7, 8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 13.5.2, 14.3.1 7.3.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5 OWNER Payments, Progress 2 4.3.3, 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 Owner, Definition of PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 2.1 9 Owner, Information and Services Required of' the Payments to Subcontractors 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3, 5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 11.4.8, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 14.2.1.2 1 11.2, 11.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4 PCB Owner's Authority 10.3.1 init. AIA Document A201 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 6 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 38:06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223 10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3718946443) 1 I I Performance Bond and Payment Bond Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and I 7.3.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4.9, 11.5 Architect Permits, Fees and Notices 3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2, 5.2, 6.1.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 2.2.2, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.6.4, 10.2.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and I PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION Samples by Contractor OF 3.12 10 Rights and Remedies 1.1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5.1, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 4.3.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.3, I Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.3.1 5.4, 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 Product Data, Definition of Royalties, Patents and Copyrights 3.12.2 3.17 I Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings Rules and Notices for Arbitration 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 4.6.2 Progress and Completion Safety of Persons and Property I 4 .2.2,4.3.3, 10.2, 10.6 Progress Payments Safety Precautions and Programs 4.3.3, 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3 3.3.1,4 .2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1,10.1,10.2,10.6 Project, Definition of the Samples, Definition of '' 1.1.4 3.12.3 Project Management Protective Liability Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Insurance 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 11.3 Samples at the Site, Documents and I Project Manual, Definition-of the 3.11 1.1.7 Schedule of Values Project Manuals 9.2, 9.3.1 Pi 2.2.5 Schedules, Project Representatives 1.4.1.2, 3.10, 3.Construction12.1, 3.12.2, 4.3.7.2, 4.2.10 6.1.3 Property Insurance Separate Contracts and Contractors I 10.2.5, 11.4 1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 4.6.4, 6, 8.3.1, PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11.4:7, 12.1.2, 12.2.5 10 Shop Drawings, Definition of Regulations and Laws - 3.12.1 I 1.6, 3.2.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 4.4.8, 4.6, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 13.5.2, 13.6, 14 Site, Use of Rejection of Work 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 I 3.5.1, 4.2.6, 12.2.1 Site Inspections Releases and Waivers of Liens 1.2.2, 3.2.1, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2, 4.3.4, 9.4.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 9.10.2 Site Visits, Architect's Representations 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 4.3.4, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 I 1.5.2, 3.5.1, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.10.1 Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 Representatives Specifications, Definition of the I 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.10, 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 1.1.6 13.2.1 Specifications, The Resolution of Claims and Disputes 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.2.2, 1.6, 3.11, 3.12.10, 3.17 4.4, 4.5, 4.6 Statute of Limitations I Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 4.6.3, 12.2.6, 13.7 3.3.2, 3.18, 4.2.3, 4.3.8, 5.3.1, 6.1.3, 6.2, 6.3, 9.5.1, Stopping the Work 10 2.3, 4.3.6, 9.7, 10.3, 14.1 Retainage Stored Materials I 9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 11.4.1.4 Review of Contract Documents and Field Subcontractor, Definition of Conditions by Contractor 5.1.1 1.5.2, 3.2, 3.7.3, 3.12.7, 6.1.3 SUBCONTRACTORS ' i Init. Ant A201 TM —1997. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute IA Docume of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 7 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223 10 which I expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3718946443) I I 5 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE Subcontractors, Work by CONTRACT I 1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 14 9.6.7 Tests and Inspections Subcontractual Relations 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10 10.2.1, 11.4.7, 11.4.8, 14.1, 9.10.1, 10.3.2, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1,13.5 I 14.2.1, 14.3.2 TIME Submittals 8 1.6, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.6, 9.2, Time, Delays and Extensions of 9.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3 3.2.3, 4.3.1, 4.3.4, 4.3.7, 4.4.5, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, I Subrogation, Waivers of 7.4.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7 Time Limits Substantial Completion 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.1, 3.7.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 9.10.4.2, 12.2, 13.7 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.4.1.5, 11.4.6, 11.4.10, 12.2, 13.5, 9.8.1 13.7, 14 I Substitution of Subcontractors Time Limits on Claims 5.2.3, 5.2.4 4.3.2, 4.3.4, 4.3.8, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6 Substitution of Architect Title to Work 4.1.3 9.3.2, 9.3.3 , Substitutions of Materials UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 7.3.7 WORK Sub - subcontractor, Definition of 12 I 5.1.2 Uncovering of Work Subsurface Conditions 12.1 4.3.4 Unforeseen Conditions Successors and Assigns 4.3.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 13.2 Unit Prices Superintendent 4.3.9, 7.3.3.2 3.9, 10.2.6 Use of Documents Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.1.1, 1.6, 2.2.5, 3.12.6, 5.3 I 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3 .12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 4.3.3, 6.1.3, Use of Site 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.6, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Surety Values, Schedule of 4.4.7, 5.4.1.2, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2 9.2,9.3.1 Surety, Consent of Waiver of Claims by the Architect 9.10.2, 9.10.3 13.4.2 Surveys Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 111 2.2.3 4.3.10, 9.10.5, 11.4.7, 13.4.2 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Claims by the Owner 14.4 4.3.10, 9.9.3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 11.4.3, 11.4.5, 11.4.7, Suspension of the Work 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.4 t 5.4.2, 14.3 Waiver of Consequential Damages Suspension or Termination of the Contract 4.3.10, 14.2.4 4.3.6, 5.4.1.1, 11.4.9, 14 Waiver of Liens Taxes 9.10.2, 9.10.4 3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.6.4 Waivers of Subrogation Termination by the Contractor 6.1.1, 11.4.5, 11.4.7 4.3.10, 14.1 Warranty Termination by the Owner for Cause 3.5, 4.2.9, 4.3.5.3, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.4, 12.2.2, 4.3.10, 5.4.1.1, 14.2 13.7.1.3 Termination of the Architect Weather Delays 4.1.3 4.3.7.2 I Termination of the Contractor Work, Definition of 14 2.2 1.1.3 Written Consent Init. AIA Document A201IM —1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918 1 925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American I Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This A IA ® Document is pr otected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 8 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 38.06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale. I User Notes. (3718946443) 1 1 1.6, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.3.4, 4.6.4, 9.3.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 4.3, 4.4.8, 4.6.5, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2 5.2.1, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, Written Interpretations 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 14 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.3.6 Written Orders ' Written Notice 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 4.3.6, 7, 8.2.2, 11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 1 I r i 1 I I I 1 AIA Document A201 - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 9 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes (3718946443) 1 ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS § 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS § 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after 111 execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements). § 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. § 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. § 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. § 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. § 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. § 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements, sample forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. § 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. § 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. § 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well -known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. Init. AIA Document A201T" —1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 10 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (3718946443) I § 1.3 CAPITALIZATION § 1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the of numbered articles or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. § 1.4 INTERPRETATION § 1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. § 1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. ' § 1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. § 1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE § 1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic form, prepared by the ' Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unless otherwise indicated the ' Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the copyrights. All copies of Instruments of Service, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used toy the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect's consultants. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors and material ' or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants' copyrights or other reserved rights. ARTICLE 2 OWNER § 2.1 GENERAL § 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the ' Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. § 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. Such ' information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner's interest therein. § 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER ' § 2.2.1 The Owner shall, at the written request of the Contractor, prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement or Init. AIA Document A201 TM - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA' Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties Unauthorized 11 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (3718946443) I 1 continuation of the Work. After such evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. § 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees, including those required under Section 3.7.1, which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. § 2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. § 2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such information or services. § 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. • § 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 111 § 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract 111 Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3. § 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK § 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven -day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may after such seven -day period give the Contractor a second written notice to correct such deficiencies within a three -day period. If the Contractor within such three -day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR § 3.1 GENERAL § 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. I § 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. § 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR § 3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary, before starting each portion of the Work, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Init. AIA Document A201 TM —1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 12 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 38 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223 10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale 111 User Notes• (3718946443) I Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, any errors, inconsistencies or ' omissions discovered by the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. § 3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the ' Architect, but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations, but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the 1 Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect. § 3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions ' issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Sections 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. The Contractor shall not be liable to the ' Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. ' § 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES § 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or ' procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage. • § 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. § 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that ' such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. § 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS ' § 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. ' § 3.4.2 The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order. § 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. AIA Document A201 TM — 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 13 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (37189,16413) § 3.5 WARRANTY § 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. § 3.6 TAXES § 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely • scheduled to go into effect. § 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES § 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. § 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. § 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. § 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and n rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. § 3.8 ALLOWANCES § 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. § 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8 2.1 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. § 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid delay in the Work. § 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT § 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important AIA Document A201 TM - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 14 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09.38'06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes• (3718946443) • I communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written ' request in each case. § 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES ' § 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. § 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Architect's approval, a schedule of submittals which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review ' submittals. § 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. ' § 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE § 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, ' Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during construction, and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. ' § 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. § 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. t § 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. ' § 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. § 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of ' separate contractors. Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action. ' § 3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. § 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. ' I nit. AlA Document A201 — 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 15 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 0938 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes. (3718946443) 1 § 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. § 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. § 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10, the Architect will review, approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. §3.13 USE OF SITE 1 § 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. § 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING § 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. § 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. § 3.15 CLEANING UP , § 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. § 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. AIA Document A201 T'" — 1997. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American I Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This Ale Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 16 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09.38'06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (3718946443) 1 1 § 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK ' § 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. ' § 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS § 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the ' Architect. § 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION ' § 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Section 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. § 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, ' compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT ' § 4.1 ARCHITECT § 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. i § 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. ' § 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect. § 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT § 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be ' an Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the one -year period for correction of Work described in Section 12.2. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. § 4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations (1) to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and init. AM Document A201 - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized . reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (3718946443) 1 deficiencies in the Work, and (3) to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or charge of, nor be responsible for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Section 3,3.1. § 4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. § 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. § 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. § 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. § 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate 111 for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201 TM —1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 18 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes* (3718946443) 1 § 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of, the ' Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in ' compliance with this Section 4.2, then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. § 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable ' from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and initial decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. § 4.2.13 The' Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. § 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES § 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor ' arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. § 4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event ' giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party. § 4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7.1 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. ' § 4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the ' Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the ' Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. If ' the conditions encountered are materially different, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted, but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial determination, subject to further proceedings pursuant to Section 4.4. § 4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required ' for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.6. § 4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, ' (3) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Section 4.3. AIA Document A201 T'" —1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 19 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 38.06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (3718946443) 1 • § 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time § 4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. § 4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. § 4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. § 4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. § 4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes: .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party's termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 4.3.10 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES § 4.4.1 Decision of Architect. Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but'excluding those arising under Sections 10.3 through 10.5, shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. An initial 111 decision by the Architect shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation, arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the Architect. The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. § 4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that, in the Architect's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim. § 4.4.3 In evaluating Claims, the Architect may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. § 4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data, advise the Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. AIA Document A201 T"' — 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American I Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 20 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09.38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes' (3718946443) 1 ' § 4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision, which shall state the reasons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration. ' § 4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that (1) the decision is final but subject to mediation and arbitration and (2) a demand for arbitration of a Claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision, then failure to demand arbitration ' within said 30 days' period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. § 4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Architect or the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default, the Architect or the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. § 4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in ' accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect, by mediation or by arbitration. § 4.5 MEDIATION ' § 4.5.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Sections 4.3.10, 9.10.4 and 9.10.5 shall, after initial decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or equitable proceedings by either party. § 4.5.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration ' Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a demand for arbitration but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer ' period by agreement of the parties or court order. § 4.5.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall ' be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 4.6 ARBITRATION § 4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Sections 4.3.10, 9.10.4 and 9.10.5, shall, after decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the Claim to the Architect, be subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration, the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5. ' § 4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the ' Contract and with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. § 4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Sections 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Section 13.7. ' Init. AIA Document A201 T'" - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 21 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (371 8 94 5443) 1 § 4.6.4 Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect's employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. § 4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS § 5.1 DEFINITIONS § 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. § 5.1.2 A Sub - subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term "Sub- subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub - subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub - subcontrac § 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK § 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. ' § 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. § 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. § 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute. AIA Document A201T'" - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American I init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 22 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09.38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (3718946443) 1 § 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS ' § 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, ' including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically ' provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub - subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of ' such documents available to their respective proposed Sub - subcontractors. § 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS § 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided ' that: .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing; and ' .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. § 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS § 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS § 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Section 4.3. § 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations ' on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner- Contractor Agreement. § 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate ' contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. § 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. ' § 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY § 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their matenals and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. ' Init. AIA Document A201 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 23 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38.06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes (3718946443) 1 § 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. § 6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. § 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5. § 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. § 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP § 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate' the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7.1 GENERAL § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. § 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. § 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS § 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and .3 the extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. § 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Section 7.3.3. § 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES ' § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. § 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. AIA Document A201 TM - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 24 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AlA software at 09:38.06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3718946443) I § 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; ' .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 as provided in Section 7.3.6. ' § 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. § 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor ' therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. § 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with ' appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and .5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. § 7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. § 7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of such costs. For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute, the Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs. That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4. § 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. § 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor ' shall carry out such written orders promptly. AIA Document A201 T"� - 1997. Copyright ©1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 25 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes' (37189464a3) I I ARTICLE 8 TIME § 8.1 DEFINITIONS § 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. § 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. § 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. § 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. § 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION , § 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. § 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests. § 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. § 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME § 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or by other causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. § 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 4.3. § 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION § 9.1 CONTRACT SUM § 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. § 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES § 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. § 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT § 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's nght to Init. AIA Document A201 TM - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American I Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This Ale Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 26 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223 10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes (3718946443) payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in ' the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. § 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor ' does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. § 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and ' equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such ' materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. § 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, ' security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. § 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT § 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided m Section 9.5.1. § 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on- site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. § 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION § 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot ' be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of ' subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2, because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; ' Init. AIA Document A201 1997. Copyright CD 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This Ale Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 27 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09.38:06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which ' expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (3718946443) .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; , .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. § 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. 1 § 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub - subcontractors in a similar manner. § 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. § 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. § 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. § 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. I § 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. § 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT § 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut -down, delay and start -up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201 TM - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American I Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This Ale Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 28 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38.06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (3718946443) I § 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. § 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the ' responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not ' included on the Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification ' by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. § 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a ' Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion ' of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. § 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE § 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Section 11.4.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. § 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the I Work. § 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ' § 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT § 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the ' Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on -site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in AIA Document A201 —1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American In it. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 29 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which ' expires on 5/22/2009, and is riot for resale. User Notes: (3718946443) 1 t the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. § 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. § 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the ' Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. § 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. § 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS § 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. § 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub - subcontractors; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. § 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. AIA Document A201 T ' A - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 30 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and wilt be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38'06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (3718946443) I § 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. § 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. ' § 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub - subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in ' addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. § 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. § 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. ' § 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS § 10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. § 10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall ' propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut -down, delay and start-up, which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. § 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Architect, Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage, loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity. § 10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Section 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201 T "' - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American I nit. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 31 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AlA software at 09'38:06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes' (3718946443) I I § 10.5 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. § 10.6 EMERGENCIES § 10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Section 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS § 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; .6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; .7 claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and .8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. § 11.1.2 The insurance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims -made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. § 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. § 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE § 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. I § 11.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE § 11.3.1 Optionally, the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's, Contractor's and Architect's vicarious liability for construction operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage, and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner. The minimum limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Sections 11.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5. AIA Document A201 T*' —1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 32 reproduction or distribution of this Ale Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 0938 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes. (3718946443) .1 § 11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance, the Owner, Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance. The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. § 11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner, Architect or other persons or entities as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Section 11.1. § 11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE § 11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk "all -risk" or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 11.4 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Project. § 11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all -risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. § 11.4.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in writing, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. § 11.4.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. ' § 11.4.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also portions of the Work in transit. § 11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Section 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company ' or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. § 11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. § 11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. AIA Document A201 TM - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 33 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale. User Notes • (3718946 443) I § 11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. § 11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. § 11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Section 11 Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. § 11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their , subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section 11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. § 11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.4.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. § 11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Section 4.6. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. § 11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved as provided in Sections 4.5 and 4.6. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration, make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators. If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. § 11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 11.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. AIA Document A201 TM - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING' This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 34 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (371 8 946443) 1 1 § 11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. ' ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK § 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the ' Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. § 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If ' such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. § 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense. § 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION • § 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one -year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4. § 12.2.2.2 The one -year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. ' § 12.2.2.3 The one -year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. § 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. § 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to ' other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one -year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract init. AlA Document A201 TM - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties Unauthorized 35 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes (3718946443) 1 • I Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. § 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK § 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 13.1 GOVERNING LAW § 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. § 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS § 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Section 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. § 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an institutional lender providing construction financing for the Project. In such event, the lender shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. § 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE § 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. § 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 111 § 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. § 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. § 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS § 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. § 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13.5.3, shall be at the Owner's expense. AIA Document A201 M - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 36 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09.38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes (3718946443) I § 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Sections 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. ' § 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. ' § 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. § 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. § 13.6 INTEREST ' § 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. ' § 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD § 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment; and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under ' Section 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Section 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT § 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR § 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days ' through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work to be stopped; .2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped; .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9 4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or .4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor's request, reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2.1. § 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work AM Document A201 T'" —1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 37 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes (3718946443) I by the Owner as described in Section 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365 -day period, whichever is less. § 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages. § 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. § 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE § 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. § 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. § 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. § 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. § 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE § 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such penod of time as the Owner may determine. § 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: .1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. AIA Document A201 —1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 38 reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09.38 06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes: (3718946443) ' § 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE § 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. § 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the ' Contractor shall: .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and ' .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. ' § 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination, along with reasonable overhead and profit on the Work not executed. I I I I I ' AIA Document A201 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized 39 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law This document was produced by AIA software at 09 36'06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes' (3718946443) I Additions and Deletions Report for AIA Document A201 no —1997 This Additions and Deletions Report, as defined on page 1 of the associated document, reproduces below all text the author has added to the standard form AIA document in order to complete it, as well as any text the author may have added to or deleted from the original AIA text. Added text is shown underlined. Deleted text is indicated with a horizontal line through the original AIA text. Note: This Additions and Deletions Report is provided for information purposes only and is not incorporated into or constitute any part of the associated AIA document. This Additions and Deletions Report and its associated document were generated simultaneously by AIA software at 09:38:06 on 06/17/2008. PAGE 1 ' • i Costco Wholesale 999 Lake Drive Issaquah, WA 98027 (Name and address): MulvannyG2 Architecture 1110 - 112th Ave. N.E., #500 Bellevue, WA 98004 Additions and Deletions Report for AIA Document A201 TM - 1997. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AlA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and 1 International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09 3806 on 06/17/2008 under Order No 1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale • User Notes: (3718946443) Certification of Document's Authenticity AIA® Document D401 — 2003 I, , hereby certify, to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, that I created the attached final document simultaneously with its associated Additions and Deletions Report and this certification at 09:38:06 on 06/17/2008 ' under Order No. 1000356223_10 from MA Contract Documents software and that in preparing the attached final document I made no changes to the original text of AIA Document A201TM — 1997 - General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, as published by the AIA in its software, other than those additions and deletions shown in the associated Additions and Deletions Report. ' (Signed) (Title) 1 (Dated) I I I AIA Document D401 T'" — 2003. Copyright © 1992 and 2003 by The Amedcan Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AlA Document, or any portion of it, 1 may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law This document was produced by AIA software at 09 38.06 on 06/17/2008 under Order No.1000356223_10 which expires on 5/22/2009, and is not for resale User Notes. (3718946443) 1 DOCUMENT 00500 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS MODIFICATIONS TO A.I.A. DOCUMENT A201 - 1997 EDITION SC -1. CONFLICTS: In case of conflict between the Technical Specifications and the General and ' Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications shall govern. SC -2. MODIFICATIONS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 Par. 1.1.1 The Contract Documents: Change to read: Contract Documents "DO" include Bid Documents (Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, Addenda, Contractors Bid Proposal, and Bid Proposal Breakdown), and other documents as specifically enumerated in the ' Owner /Contractor Agreement. Par. 2.2.3 Information and Services: Add to paragraph: "Owner shall furnish all soils /geological ' reports describing the physical characteristics for the site of the project." Par. 3.4.1 Labor and Materials: Add to paragraph: "Contractor shall pay all utility costs for water, gas, electricity, and other services required to execute the work until cost responsibilities are ' transferred to the Owner as defined in Section 01500 "Temporary Construction Facilities. — Par. 3.7.1 Permits, Fees & Notices: Owner will pay plan check and basic building permit fee costs. Contractor shall secure and pay for Mechanical HVAC, Piping and Plumbing, Electrical, all other subcontractor permits, as required by local jurisdictions, some of which include: 1 Separate permit where required for rack installation. ' 2. Permits for signage, Health Department, Occupancy and other work not listed but required for this project. Par. 3.9.1 Superintendent: Add to paragraph: "Prior to commencing the work, the Contractor, his Superintendent, and the Architect shall set the standards and levels of responsibility for the Superintendent for the duration of the work, some of which include: ' 1 Quality Workmanship 2. Control and Leadership 3. General Project Order and Clean -up ' Par. 4.2.8 Change Orders: Change to read: The Contractor will prepare Change Orders. The Architect will prepare Field Order Directives, and may authorize minor changes in work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. ' Par. 4.5.1 Inclusive Mediation (4.2.6, 4.2.11, 4 2 12, 4 2 13, 4 3 1 through 4.3.3, Section 4.4 and Section 4.5) "Mediation" as included in these General Conditions and other Contract Documents shall be excluded in its entirety. Any dispute that cannot be settled by the Architects interpretation ' must be pursued, by either party to the Contract, in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Par. 4.6.1 Inclusive Arbitration: (4.2.6, 4 2.11, 4.2.12, 4 2.13, 4.3.1 through 4.3.3, Section 4 4 and ' Section 4.6) "Arbitration" as included in these General Conditions and other Contract Documents shall be excluded in its entirety. Any dispute that cannot be settled by the Architects interpretation must be pursued, by either party to the Contract, in any court having jurisdiction thereof. MULVANNYG2ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 DOCUMENT 00500 Page 2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Par. 9.3.1 Applications for Payment: Delete "and reflecting retainage if provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents." and add the following: "and reflecting ten percent (10 %) retainage." Par. 9.3.2 Applications for Payment: Add to paragraph: "suitably stored at the site" means protected for security (theft and vandalism), and protected from the weather (sun, rain, snow, freezing temperatures, etc.). Par. 9.3.3 Applications for Payment: Add to paragraph: "Free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances" means that the Contractor has paid all parties for work previously completed and reimbursements have been made to the Contractor by the Owner. Should a lien, claim, etc., be placed on the work, the Contractor is responsible for its removal, and the Owner will be held harmless in the process. See Section 01290 "Payment Procedures" for Lien Waiver and Affidavit requirements. Par. 9.8.1 Substantial Completion: Delete paragraph and add the following: "The date of Substantial Completion of the work, is the date certified by the Architect that construction is 100% complete, (with only final corrections remaining to be completed) in accordance with Contract Documents, so Owner can occupy or utilize the work for the use for which it is intended." _ Par. 9.8.2 Substantial Completion: Delete first portion of paragraph, and add the following "When the Architect considers the work to be 100% complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Architect shall prepare a list of items to be corrected. The Contractor shall proceed promptly to complete and correct items on the list." Resume with "Failure to include an item ", etc ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS. Delete the entire article and add the following: Par. 11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance Par. 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract, whether such operations be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. The Owner and Architect of Record shall be named as additional insureds under all the Contractor's insurance policies included herewith: 1. claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of his employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than his employees; 4. claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; 5. claims for damages, other than to the work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom, 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle; and, 7. claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations The policies of insurance purchased and maintained by the Contractor shall include, but are not limited to, the following: MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ' DOCUMENT 00500 Page 3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS I 1. General Liability: Comprehensive form including premises operations, explosion and collapse hazard (X.C.U. exclusion deleted), underground hazard, products /complete operations hazard, contractual insurance, broad form property damage, independent ' contractors and personal injury (with exclusion "C" deleted), the stop -gap endorsement. 2. Automobile Liability: Comprehensive form, including owned, hired, and non -owned vehicles. 3. Excess Liability: Umbrella form. 4. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Par. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1 1 shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18, and shall be ' written for limits required by laws governing in localities having jurisdiction, but no less than the limits set forth below: EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE ' Bodily Injury (each person) $ 500,000 $ 1,000,000 Bodily Injury (each accident) $ 500,000 $ 1,000,000 Property Damage $ 500,000 $ 1,000,000 Bodily Injury and ' Property Damage Combined (Under Umbrella Form) $ 5,000,000 Par. 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner and Architect prior to commencement of the work. These certificates must convey legal rights to the certificate holder, or the original policies may be substituted for the certificates. These certificates and /or policies must contain a provision .that coverage afforded under the policies will not be canceled until the work has been completed and a minimum of thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the Owner. 111 11.2 Owner's Liability Insurance Par. 11.2.1 The Owner and the Architect are named as additional insureds on all insurance required ' by Subparagraph 11.1.1, and will be protected against all claims, which may arise from operations under the Contract. ' 11 4 Property Insurance Par. 11.4.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire work at the site to the full value of the work required by the Contract Documents and not less ' than the final completed value of the project. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors, and any loss payees in the work. This insurance shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage, and shall include Builder's "All- Risk "insurance, on an ALS 72 Form or Facsimile for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, and malicious mischief. This insurance shall also include "Difference in Conditions" (D.I.C.) in the insured property This insurance shall include and maintain coverage as mentioned above for the work stored off-site and /or in transit to the work on -site. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I DOCUMENT 00500 Page 4 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Par. 11.4.2 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance as necessary to provide full replacement cost coverage and liability coverage for bodily injury or property damage with limits of $1,000,000.00, and /or as may be required by any governing law. This insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors, and any loss payees in the work. ' Par. 11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance: The Owner, at his option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure him against loss of use of his property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of his property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards, however caused, to the extent covered by insurance under this Paragraph 11.4. 1 Par. 11.4.4 If the Owner requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described in Subparagraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2 or other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Contractor shall include such insurance. Par. 11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. Par. 11.4.6 The Contractor shall file a copy of all policies or "Legal Document" certificate of insurance with the Owner before any exposure to loss may occur. The work, as included in the Contract Documents, will not commence until the insurance certificates or policies have been approved by the Owner in writing to the Contractor. Par 11.4.7 The Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend the Owner, its officers, agents and employees from liability of any nature or kind, including costs and expenses, for or on account of any and all legal actions or claims of any character whatsoever resulting from injuries or damages sustained by any person or property. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their I subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.4 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ' DOCUMENT 00500 Page 5 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Par. 11.4.8 Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11.4.1 is to be adjusted with the Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.4.10. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, shall require ' each Subcontractor to make payments to his Sub - subcontractors in a similar manner. Par. 11.4 9 If required in writing by any party in interest, the party acting as trustee, shall, upon the occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for the proper performance of his duties. He ' shall deposit, in a separate account, any money so received, and he shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an award by mediation, in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.5. If, after such loss, no other special agreement is made, replacement of 1 damaged work shall be covered by an appropriate Change Order. Par. 11.4.10 The party acting as trustee, shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the ' insurers, unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five (5) days after the occurrence of loss to the trustee's exercise of this power, and if such Paragraph 4.5. The party acting as trustee shall, in that case, make settlement with the insurers in accordance with the directions of such mediators. If distribution of the ' insurance proceeds by mediation is required, the mediators will direct such distribution. 12.2 Correction of work P Par. 12.2.2.1: In the first sentence of the subparagraph, change "one year' into "two years ". In the third sentence of the subparagraph, change "one year' into "two year ". Par. 12.2.2.2: In the first sentence of the subparagraph, change "one year' into "two year ". Par. 12.2.2.3: In the first sentence of the subparagraph, change "one year' into "two year ". ' Par. 12.2.2.5: In the second sentence of the subparagraph, change "one year' into "two year ". 14.4 Termination By The Owner For Convenience ' Par. 14.4.3: In line two after the word "Work" delete the word "not " ' 14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause Par. 14.2.1: Add a new .5 "fails to meet the time schedules set forth in this Agreement." ' Par. 14.2.2 In the last line of the first paragraph: delete the words "subject to any prior rights of the surety" and put the " " after the word "may." Par. 14.2.3 In line two after the word "payment" add the words "of any amount due Contractor for completed Work " Par 14.2 4: In line two after the word "damages" add the words "including consequential damages " In line four after the first use of the word "Owner" add the words "plus interest." 14.4 Termination By The Owner For Convenience MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 DOCUMENT 00500 Page 6 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Par. 14.4.3: In line two after the word "Work" delete the word "not." ' END OF SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ' M . MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE ' COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard. Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 DOCUMENT 00800 SPECIAL CONDITIONS PROJECT ARCHITECT MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1110 112th Avenue N E., Suite 500 Bellevue, Washington 98004 ' PROJECT: COSTCO WHOLESALE FREEZER /REFRIGERATION REMODEL Warehouse No. 111 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Tigard, Oregon 97223 ' MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 ' SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. WORDING OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS: A. These Specifications are written in the abbreviated or "streamlined" form, and frequently include incomplete sentences. Words such as "shall ", "shall be ", "the Contractor shall ", and similar mandatory phrases shall be supplied by inference as they are in a note of the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all items listed and perform all operations as called for, all in accordance with the General Conditions as modified herein ' 2. DEFINITIONS A. The word "approved ", as used herein, means "approved by the Architect ". "For approval" means "for the Architect's approval ". "Selected" means "selected by the Architect ". "As directed" means "as directed by the Architect ". "Provide" means "furnish and install ". Where the words "or approved" are used, the Architect is the sole judge of the quality and suitability of the proposed substitution. ' B. The word "certify ", as used by the Architect, means to state or declare a professional opinion of conditions whose true properties cannot be known at the time such certification was made, despite appropriate professional evaluation." A design professional's certification of conditions in no way relieves any other party from meeting requirements imposed by the contract or other means, including commonly accepted industry practices. ' 3. NUMBER OF SPECIFIED ITEMS REQUIRED: Wherever in these Specifications an article, device or a piece of equipment is referred to in the singular number, such reference shall include as many such items as are indicated on the Drawings or required to complete the installation. 4. LINES AND LEVELS. Before starting work, locate all general reference points. Take such steps as are necessary to prevent their dislocation or destruction If disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed Employ a licensed surveyor to lay out and stake the building and be responsible for its accuracy. 5. PRIOR USE OR OCCUPANCY: The Owner has the right to use or occupy the building or any part thereof, or to use equipment installed under the Contract prior to final acceptance. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 DOCUMENT 00800 Page 2 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 6. CONTRACTOR /SUBCONTRACTOR: These Specifications are divided into sections for ' convenience only. The Architect is not obliged to define the limits of any subcontract, and will not enter into disputes between subcontractors or between the Contractor and his employees, INCLUDING SUBCONTRACTORS. 7. BUILDING CODES: All construction shall be in accordance with the codes and ordinances adopted by the locality in which the work is being completed. 8. FEDERAL AND STATE REGULATIONS: All work on this project will be done in accordance with the applicable regulations of the federal register Occupational Safety and Health Administration (commonly known as OSHA). Compliance with these regulations shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor and his subcontractors. 9. FAIR WAGES POLICY: 111 A. The General Contractor, each subcontractor and all subcontractors of every tier (hereinafter referred to as "Contractor and all subcontractors ") shall pay "Fair Wages" to each of its employees. Contractor and all subcontractors shall use their best commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that each employee receives Fair Wages, as defined below, and shall incorporate this Fair Wage and Safety Policy into each contract of the Contractor and all subcontractors. 1) "Fair Wages" shall mean not less than 90% of the general prevailing hourly wage rate, excluding (i) the hourly fringe benefits amount and (ii) the holiday and vacation pay for carpenters and sheetmetal workers. The amount so calculated will be referred to as the "Costco Wholesale Hourly Wage Rate" In calculating the Costco Wholesale Hourly Wage Rate, the Contractor and all subcontractors shall rely on the most current Davis - Bacon Act prevailing wage determinations for each craft, classifications or type of workman needed as amended for the applicable job locality. 2) The Contractor and all subcontractors shall also pay hourly "Fringe Benefits" to all employees in addition to the Costco Wholesale Hourly Wage Rate. Fringe Benefits must include a health and medical care family plan, holiday and vacation pay, profit sharing and pension. The adequacy of the Fringe Benefits paid shall be determined in the sole discretion of Costco Wholesale and will be compared with other plans for the locality and the hourly fringe benefits amount under the current Davis -Bacon Act for each craft, classification or type of workman needed, as amended for the applicable job locality. B. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall, upon written request of Costco Wholesale, provide Costco Wholesale with a certified payroll for the work performed, showing the wages and Fringe Benefits paid for the work done by the Contractor and all subcontractors. C. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall, upon written request of Costco Wholesale, provide Costco Wholesale with certified descriptions of all Fringe Benefits available to its employees. 10 SAFETY POLICY ' A. The Contractor and all subcontractors shall have an industrial experience rating for similar construction projects that equals or is better than the average experience rating for the state in which the project is located. Any questions regarding determination of the industrial experience rating shall be determined at the sole discretion of Costco Wholesale. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' DOCUMENT 00800 Page 3 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 11. FAIR WAGES AND SAFETY COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the purpose of wage and fringe benefits information is to allow Costco Wholesale to verify the Contractor's compliance with their fair wages or safety policies described above. In the event Costco Wholesale determines the Contractor or any of its subcontractors of every tier is not in compliance with their fair wages ' or safety policies stated herein, Costco Wholesale shall have the right to terminate the contractor and /or any subcontract of any tier, if, after notice, the Contractor or subcontractor does not comply promptly, to the full satisfaction of Costco Wholesale. 1 12. If you have any questions regarding the fair wages policy described above, please call the Project Manager at the Architect's office at (425) 463 -2000. 1 END OF SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1 i p i i 1 1 1 1 i MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 DOCUMENT 00800 Page 4 SPECIAL CONDITIONS (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 I I 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE ' COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01100 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 WORK INCLUDED 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to ' this Section. 1.2 GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK: The work included in this Contract consists of furnishing all labor, material and services for making certain alterations and the demolition of the existing ' freezers and cooler and construction new freezer, cooler and island case. The demolition of the existing Point Of Sales (POS) cooler and the construction a new cooler; the demolition of egress door and the reconfiguration of racking to the existing Costco Wholesale at 7850 SW Dartmouth Street, Tigard, Oregon 97223. A. The work includes areas of site and building demolition, alteration, patching and repair as shown on the drawings and specified. The building is a one -story structure, M ' Occupancy, Type IIIB construction, equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system throughout. ' B The existing construction indicated on the Contract Documents were compiled from "As- Built" records of previous contracts, site inspections, and records furnished by the Owner. Verify existing conditions through job -site inspection during the bidding period to determine if the conditions represented in the Documents do exist in actuality 1. The "As- Built" Documents of existing construction are available for review at the office of the Architect, but neither the Architect nor the Owner guarantees that ' existing conditions are the same as those indicated 2. When unanticipated architectural, mechanical, electrical, or structural elements are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the element. Promptly submit a written Field Condition Report to Architect. l a. Submit report using the standard "Request For Information" (RFI) form included in Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements." ' b. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Documents prior to bidding. 3. No additional compensation will be made if mechanical, electrical, or structural ' elements are not indicated on the drawings, and not noted in a "Field Condition Report" prior to submitting bid, unless the elements were fully concealed in existing construction and could not have been discovered through a job -site inspection during the bidding period 1 3 CONTRACTS. The work will be performed concurrently under a combined contract, NA • Document A101, Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor, 1997 ' Edition 1.4 EXECUTING WORK. A. Building Operations: The existing building is occupied and in operation. Carry out and execute the work with the least possible disturbance and noise, and cooperate in the fullest measure with the Owner and the Architect to reduce inconveniences to a MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 01100 Page 2 SUMMARY OF WORK minimum. Maintain services and systems within the existing building, or relocate as required to permit the Owner's continued operation of all departments. Services to, and sewer lines from existing building shall be maintained without interruption, and connections to existing services shall be carried out with a minimum of delay. B. Measurements: Take all working measurements from the job -site and check with dimensions shown on drawings. If measurements are found to vary with the dimensions, report deviations to the Architect at once for resolution before proceeding with the work. Failure to report and resolve dimension and measurement differences before proceeding with the work may result in alterations done at the Contractor's expense as directed by the Architect to get perfect fits to the building. Measurements and locations of all mechanical and other existing systems shall be obtained from the various subcontractors and new systems shall be perfectly fitted to the building. C. Covering up Other Contractors' Work: No contractor or subcontractor shall cover up or conceal the work of other Contractors until it has been thoroughly tested and approved. 1 5 SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR EXECUTING WORK: A Storage of Flammable Liquids and Gases: All combustible and flammable materials shall be stored in accordance with the requirements of all governing authorities. B. Fire Protection Systems: ' 1. The local Fire Department shall be notified in advance of work involving the disconnecting or impairment of the fire alarm system, automatic sprinkler system, fire pumps or standpipe systems. 2. Fire extinguishers shall be readily available at all demolition, alteration and construction locations within the building. C. Exits: Construction or demolition shall not interfere with or obstruct exits from occupied buildings. Should temporary obstruction of exits be necessary, alternative methods shall first be approved by the Local Fire Official and the State Fire Marshal. , 1.6 OWNER- FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish products indicated in the drawings and specifications as "S.I.O. ", I (Supplied and Installed by Owner), and "S.O.I.C.', (Supplied by Owner and Installed by Contractor). 1. Drawings list Vendor - Supplied products and equipment, indicated as "S.I.V. ", "S.O.I.V. ", and similar notations. The term "Vendor" has the same meaning as "Owner" wherever it is used 2. Where equipment or products are indicated on the drawings as "N.I C." (Not in Contract), the term has the same meaning as "S.I.O. ", (Supplied and Installed by Owner) 3. Electronic files will be furnished to the Contractor with details and descriptions of Owner - Supplied equipment The files will be prepared by the Architect, and will have specific lists of equipment used in the project. a. The Contractor will be responsible for printing the Equipment Lists, then distributing copies to subcontractors and suppliers. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ' SECTION 01100 Page 3 SUMMARY OF WORK ' b. Access to the Owner's web -based equipment lists is limited to authorized individuals who have been specifically approved by the Owner. ' B Provide support systems to receive Owner's equipment, and provide plumbing, mechanical, and electrical connections ' 1. Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner - furnished items according to • Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. If Owner- furnished items arrive on the site damaged, defective, or missing, Owner will arrange for replacement. 3. Owner will arrange for manufacturer's field services and for delivery of manufacturer's warranties to Contractor. 4. Owner will furnish Contractor the earliest possible delivery date for Owner- furnished products. Using Owner- furnished earliest possible delivery dates, Contractor shall designate delivery dates of Owner - furnished items in Contractor's Construction Schedule. 5. Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Owner - furnished ' items at Project site. 6 Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner - furnished items from damage during storage and handling, including damage from exposure to the elements 7. If Owner - furnished items are damaged as a result of Contractor's operations, Contractor shall repair or replace them. C. Items Supplied and Installed By Owner in This Contract (S.I.O.): 1. The following items will be supplied and installed by the Owner. ' a. Freezer /Cooler boxes, sales cases, refrigeration equipment and systems: (slab, insulation, venting & fire protection by General Contractor). b. Product Casework, c. Food Service Equipment scheduled as S.I.O. on Drawings. 1 2. Verify connection requirements then provide necessary rough -in power, plumbing piping, and services at locations indicated on the drawings. After Owner has placed and assembled the items listed above, make final hook -ups and connections. D. Items Supplied by Owner and Installed by Contractor (S.O.I.C.): The following items will ' be supplied by the Owner for installation by the Contractor as part of this project. 1. Contractor shall uncrate, assemble, set and install the items listed below. 2. The Contractor shall complete all rough -in requirements to and /or for these items, ' and make all final connections. 3. Contractor must request delivery of equipment from the Owner, to meet the Contractor's schedule. ' a. Food Service Equipment scheduled as.S.O.I.C. on Drawings. b. Water Softeners scheduled as S.O.I.C. on Drawings. Startup by Owner's vendor. c. Interior chain link fence systems separating main sales area from other building or business functions where indicated as S.O.I.C. on Drawings. d. Steel Storage Racks MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01100 Page 4 SUMMARY OF WORK 1) Prior to any start of rack assembly or installation, the Contractor shall: , (a) Obtain the Racking Permit. The Owner will provide documents suitable for plan review submittal and approval. Verify with the reviewing agency the length of review time and schedule the submittal time so that there is no delay in meeting the scheduled product receiving date. (b) Verify with the Owner the exact location of racking prior to securing to the floor slab. Attach per manufacturer's instructions. (c) Obtain the Fire Marshal's approval of the Fire Protection System prior to Stocking of Product. 2) The Owner will receive, uncrate, assemble, and position the racks. The General Contractor then secures the racks in place with bolts. (Note - this work is usually done after hours). 1.7 OWNER DIRECTIVES /CHANGES: All directives and /or changes that affect this project shall come from the Owner to the Architect, and then to the General Contractor. A Change Order shall be issued by the General Contractor to the Architect and Owner for signature. Field directives and /or changes shall NOT be included in the work until the Architect and Owner have signed the Change Order. No work is to be done at the request of the Warehouse Manager. 1.8 PROJECT COORDINATOR: The General Contractor is the project coordinator, and shall provide coordination and control for all work of the entire contract included in these Contract documents and specified herein. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) I END OF SECTION 01100 ' i MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01230 ALTERNATES ' PART 1 GENERAL 2.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 2.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. ' 2.3 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 2.4 PROCEDURES ' A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate. B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. C Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. ' D. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate. 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 09/10/08 I SECTION 01230 Page 2 ALTERNATES PART 3 EXECUTION 4.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES I A. ALTERNATE NO. 1: Remove and replace cracked concrete slab per Bid Alternate #1 shown on Partial Foundation Plan on Shett S1. 1. If this alternate bid is awarded, then the work includes 2. If this alternate bid is not awarded, then the base bid includes END OF SECTION 01230 • I 1 1 I I 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 09/10/08 I 1 SECTION 01250 CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing contract modifications A. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" 2. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" 1.2 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. The Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the work that will P P P g require adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal requests issued by the Architect are for information only. Do not consider I them as an instruction either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Upon receipt of a proposal request, and within the time period stipulated by the Architect, submit a Change Order Proposal that presents an estimate of cost necessary to execute the change to the Architect for the Owner's review. a. Architect's review of the modifications will require a list of quantities of products needed with itemized labor and material costs associated with the Change Order Proposal. Present survey data to the Architect to substantiate quantities using formats similar to the forms at the end of this section. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in the work will have on the contract time. d. Allow ten (10) days for the Architect and the Owner to review a fully documented Change Order Proposal and decide on a course of action. 3. Submit all Change Order Proposals for approval and execution not later than 20 days following Substantial Completion. 4. Work associated with a proposed change, which has been executed by the General Contractor, prior to the receipt of a Change Order Proposal signed by the Architect, or Mr. Tom Walker of Costco Wholesale, is the financial responsibility of the General Contractor B. A Change Order Proposal for the changes between bid set and construction set shall be submitted three (3) weeks from issuance of construction set. Failure to do so will imply that there is no cost adjustment to the contract between bid and construction sets. C. Proposal Request Form: Use Change Order Proposal Requests Form included in this Section. 111 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01250 Page 2 CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS 1.3 ALLOWANCES • A. Allowance Adjustment: For allowance -cost adjustment, base each Change Order Proposal on the difference between the actual purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by the final measurement of work -in- place. Where applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins. 1. Include installation costs in the purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance. 2. When requested, prepare explanations and documentation to substantiate the margins claimed. 1.4 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: When the Owner and the Contractor disagree on the 1 terms of a Proposal Request, the Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Form G714 The Construction Change Directive instructs the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. . 1. The Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of the change in the work. It also designates the method to be followed to determine change in the contract sum or contract time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the contract. 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. Upon the Owner's approval, the Contractor shall prepare a Change Order including cost adjustments in approved Change Order Proposals and following the format of AIA Form G701 -2001, then submit three copies with original signatures to the Architect for �- execution and approval by the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) SUBMIT PROPOSALS AND COST DOCUMENTATION IN FORMATS SHOWN ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES. FORMS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE ARCHITECT IN MICROSOFT EXCEL FORMAT MULVANNYG2ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 01250 Page 3 CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS I COSTCO WHOLESALE CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL # Il PROJECT: MG2 #: 1 LOCATION: DATE: CONTRACTOR: REQUESTED BY: SUBJECT: EXPLANATION: I PROPOSED ADJUSTMENTS TOTAL G.C. LABOR COSTS $ TOTAL G.C. MATERIAL COSTS $ TOTAL SUBCONTRACTOR COSTS $ 111 OVERHEAD & PROFIT: G C. Labor markup © 10.00% $ G C. Material markup (a7 10 00% $ 1 G C markup of Subcontractors @ 5% $ T OTAL OVERHEAD & PROFIT $ SUBTOTAL ITEMS ABOVE $ BONDS & INSURANCE: Gen. Liablity Insurance A ?% $ Payment & Performance Bonds an 0% $ TOTAL BONDS & INSURANCE $ TOTAL $ The Contract Time is proposed to be adjusted by increase /decrease of days. APPROVALS When signed by all parties, this document becomes effective immediately and the contractor is directed to proceed with the changes. Contractor Architect Owner By By By. Date: Date. Date. I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95 1840 - 15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01250 Page 4 CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS I (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I lI I I I . 11I I I I l MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE I COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I SECTION 01250 Page 5 CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS QUANTITY RECAP SHEET I DESCRIPTION OF WORK ITEMIZED COST ESTIMATE OF REVISIONS SUBS & MAJOR General Contractor's Work PO'S QTY UNIT U/P LABOR U/P MAT'L $ $ $ I $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ i . $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ pi. $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1 $ $ $ $ $ $ . $ 1 $ $ $ $ $ $ 1 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ '' $ $ $ $ $ $ 1 TOTAL COSTS THIS SHEET ONLY $ $ $ MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I' SECTION 01250 Page 6 CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS I (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 I 1 � 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE i COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 i I 1 SECTION 01250 Page 7 CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS I QUANTITY RECAP SHEET 1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Sub - Contractor's Work TOTAL COST QTY LABOR MAT'L EQUIP. $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ ,Il $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ PI $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ ill $ $ $ $ $ $ ,/ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ II $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ I TOTAL COSTS THIS SHEET ONLY $ $ $ I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01250 Page 8 I� CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS END OF SECTION 01250 I 1 I t I I I � I� I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE I COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES I PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS IA. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY I A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. III 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of I Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative ,I forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittals Schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect with the initial (the first) Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. I d Contractor's name and address. e Date of submittal. 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. I b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator e. Name of supplier. I f Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g Dollar value and Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one -tenth of a percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01290 Page 2 111 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. 1 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on -site and items stored off -site. Include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing if required. 1 6. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of , the Work. 7. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. I a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work -in -place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 8. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values with the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. List each Change Order as a new line item. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial (first) Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. See Articles 1.7 through 1.10. B. Payment Application Times: The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Payment Application Forms: Use original 1997 Editions of Forms AIA Document G702 "Application and Certificate for Payment ", and AIA Document G703 "Continuation Sheets" for each copy in an application for payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the forms, including complete name and street address of the Architect and General Contractor, notarization and execution by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Contractor. Use blue (or similar) ink in signing to distinguish original signatures from copies. The Architect will return incomplete or improperly completed applications without action. 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 I SECTION 01290 Page 3 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1. Entries on the forms are to match data on the Schedule of Values and the Construction Schedule. Provide updated schedules if revisions are made. 2. Include only amounts of fully executed Change Orders issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the application. 3. Prepare and submit three (3) completed, original application forms for each payment request, each with original signatures and notary seals. 1 E. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 1.5 LIEN WAIVERS WITH PAYMENT REQUESTS I A. With each Application for Payment, submit a Conditional Lien Waiver from the General Contractor and the designated subcontractors / material suppliers for the construction period covered by the Application. 1. The amount of the Conditional Lien Waiver must equal the amount of the joint check to the subcontractor / material supplier or the total amount requested by the General Contractor, after the deduction for retainage on each item. 2. Lien Waivers shall be on forms or letterhead stationary executed in a manner - acceptable to the Architect and Owner. I a. Submit three (3) completed Lien Waivers for each Payment request. b. All Lien Waivers must have original signatures by persons authorized to sign them for the General Contractor and subcontractors / material suppliers. Lien Waiver shall be certified by the signer or be notarized where required by State law. c Lien Waivers must include the language" .upon receipt of a check from Costco Wholesale. " d. Use the Lien Waiver form included at the end of this Section. An electronic copy may be obtained from the Architect upon request. 3. The Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must I submit Lien Waivers. 1.6 TRANSMITTING APPLICATIONS TO ARCHITECT: Submit the three (3) signed originals of the Lien Waiver and three (3) signed and notarized originals of the payment application to the Architect, together with a letter of transmittal. A. Attach a separate list of sub - contractors included in the application to receive payment, I together with the specific amounts of payment requested for each sub - contractor. B Send to the Architect using a method ensuring delivery within twenty -four (24) hours. C. Use a method that provides evidence of mailing and a record of delivery The Architect's office is served by the following couriers who offer "proof of delivery" records: I U S. Postal Service.......Use "Express Mail" or "Certified Mail" with Return Receipt showing delivery. Federal Express .. . Use "Proof of Performance" Service. ' Similar services by United Parcel Service or other couriers. I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 1 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01290 Page 4 PAYMENT PROCEDURES D. Confirming Application Delivery: Make inquiries directly to the courier to confirm Application for Payment was received by the Architect. Do not call the Architect's office to confirm receipt of an Application for Payment. 1.7 INITIAL (FIRST) APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT I A. Submit the following with the first Application for Payment: 1. Schedule of Values. 2. List of subcontractors / material suppliers receiving joint checks. 3. Lien Waivers. 4. Contractor's Construction Schedule (CPM), when there are changes made to the Schedule submitted with the Contract. 5. Submittals Schedule. 6. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 7. Performance and payment bonds 1.8 REGULAR APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit, but not limited to, the following: 1. Schedule of Values. 2. List of subcontractors / material suppliers receiving joint checks. y 3. Lien Waivers. 1.9 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Include, but not limited to, the following: 'I 1. Documentation supporting claim that the work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. List of subcontractors / material suppliers receiving joint checks 3. Lien Waivers, with written notice that previously unsettled claims have been settled and project is clear of liens. B. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work 1.10 FINAL PAYMENT APPLICATION AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following. I 1 Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements, described in Division 1 "Closeout Procedures ", including items listed in "Closeout Document Log ". 2. Submit Insurance certificates for products and completed operations. i a Provide certificates evidencing that required insurance is to remain in force after Final Payment and is currently in effect and will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least thirty (30) days after written notice to the Owner. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01290 Page 5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES b. Include a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents. 3. Provide an updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum, including any final, liquidated damages settlement. a. Include an accounting for the following items paid by the Owner: 1) Unused portions of the cost of the Performance Bond. 2) Unused allowances. 3) Utility fees. 4) Cash bonds. 4. Furnish evidence that outstanding claims have been settled, and taxes, fees, and similar obligations have been paid. 5. Submit the following completed American Institute of Architects (AIA) document forms, or equivalent construction - industry organization document forms acceptable to the Architect and the Owner. a. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." b. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." c. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 6. Submit Final meter readings for utilities, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work 1.11 PAYMENTS BY OWNER: When applications for payment are made complete with lien waivers and releases and appropriate documentation described above, together with review and approval by the Architect, A. Payment will be made by the Owner within fifteen (15) days of the Architect's receipt of the applications for payment. B. Where payment is requested for work by the designated subcontractor / material supplier, the Owner will issue a "Joint Check ", naming both the General Contractor and the subcontractor / material suppliers as payees. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 01290 Page 6 PAYMENT PROCEDURES :,_ I (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I t ;1 I 1 I 1 I I I 1 I I • MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I ' SECTION 01290 Page 7 PAYMENT PROCEDURES INTERIM LIEN WAIVER From: Project: (Name of Firm Giving Release) (Project Name) (Business Phone) (Project Address) Contact Person: Project Manager. Contact Telephone: Project Telephone: CONDITIONAL RELEASE The undersigned does hereby acknowledge that upon receipt by the undersigned of a check from Costco Wholesale in the sum of $ and when the check has been properly endorsed and has been paid by the bank upon which it was drawn, this document shall become effective to release pro tanto any and all claims and rights of lien which the undersigned has on the above - referenced job. This release covers a progress payment for labor, services, equipment, materials furnished and /or claims through (date) , 20 only and does not cover any retention or items furnished after that date. Before any recipient of this document relies on it, said party should verify evidence of payment to the undersigned. I CERTIFY UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER THE LAWS OF THIS STATE THAT THE ABOVE IS A TRUE AND CORRECT STATEMENT. Signature: (Authorized Corporate Officer /Partner /Owner) ' Dated this day of ( Title) , 20 at (City, State) (If required in the project state, please have form notarized.) i Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of . 20 . (Signature) (Print Name) Notary Public in and for the State of Residing at (City, State) (Notary Seal) My commission expires: 111 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01290 Page 8 PAYMENT PROCEDURES I END OF SECTION 01290 1 I 1 I I i I I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE I COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01310 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to project meetings. 1.3 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Pre - construction Conference: The Architect will schedule a Pre - construction Conference in the Architect's office or at the construction site before starting construction. The conference will be at a time convenient to Owner. The conference will review project responsibilities and personnel assignments 1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect and their consultants, Contractor and project superintendent(s); major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: The Architect will prepare the conference agenda, including the following. The agenda will be distributed to all invited attendees. a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing. d. Designation of responsible personnel. e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. f. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment g. Distribution of the Contract Documents. h. Submittal procedures. i. Preparation of Record Documents. ii. Use of the premises. k. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls I Parking availability. m. Office, work, and storage areas. n Equipment deliveries and priorities. o. First aid p. Security. q Progress cleaning. r. Working hours. 3. Minutes The Architect, or an authorized Architect's representative will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. The conference minutes will be distributed within three (3) days of the meeting to the Owner, Contractor, and to everyone concerned. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 1 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 01310 Page 2 PROJECT MEETINGS B Progress Meetings: The General Contractor shall schedule and conduct Progress Meetings at regular weekly intervals at the Project Site. 1. Attendees: Contractors and superintendent(s), subcontractors, suppliers, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. The Owner and Architect, and their representatives, shall be invited to attend. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with the project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the work. 2. Minutes: The General Contractor shall record significant discussions and agreements achieved at the meeting. Distribute meeting minutes within three (3) days of the meeting to the Owner and Architect, to each party present, and to parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. 3. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) , END OF SECTION 01310 I 1 • r MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION ' PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following. 1 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Daily construction reports. 3. Field condition reports. 4. Weekly Construction Photo Requirements. 5. Weekly Job Report 6. Posting requirements for "sitelfolio" B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Coordination and Construction Schedule Requirements" for Owner's "Critical Day Allocations" and corresponding "Project Work Categories" Schedule. 2. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting Weekly Construction Pho- tographs. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Construction Schedule: Submit two (2) opaque copies. B. Daily Construction Reports: Submit two (2) copies at weekly intervals. ' C. Field Condition Reports: Submit two (2) copies at time of discovery of differing condi- tions. ' D. Special Reports: Submit two (2) copies at time of unusual event. . PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Prepare a Contractor's Construction Schedule complying with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning & Scheduling." ' B. Schedule Time Frame: 1. Extend the Construction Schedule from the date established for commencement of the work to the date of Project Substantial Completion and Final Completion. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 • I SECTION 01320 Page 2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 2. Follow the "Critical Day Allocations" and corresponding "Project Work Categories" included in Division 1 Section "Coordination and Construction Schedule Require- ments." C. Activities: Treat "Off -Site Work ", "On -Site Work" and "Building Construction Work" as ' each separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Unless specifically allowed by Architect, define activities so no activity is longer than twenty (20) days. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Docu- ments and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the work is affected. • 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Limitations of continued occupancies. b. Use of premises restrictions. c. Environmental control. 2.2 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site 2. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 3. Equipment at Project site 4. Material deliveries. 5. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. 6. Accidents. 7. Meetings and significant decisions. 8. Unusual events (refer to "Special Reports" below). 9. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 10. Emergency procedures. 11. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 12. Change Orders received and implemented. 13. Work Change Directives received and implemented. 14. Services connected and disconnected. 111 15. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Field Condition Reports: 1. Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. 2. Submit report using the standard "Request For Information" (RFI) form included in Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements." 3. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommen- dations for changing the Contract Documents. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I 1 SECTION 01320 Page 3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 2.3 WEEKLY CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS: Take a minimum twelve (12) digital images to document the progress of construction each week. A The weekly photos shall have the same views from the same locations. Include photos from vantage points that best show status of construction and progress since last pho- tographs were taken. B. Digital Photo Requirements: 1. Format: Truecolor "JPG" (JPEG) medium resolution images. a. Minimum image pixel dimensions: 1024 x 768 b. Maximum image pixel dimensions: 1600 x 1200 2. Include images in a compressed archive "zip" file, then send file to the Project Manager at the Architect's office as an e -mail attachment. The Architect's file management system cannot accept attachments larger than 15 MB. C. Take photographs before close of business Wednesday, during daylight hours. D Format and upload the weekly project photos to allow internet use by others. 1 Information on this procedure is available in "Costco Wholesale sitelfolio General Contractor User Guide" appended to the Project Manual. 2. Upload to sitelfolio no later than 10:00 am Pacific Time each Thursday morning. 3. Provide email notification to Architect's Project Manager and Owner's Project Manager immediately after digital photos are uploaded to sitelfolio. 2.4 SPECIAL REPORTS A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one (1) day of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs , Project , wh re to , special report. at Li st chain sitehet of events or , not persons lated part the , response workprepare by C ontractor submit 's personnel a , evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Owner in ad- vance when these events are known or predictable. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At appropriate intervals, update sched- I ule to reflect actual construction progress and activities Issue schedule updates two (2) days before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the re- port of each such meeting. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01320 Page 4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate con- tractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and 111 post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have com- pleted their assigned portion of the work and are no longer involved in perform- ance of construction activities. 3.2 WEEKLY JOB REPORT SUBMITTAL: A. Complete the attached or similar electronic form of the Weekly Job Report Form on Wednesday of each week with updated construction status. B. Format and upload the Weekly Job Report to allow internet use by others. 1 Information on this procedure is available in "Costco Wholesale sitelfolio General Contractor User Guide" appended to the Project Manual. 2. Upload Weekly Job Report to sitelfolio no later than 10:00 am Pacific Time each Thursday morning. 3 Provide email notification to Architect's Project Manager and Owner's Project Manager immediately after Weekly Job Report is uploaded to sitelfolio. 1 1 1 1 I . MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 • SECTION 01320 Page 5 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION I WAREHOUSE WEEKLY JOB REPORT PROJECT DATA" '-''' ' 1 : - :" ',' ' '," • --,,' ' • ,F,„ ,., `, 4„',, Report 4 Week # Project Cost. Wholesale Change Permits Baseline Current Comments Days Left (Early) Date Aichitect Project # Clearing Permit Site Grading # _ Address _ Costco PM Building # GC PM Off Site Permit 4 ____ _ MG2 PM Racking 4 _ CITY BUILDING.MILESTONE t , z t ,, , : , , r7c4ige14, „ Comm . e gim , , , s'COMpleiloti3Oates.' . ",' • ",,, Site Clear & Grubbing , D'ate ',, , :t ', • t ' , Days Left (Earlylr ' ' , •,' .('' HOT ISSUES Stripping Mass Excavation & Grading Pad Ready COSTCO i Slab Complete Start Metal Bldg Metal Bldg Complete Install Refngeration Boxes MULVANNYG2 Start Refrigeration _ Paving Complete Refrigeration Complete '111 Meta/Bakery/Deli Complete CONTRACTOR Permanent Power Telephone Entrance Cable Temp Certificate of Occupancy — Receive Merchandise - Grand Opening CONSULTANT Pre Construction Pre Slab on Grade Third Visit SUPPLIERS Punch List . — _ . ._ Extra Meetings r„ 'Per'Ceniagiir, !`V Pre'jeCtEid:,:, ' ,4X, : ' -,,, • "", coV ,,,, ,' Lir,, . iati...q. ;,' 5f .. VP ,0 C) , ' .7,41 1 - 0, V, ?7,! ( i':,.: ',-:= ',.' aiiipleled10 Campleho'n' 4 '; i .:L' :, ''' : }c - , :a.or, , -, -„ „ ' :,- ..E.: - , A„; „::-. 1" -,': ':, ` ' Gradmn Utilities Detention Basin Paving Curbs Analizabon Landscaping • • .,ONiSITE WORK,-;',0,- - Gradino Detention Basin Retaining Walls ::1`' 4, ' •4" ' " ' - ':., , - ',-- :" V - : ' Utilities Light Poles • Paving Curbing Landscaping Permanent Power Perrnanent Water Permanent Gas Permanent Telephone Comm Conduit to G S Pad Ready Foundations Underslab Utilities Stab Masonry Walls 1 Main Building Steel Tire Center Steel Canopy Steel Steel Wall Panels Warehouse Roof . _,gcyh hts HVAC Overhead Electrical Overhead Plumbing/Gas Overhead Sprinklers Offices/Restrooms Refrigeration Mezzanine i _ Refngeration Panels Refngeration Piping POS Boxes Food Service Bakery/Meat/Deli/Chicken Island Cases i Pharmacy Optical M. Lab Receiving Core Canopy Finishes Tire Center Slab Tire Center Finishes MEP Tnm Interim Finishes OWNERS EQUIP INSTALLATION I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95-1840-15 I Freezer/Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01320 Page 6 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION END OF SECTION 01320 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals. 1 B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the Schedule of Values. 2. Division 1 Section "Project Meetings" for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes. 3. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule. 4. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports. 5. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting Warranties, Record Drawings, Record Specifications, Record Product Data, Operation and Maintenance Data. 1 6. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for submittals in those Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1 A. Submittals — Written data, graphic information, shop drawings, samples, schedules, etc. ' B. Types of Submittals 1. Conformance Certification — The intent is that NO SUBMITTALS be made to the Architect if a product is listed on the "Conformance Certification List" and is incorporated into the work as specified. See the Conformance Certification Requirements in this section for additional conditions. a. Specification Sections listed in the "Conformance Certification List" will retain their Submittal Requirements but the Contractor is not required to make the submittals unless requesting a substitution b. Submittals of specified products on the "Conformance Certification List" will NOT be reviewed by the Architect and will be discarded. 2. Action Submittals — Submittals requiring the Architect's review or approval C. Substitution — Product not as specified that the Architect has approved. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01330 Page 2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of i construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that requires sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. B. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re- submittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. 1. Initial Review: Allow fifteen (15) days for Initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is required, allow twenty -one (21) days for initial review of each submittal. a. Structural, mechanical, plumbing, and electrical components 1 C. Identification: Clearly indicate specific submittal (product or model) intended for use on this project. For submittals with more than one product identified, indicate which product is intended for use on this project Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier g. Name of manufacturer. h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate j. Other necessary identification D. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. E. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01330 Page 3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES F. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review received from sources other than Contractor. 1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal. 2. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. Transmittal Form: Use the attached Submittal Transmittal form at the end of this section. G. Use for Construction: Use only final Submittals in the Work that have marks indicating action has been taken by Architect. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONFORMANCE CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. See the "Conformance Certification List" for products that qualify as Conformance Certification Submittals. OIL B. Do NOT submit any documentation, product data, shop drawings, etc. to the Architect if the product incorporated into the work is exactly as specified. C. At Project Closeout, indicate on the "Conformance Certification List" the manufacturer of the product that was incorporated into the work. D. Sign the Product Conformance Certification form and forward along with the "Conformance Certification List" that indicates the manufacturer of the product to the Architect. No further action is required. 1. Note products on the list that were approved substitutions and include the approved "Substitution Request Form" with the list. E. IMPORTANT: Non - complying "Conformance Certification" products found incorporated into the work that are not approved substitution must be replaced immediately with specified products at no cost to the Owner, no change to the construction schedule and no operational impacts to the Owner. 1. No Substitutions will be allowed for non - complying products — they must be replaced with specified products; i.e., no "after installation" approvals. F. If the Contractor proposes to use a product that is NOT as specified, a "Substitution Request" must be submitted for the Architect's approval prior to installation. 1. If the Architect approves the substitution, all submittal requirements noted in the applicable specification section must be met 2. Approving the "Substitution Request" does not alleviate the submittal requirements MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01330 Page 4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 3. Provide substitution submittals to the Architect for approval following procedures for "Action Submittals ". 1 2.2 ACTION SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." • B. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." C. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or 1 supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 1 D. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. ■ f. Wiring diagrams showing factory - installed wiring. g. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams. i. Mill reports. j. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals. k. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. I. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. m. Application of testing agency labels and seals n. Notation of coordination requirements 4. Submit (5) copies. E. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project- specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Types of Prints Required Submit five (5) full -size bond copies of each sheet of shop drawings. Architect will returned (1) copy showing all review comments. Contractor shall make and distribute additional copies as required. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard. Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01330 Page 5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2. Preparation Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing -in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field- installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. i. Design calculations. j. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. I. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full -size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8 -1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. F Samples Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements for 01 mockups. 2. Provide samples or samples identical to the precise article proposed to be provided. Identify all items by manufacturer, item, color name and number, and location in the work 3. Number of Samples Required a. Unless otherwise specified, submit samples in the quantity required to be returned, plus one (1) which will be retained by the Architect. b. By pre- arrangement in specific cases, a single sample may be submitted for review, and when favorably reviewed be installed at a location agreed upon by the Architect. G. Colors and Patterns: If precise color and pattern is not called out in the contract documents, submit accurate color and pattern charts to the Architect for selection. ' 1. Submit samples for review of type, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. a. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the product represented by a sample, submit at least three (3) sets of paired units that show approximate limits of the variations 2. Disposition. Maintain sets of approved samples at project site, available for quality - 1 control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 • 1 SECTION 01330 Page 6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES H. INFORMATIONAL DATA 1. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other 1 Specification Sections. a. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. b. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements." I. Construction Schedule: The Contractor shall furnish the Architect with a Construction schedule with bar graph for the project before the start of construction. The schedule will be updated weekly, and sent directly to the Owner and Architect for their review. J. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and 1 experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. K. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements. L. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. M. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project. 2.3 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Submit "Substitution Request Form" (Document 00100 — Instructions to Bidders) listing proposed product to the Architect for approval B. Substitutions request made via "Request for Information" process are NOT valid — a "Substitution Request" form must be used. C. Approving the substitution: 1 1 Is made with the condition that no additional cost will be incurred by the Owner and 1 that there are no changes to Construction Schedule. 2. Does not relieve the Contractor from meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 3 Is made without conditions to other parts of the work, i.e., if the substitution requires other parts of the work to be modified, the Contractor is responsible for making all necessary changes without additional cost to the Owner 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ' SECTION 01330 Page 7 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ' D Approved Substitutions require that ALL submittal requirements noted in the applicable Specification Section be met. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW ' A Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. r B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECTS ACTION SUBMITTAL FORM i A. Review by the Architect and Engineer does not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for error and omissions, which may exist in the submitted data. B. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. C. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken l D. Informational Submittals Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded. 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01330 Page 8 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) � 9 Y ) 1 1 1 1 1 1' 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 01330 Page 9 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1 ; : ..k , j rt & ' " € H' a ti se .k x - Mr - 7. v '"T t A a r. �- - s`t r x a.- '� 'fit s� , - � ��rt "� f ak' ti «� .� } c r � t '��'� 'Y 'AF "� �Yesa � 3 . } 9��t �� 4 � F { nix y q i . A k} ..m'k F S * kF 4 , ' Y $ a? :9 ' -'E j "c t a ,,, -a., A '- kgit," .: I � ` 7"`'*'a: t r Y s �t .r `''r x r�. 3"r r ° } �.�' u S $ St ` t' v. v c ? rtw-. ,` a yd''' a + 5 y .h - �.. i w q � a,, r , , , � t4 ACTION S UBMITTAL TRANSMI o ' r7 t , �� ` t d - hj' � c ` .'x w s �3 A , ,. .s1" r .... i , y , . ,:i. • T. ps. R' ., y. . a c yi fi '� I ^ ,", - s t y: 4 n.., ., -r ' .. ) k4 ,u vo ,.+ r x'. 'Sr, . `yxi- � , at ? A y , 4-, , , tt� ,Ids- ` r.'" '`3 - ``' `4. ° s, ` a - `ti. ��/,. t +,., r. 1 . ,!2.41 a..fix' =P"' �' s. V :` ''�14'. C` ,x . �", � F, R:. --n ',`ii `LI - :-4'` ,` ;, n r ` ,, - * l r` , ."'� " " gAtt r3� ',k r' w r.* ' 1 . , ^ t ts Specification Section I Project: Date: c MG2 #: c CT Owner: Contractor: 3 1 r+ ❑ Shop Drawings El Product Data ❑ Samples ❑ r+ CD Submittal Description: I Number of Sheets: El Catalogs / Books Date: Z Supplier / Subcontractor / Manufacturer: 0 Comments / Questions: CD 0- 3 IIII Distributed To Sent To / On Date Received No. of Copies Architect CO Consultant Architect 0 I Contractor C' Subcontractor Owner -. 1 Other 0 ' D Submittal Action I ❑ Conforms to Design Concept El Conforms to Design Concept with Revisions as Shown I ❑ Non - Conforming, Revise & Re- Submit ❑ No Action Required - Submittal not required; retained for project file (J) I Reviewer Comments: C iT 3 I r-1 S1) 1 co r—r CD 1 Attachments - Reviewed By: Date: a) I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ; E SECTION 01330 Page 10 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ' (This Page Intentionally Left Blank , � 9 Y ) 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' SECTION 01330 Page 11 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES f �" Q tt'.� w 1.'k s,��a? -. F K r'. � V �` - .' £ ' "A''' '?C ''��i{.� r .;�y r` .�'a'}i2" J� ' M� a s.. `€`!(`���.:�'"6,a. � j '?. T ] s� 'f�'pd"m.^Et.�`s }U„'�i•�„ii� ei' :�� cx� j JW� .. 4+cs' '4 } 9'" 4 � .Y�u,a �}„'`.',� t CERTIFICATIO r w ,� +r r ' w m1J }5 ar3k „"k:,fs:?'t`t i• $ r� PRODUCT COMFORMANCE N �,: �; �� '.' :k V _ p'���.,.3 '.f ` r+ '� P'�'R''?�'ayr - s • Fy� ��r - , } Vii; � GJ $� ^,^ y„ . -., 4 . 7eL � 'F" a ,F ? r ���.� x , 5 ? 3 W W �`WV x,” ','. `�- �..d KStVO f^Ayer, gi.-gq.r:VNt i'g4e s 4,' `g '�S- ,r 4 .* e .*• x 2v ; .. ' Project Closeout Submittal: Submit to the Architect the Conformance Certification List that indicates: ' The selected manufacturer where the specifications allowed a choice of multiple manufacturers. The Reference Standard (e.g., ASTM Standards) specified if the product was not specified by manufacturer. 1 Substitutions Attach the approved Substitution Request Forms to the Conformance Certification List. No further action is required. Substitutions: Further, I /We acknowledge that no substitutions of the Specified Materials /Products on the attached Conformance Certification List have been made except those approved by the Architect. Only materials /products submitted to the Architect on the approved Substitution Request Form (Doc 00100 — Instructions To Bidders) and approved by the Architect are considered approved substitutions - I approvals given via Request for Information (RFI) forms or verbal approvals are not valid substitutions. Non - Conforming Products: I /We agree that if non - conforming materials /products are incorporated into the work, they will be replaced immediately with specified materials /products at no cost to the Owner, no change to the construction schedule and no operational impacts to the Owner. Certification: /We, certify that the materials /products listed on the attached Conformance Certification List are incorporated into the work and are in full compliance with the specifications. I have read the above and agree to the terms. The General Contractor and the Sub - contractor must execute the provided Conformance Submittal for each product specified. General Contractor Address ' Printed Name Signature Date Authorized Representative(s) END OF SECTION 01330 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard. Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01330 Page 12 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) , 1 1 1 1 1 ■ 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE ' COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. ' B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1 1.3 EXTENT OF WORK (IN THIS SECTION) ' A. Inspections by Public Officials: Contractor shall call for all inspections required by building officials having jurisdiction. Final payment to the Contractor will not be made until final inspection has been made, all items corrected, and an occupancy permit has been issued for the building. B. Inspections by Independent Agencies: The inspection work as listed below shall be made by a testing laboratory selected by the Architect and approved by the building official. All tests shall be performed in accordance with the building code. Submit written reports of inspections and tests to the Architect, Structural Engineer, General Contractor, and building official. 1 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Quality- Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that 1 proposed construction complies with requirements. B. Quality - Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during ' and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect or Construction Manager]. C. Mockups: Full -size, physical example assemblies to illustrate finishes and materials. Mockups are used to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to 1 review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. 1 5 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Inspectors and testing laboratories shall submit written inspection and test result reports. • MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 1 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01400 Page 2 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS B. Inspectors and testing laboratories shall distribute copies of reports to: 1. Architect 2. Owner 3. Contractor 4. Engineer 5. Building department or other authority having jurisdiction over the Work. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance and approved by local authority, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. B. Testing, when required, shall conform to all pertinent codes and regulations, selected 1 ASTM standards, and as otherwise specified. C. Notices: Notify independent agency, building official, and Architect at least twenty -four (24) hours before work required inspection is started. 1.7 COSTS ■ A. Owner: Costs for code required inspections and tests requested by Owner on • earthwork, masonry, steel work, and concrete placed on the site will be paid by the Owner. B. Contractor: the Contractor shall pay Costs for confirmation of flatness and or levelness of concrete slab. C. Costs for re- inspections and re- tests, and added costs for inspections and tests due to poor workmanship, non - compliance with the Contract Documents, late scheduling, cancellations, or ill -timed notices are the responsibility of the Contractor. ' 1. When Initial tests display non - compliance with the Contract Documents, the same testing agency that performed the initial tests shall do the work of re- inspection or re- testing the earlier tests. 2. Payment for re- inspection or re -test costs will be made to the testing agency by the Owner, but the Contract Sum in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor will be adjusted by Change Order to recover the cost. 3. Inspection and testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and paid for by the Contractor. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CLIENT COORDINATION A General Requirements 1. Attend all pre- construction and job -site meetings. 2. Review all drawings and specifications. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' SECTION 01400 Page 3 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ' 3. Prepare written reports of test results on a timely basis. a) Reference the job name, location, Architect and Project Manager's name, ' General Contractor and name of person preparing the report, printed legibly. b) Type or write legibly the daily inspection reports describing the construction completed. c) Send the reports, every week, to the Architect, Owner, Engineer, Contractor 1 and local authority, if local authority requires copies 4. Notify Architect and Engineer by telephone or fax memo immediately, meaning on ' the day of discovery, of test results not meeting specified requirements. 5. Notify Architect and Engineer by telephone or fax memo immediately, of deficiencies in construction. ' 2.2 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS: The following inspections and tests shall be made by an independent agency as outlined below (paid by Owner) and the testing and inspection services outlined below include but are not limited to the following: 1 A. Soils Testing and Site Inspection B. Asphalt Concrete 1 C. Building Construction and Materials Testing, as required by technical specifications. PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) 1 END OF SECTION 01400 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01400 Page 4 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 ■ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 r SECTION 01420 ' REFERENCES PART1 GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS 1 A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. ' B. "Approved ": The term "approved," when used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed ": Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean directed by Architect, requested by Architect, and similar phrases. 1 D. "Indicated ": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on Drawings or to other paragraphs or schedules in Specifications and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference. E. "Regulations ": The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and 1 agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish ": The term "furnish" means to supply and deliver to Project site, ready for ' unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install ": The term "install" describes operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, 1 working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide ": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Installer ". An Installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub - subcontractor, to perform a particular construction 1 operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1 3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 1 A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. 1 Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates. Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract ' Documents, unless otherwise indicated. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01420 Page 2 REFERENCES 1 C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the 1 standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and 1 acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S." 111 E. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of 1 the date of the Contract Documents. BOCA BOCA Evaluation Services (joined with ICBO ES) CABO Council of American Building Officials (See ICC) IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and (909) 472 -4100 Mechanical Officials (The) www.iapmo.com ICBO ICBO Evaluation Services (800) 284 -4406 www.iccsafe.org (562) 699 -0541 ICC International Code Council (703) 931 -4533 (Formerly: CABO - Council of American Building Officials) www.inticode.orq ISO International Standards Organization (800) 423 -6587 1 www.iso.orq SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress International, (205) 591 -1853 Inc www.sbcci.orq 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 ' SECTION 01420 Page 3 REFERENCES 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01420 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 1 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01420 Page 4 REFERENCES (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES PART1 GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. 1 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over ' from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. • 1. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS ' 2.1 MATERIALS A. General. Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use ' intended 2.2 EQUIPMENT 1 A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Field Office Building: Provide a substantial, weather -tight office building on site where ' directed. Have the office fully operable, with power and telephone service connected, from the start of construction until project is completed and closed out. Allow the Owner and Architect the use of Field Office, equipment and communication equipment for calls. Provide the following Field Office Equipment: 1 1 Plain paper copy machine and a fax machine connected to a dedicated telephone line. ' 2. Computer with Internet /e -mail capability. 3. Job Telephone. Provide non - coinbox telephone connected to serving utility exchange Pay all telephone and fax charges for job related use by Owner and Architect, except for long distance charges. 1 a. Provide an answering machine, voice -mail service, or messaging service MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 1 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01500 Page 2 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES b. Provide project manager and superintendents with pagers and portable cellular telephones for use in making and receiving telephone calls when away from field office. C. Temporary Utilities: Use of Owner's existing electrical, heat, and water will be permitted without metering. Contractor shall provide safe temporary connections and maintain conditions acceptable to the Owner. D. Temporary Heat: Furnish temporary heat, including fuel and power, as required to protect materials and work from dampness and cold and to dry out the building. Use methods approved by the Architect. Permanent heating plant may be used for this purpose when completed at no cost to the Owner. Refer to technical sections for temperatures to be maintained for the work of various trades. E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. F. Temporary Enclosures: Provide wood batten doors and transparent plastic covered windows for exterior wall openings of building until it is dry Windows may be glazed in lieu of covering, if glass is protected. G. On -Site Fire Protection: From the time the project starts until its completion and acceptance by the Owner, the General Contractor shall maintain adequate fire extinguishers on the premises, readily available to his workmen, for the protection of the building and its contents. H. Temporary Partitions: Provide temporary construction barriers, made of non- combustible materials throughout. Wood and plywood used must be fire - retardant treated, plastic sheeting used must be flame resistant. I. Temporary Barricades And Fences: Contractor shall provide fences and all safeguards necessary for the convenience and protection of the public, as required by code and law enforcement regulations. Keep abutting streets and other thoroughfares open to traffic, using only portions of streets allowed by permit. Contractor will be responsible for damage or injury occurring to either persons or property through carelessness or neglect by himself, his employees, or subcontractors. 2.3 Field Office Staff Provide the following required project staff: 1 A. Project Manager, one (1) minimum, may be part -time and located off -site: Oversees and supervises the entire project. Responsible for the managing /estimating of the all phases of the entire project. B. Job Superintendent, one (1) minimum, required on -site full -time: Superintendent provides overall administrative and technical direction for the project MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 r 1 SECTION 01500 Page 3 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES ' C. Project Engineer, one (1) minimum, may be part -time and located off -site for small projects: Project Engineer supports superintendent and project manager by performing administrative and technical functions. 111 D. Secretary, one (1) minimum recommended full -time and located on site. Supports field staff. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by ' authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL ' A. Provide temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil- bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established ' C. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. 3.3 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION 1 A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and ' that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near project site. ' B. Storm -water Control: Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and sub -grade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of ' storm -water from heavy rains. C. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from construction damage Protect tree root 1 systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. D. Temporary Fire Protection Until fire - protection needs are supplied by permanent ' facilities, install and maintain temporary fire - protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01500 Page 4 1 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 1 END OF SECTION 01500 1 1 1 1 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 1 SECTION 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the work including, but not limited to, the following: ' 1. General installation of products. 2. Protection of installed construction. 3. Correction of the Work. 1 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Deliver, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. This applies to products included in this contract as well as products furnished by the Owner, as described in Section 01100 "Summary of Work ". 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long -term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to the site in an undamaged condition in the manufacturer's original, sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents ' and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy materials away from the project structure in a manner that will not ' endanger the supporting construction. 7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover in a weather -tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's 1 instructions. 1 4 WORKMANSHIP All work involved in this project shall reflect the best possible ' workmanship. Work which is not of the best workmanship shall be corrected or redone as is required for approval by the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. No trade should apply finishes or materials to surfaces until he feels that the surfaces are ready to receive his finish or material and produce the best possible workmanship A trade which applies finishes ' or materials to a surface, which is not ready, shall remove and correct the work, as well as prepare the existing surface involved at no additional cost to the Owner. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01700 Page 2 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of utilities, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the work. B. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: 1. Take field measurements as required to fit the work properly. Recheck 1 measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the work. B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on drawings C. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report and Request For Information (RFI) to the Architect. 1. Prepare the RFI using the standard form at the end of this section, following the instructions included with the form. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the work and components of the work accurately, in correct alignment 1 and elevation, as indicated. 1 Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level 1 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3 Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 8 feet in spaces without a suspended ceiling. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 01700 Page 3 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS ' D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. F. Anchors and Fasteners. Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the 1 Work. 1. Mounting Heights Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components ' at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. G. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. 1 H. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.4 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION 1 A. Protection of Concrete Floor Slab PI 1. To prevent permanent stains on the concrete surface, the following steps shall be taken: a. No trade shall park vehicles on the inside slab. If necessary to complete their 1 scope of work, drop cloths shall be placed under vehicles at all times. b. No pipe- cutting machine shall be used on the inside floor slab c. To avoid rust staining, place no steel on interior floor slab. ' d. See Section 03310 for tire use on concrete surfaces. B Protection and Restoration of Property 1 1. Existing underground utilities of record are indicated on the Construction Documents, when record drawings were available. They are indicated for the Contractor's convenience only. The Owner and Architect assume no responsibility and or liability for the accuracy of locations or failure to indicate locations. 2. The location of existing underground utilities, as indicated on the drawings, is approximate only, and the Contractor shall be responsible for determining their exact location. The Contractor shall check with the utility companies concerning any possible conflict prior to commencing excavation in all areas, as not all utilities may be indicated on the drawings ' a Call the Utility Location Request Center (One Call Center) for field locations, not less than two (2) nor more than ten (10) business days before the scheduled date of excavation. b There may be utilities on the project that are not part of the One -Call system Contractor to contact those utilities directly for location assistance. c Contractor is responsible for all breakages of utilities or services resulting from his operations. Hold the Owner and his representatives harmless from all claims resulting from disruption of service and or damages to service MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01700 Page 4 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS d. Contractor is responsible for coordination with the utility companies and arranging for movement or adjustment, either temporary or permanent, of their services within the project limits. e. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for reason of delay caused by the actions of any utility company Such costs shall be considered incidental to the Contract. f. Existing utilities for telephone, power, gas and television cable facilities shall be relocated by the appropriate utility company unless otherwise noted on the drawings. g. Contractor is solely responsible for damage to completed portions of the project and for damage to property located off the site, such as pollution of rivers, streams, ground water or other waters, caused by siltation, run -off, erosion and other construction operations, occurring during the construcfion of the project. Exercise all necessary precautions throughout the project to prevent such property damage. 3. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.5 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. 3 6 INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING RFI "REQUEST FOR INFORMATION" FORM 1 A. Prepare the Request for Information (RFI) using the standard form following this section • B. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. C. Assign each RFI consecutive four (4) digit numbers starting with "0001", limiting each RFI to one subject only 1. If more information is requested about the same subject, use the same 4 -digit number with " —R1" appended; i.e. '0001 -R1 ", "0001 -R2" for the next request on the same subject, and so forth. 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 I I SECTION 01700 Page 5 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 1 Urgent (i Need Response By: RFI No.: . 'T�?� ' Y ',, � - 5 3. 3Nr i ' T 1 -w3 t nb� 1 -,ti 1' Y W fh„�, i+.t s " i i aT4kJ' .� z .' A y 4 l t z < d.L,�t, .w"�'� zt � j 44 � 'Y - R � � r #"�t +t x'�tt m$ #'t"r x �' ?' �5T '# . f a ,t?" � n ti � �; �' ; :§� � '' �" C,, I mL �_sy � 3" lEs r= �+g� � �' � xb -� c`�, a s ° i . -, 1 H t i � s ir 3 ti -- d • '' '. j ` i `' . h,, ,, y' f Sl , t* - } 7 „..: . , . A Req for , lnforr n ation s 4 :: i M s ,� t r^ .,rr� MG.�Ca ,_. # . t: � +�` n �t >,:e 6"��' -4' ?.r -� ...:�Zt`X��A�'s:h�.- +,d�";�,. t i h v ^�S� rrv�'� •wvi_. . Project: Date: I Owner: Architect #: Contractor: Subject: Reference: 1 ❑ Civil ❑ Architectural ❑ Structural ❑ Mechanical ❑ Electrical ❑ Request: 1 1 Attachments: Requested By: I Cost Impact ❑ Time Impact ❑ Estimated Cost $ Distributed To Sent To On Date Received Response Sent II Architect Consultant Architect I Contractor Subcontractor Owner Other I • Carry out the following instructions with no change in Contract Sum or Time • Submit itemized Proposal for changes in the Contract Sum or Time for I the following instructions. THIS IS NOT A DIRECTION TO PROCEED. R esponse: 1 I Attachments 1 Response By Date: END OF SECTION 01700 I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 1 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01700 Page 6 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS � (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01731 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Requirements in this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load- carrying capacity or load- deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their load- carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 1. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. 2. Membranes and flashings. 3. Exterior curtain -wall construction. 4. Equipment supports 5. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment 6. Noise- and vibration - control elements and systems. D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. E Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2108 SECTION 01731. Page 2 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.4 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other sections of these specifications. ' B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials. +� PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. D. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them. 3 3 PERFORMANCE '1 A. General Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. !� MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 01731 Page 3 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original ' Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not 1 hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete, Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other sections of these specifications. 1 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or re -hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weather -tight condition • END OF SECTION 01731 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE • COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01731 Page 4 CUTTING AND PATCHING (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 111, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE , COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL i 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specifications Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Contract Closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 'I 1. Pre - Substantial Completion Inspection requirements including Insurance and Utility requirements, Clean up and Submittal Requirements. 2. Substantial Completion Inspection and Punch Lists. 3. Submittals required prior to Final Closeout including Project Record Documents and Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 4. Final Payment Requirements. B. Related Sections Include The Following: 1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion. 2. Division 1 Section "Temporary Construction Facilities" for building temporary utility cost and billing procedures. 1 1.3 PRE - SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Approximately one (1) month before the scheduled date of Substantial Completion Inspection, confirm the date with the Architect so travel can be at discount rates. B. Unrestricted Use: Obtain all releases that permit the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities — include Occupancy Permit, operating certificates, and similar releases. C. Occupancy Permit: Obtain the Occupancy Permit prior to date of inspection. D. Racking must be in place prior to requesting the Substantial Completion Inspection. E. Initial Punch List: Prepare the Initial Punch List of items to be completed and corrected. Include the value of items on the list and the reasons why the Work is not complete. 1. Forward to the Architect. 1 2. Format the Punch List to comply with CSI Form 14 1A and include a List of spaces in sequential order starting with the exterior b Organize items applying to each space by major element (floors, walls, etc ) ' c. Include the project name and location, date, contractor's and architect's names, and page number. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 01770 Page 2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES F. Insurance: Notify and make arrangements to transfer the insurance to the Owner. G. Temporary Facilities: Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. H. Testing of Systems: Complete startup testing of systems including building management system and sensor controlled lighting. I. Change Over of Locks: Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of change over in security provisions J. Submit Operations and Maintenance Manuals. See list of required manuals at end of this section. K. Instruction of Owner's Personnel: Instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. See demonstration and training in Part 3. L. Fire sprinkler installation "Conformance Submittal ": Submit the completed and signed submittal located in Section 13910 Fire Sprinkler. 1.4 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION AND PUNCH LISTS A. The Owner and Architect (including consultants) will conduct the Substantial Completion Inspection. B Initial Punch List: The Architect will utilize the Initial Punch List to create the Final Punch List. The Final Punch List includes, but is not limited to, Punch Lists created by: 1. Contractor and major subcontractors 2 Owner 3. Architect (including separate punch list created by consultants) 4. Refrigeration Installation Contractor 5. Health Department 6. Building Department 7. Other Governing Agencies C. The Architect will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion after the inspection or will notify the Contractor in writing of items -- either on the Contractor's list or additional items identified by the Architect -- that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. D. Within seven (7) days of the date of Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall complete the Punch List items. E. When items in the Final Punch Lists are complete or corrected, review the lists with the Costco Warehouse Manager for verification and signature. The signed -off Punch Lists shall be forwarded to the Architect with the application for Final Payment as described in Division 1 "Payment Procedures " 1.5 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED PRIOR TO FINAL CLOSEOUT MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 01770 Page 3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES l' A. Record (As- Built) Documents Requirements. Show to scale (where possible) or by figured dimensions all changes to the drawings. 1 1. Indicate the locations of all ducts, conduits, pipes, or other facilities not exposed in the finished work. 2. Show materials, size and depth from surface of said installations as well as line `' followed. 3. Show exact location of all utilities underground (site and building) within the construction limits. 4. Provide two (2) copies, marked to reflect record (as- built) conditions. 1 B. Record Drawing Submittals including, but not limited to, 1. Drawings for Architectural, Masonry, HVAC, Plumbing, Electrical and Fire ill Protection Systems. a 2. Specifications including all addenda and Change Orders. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit Final Submittal of Operation and Maintenance Manuals as listed at the end of this section that incorporates the Architect's review comments. D. List of Subcontractors. Include trade, firm name, and individual contact and telephone number. Bound into Warranty and Guarantee Submittal Binders. IIIII E. Originals of all Certificates of Inspections / Building Permits. Bound into Warranty and Guarantee Submittal Binders. Include certificates /permits for, but not limited to list in closeout log at end of section. F. Keying Schedule . G. Additional Stock, Materials, Spare Parts and Tools: Provide as required by individual specification sections. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 1. Deliver directly to the Owner 2. Send a copy of the transmittal to the Architect. H Warranties, Work Guarantees and Bonds, See required list at end of this section. 1 I. Obtain Bonds and Maintenance Agreements J. Contractor shall return to Architect all drawings and specifications loaned to Contractor 1 during construction period. 1.6 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 1 A. Instruction: Instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. I' 1. Provide instructors experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. 2. Provide instruction at mutually agreed -on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at the start of each season. III MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 01770 Page 4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 3. Schedule training with Owner through Architect with at least seven (7) days' advance notice. 4. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction, and course content. B. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. For each training module, develop a learning objective and teaching outline. Include instruction for the following: 1. System design and operational philosophy. 2. Review of documentation. 3. Operations. _ 4. Adjustments. 5. Troubleshooting. 6. Maintenance. 7. Repair. PART 2 CLEANUP REQUIREMENTS 2.1 CLEANUP A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. See cleaning procedures in Part 3. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project a. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. b. Clean exposed hard - surfaced finishes to a dirt -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. c. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. d. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. e. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces f. Remove labels that are not permanent. g Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 • I 1 SECTION 01770 Page 5 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. h. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment J Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. i. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. I j. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. C. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy 1 Y P Y 1 1 END OF SECTION 01770 0 1111 . il . 1 1 1 ' I I 1 1 - MULVANNYG2ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I 1 SECTION 01770 Page 6 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 1 I I ,1 1 ii 1 1 • I �i 1� t 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 11 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: Requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and of Division 1 of these Specifications apply to all work of this section. 1.2 EXTENT OF WORK (In This Section): Do all concrete formwork required for completion of the work indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.3 STRUCTURAL NOTES: Refer to the Structural Notes indicated on the Drawings. 1.4 COORDINATION: Compare Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, and Electrical Drawings to insure correct and complete installation of embedded items. Allow other trades necessary time and facilities. Bring all discrepancies to the attention of the Architect prior to commencing formwork. PART 2 PRODUCTS I 2.1 FORM MATERIALS: Comply with ACI 301. A. Plywood Forms - All Exposed Work: New " Plyform" grade Douglas Fir or APA B -B Plyform, Class 1 Grade. All forms shall be sound, undamaged sheets with clean true edges, sealed and factory treated with form sealer. Thicknesses as required to support concrete at rate poured with no bowing of forms between supports. If forms are not new, obtain approval before using. B. Steel Forms: Minimum 16 -gauge thick, stiffened to support weight of concrete with minimum of deflection. C. Interior Floor Slab Forms: Forms may be made of any rigid material capable of maintaining the required tolerances and producing a sharp, neat construction joint. Acceptable form materials include, but are not limited to: 1. Carefully planed softwood (two (2)" nominal thickness). 2. Common lumber with an adjustable steel edge at the top. 3. Long lengths of laminated wood (Microlam). D. Form Ties 1. For exposed to view surfaces use snap -off metal of fixed lengths with removable standard one (1)" size cones, with minimum 3/4" break off depth from surface. Fill tie holes with dry cement mortar and ram solid. 2. For unexposed surfaces, not permanently exposed to view, form ties may be cut off flush with the formed surface. a. Use Dayton "Sure- Grip ", Richmond "Snap- Ties ", Dayton /Richmond Concrete Accessories, 7777 Washington Village Drive, Suite 130, Dayton, OH 45459, Ph: (888) 977 -9600 or (937) 428 -6360, Fax: (937) 428 -9560, Em: ToddFraker @daytonsuperior.com, www daytonrichmond com, or b Equal product approved by the Architect. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer/Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 03100 Page 2 CONCRETE FORMWORK c. Space ties at maximum 2' -0" o.c. each way, type recommended by manufacturer for conditions of installations. 3. Wire ties and wood spacers are not permitted. E. Form - Release Agent: Commercially formulated form - release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form - release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form - facing materials. F. Chamfer strips of smooth and continuous material, 3/4" legs and 1 " face at forty -five degree angle. PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.1 FORM WORKMANSHIP A. General: 1 1. Conform to shape, lines, and dimensions indicated on the Drawings. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements. Brace and tie together to insure that position and shape are maintained and to ensure stability of formwork. 2. Where exposed, make joints in plywood flush in regular pattern, and as inconspicuous as possible. 3. Provide access openings as required for cleaning and inspection of forms and embedded items prior to placing concrete. 4. If forms are re -used, clean and re -coat with approved form sealer. B. Erection of Interior Floor Slab Forms: 1. Erect a side form at each construction joint indicated on the drawings. Top edges of side forms shall be these requirements: a. The elevation difference between two points ten (10)' apart, measured down 1 the length of any form, shall not exceed 1/8" b. The elevation difference between adjacent forms, measured at right angles to the forms, shall not exceed 1/8 ". 3.2 TREATMENT OF FORMS A. Plywood forms: 1 1. For surfaces to be painted, use silicone -type bond breaker, or approved equal, applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Coat other surfaces with approved stainless form oil, using minimum quantity required for satisfactory removal 3 Apply form release agents to formwork in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, prior to placing accessories and reinforcement. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or coating which are affected by the agents MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 111 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03100 Page 3 CONCRETE FORMWORK 4. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter. 3.3 CORING: Provide coring of slabs and walls as required and approved. 3.4 INSERTS, EMBEDDED COMPONENTS, ANCHORS AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for work to be embedded in and passing through concrete members. B. Coordinate work of other sections in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and all other inserts. C. Install concrete accessories straight, level and plumb, unless indicated on the Drawings otherwise. D. Install anchors furnished by fabricator in accordance with approved setting drawings of the material involved. Approved dovetail -type of 22- gauge, 1" x 1" galvanized steel with removable insert. 3.5 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Do not remove forms, shoring, and bracing until concrete has sufficient strength to support its own weight and construction loads which may be imposed upon it. Remove forms progressively so no unbalanced loads are imposed on structure. B. Remove forms without damage to concrete surfaces. Repair all blemishes by patching and sacking. END OF SECTION 03100 "1 1 0 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03100 Page 4 CONCRETE FORMWORK (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 1 1 1 1 1 Iti 1 1 $ 1 .I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE �r COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 1 SECTION 03200 I CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 GENERAL I 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section specifies steel reinforcement for cast -in place concrete, including materials, and placement procedures: 1 B. Related Sections include the following: 1 Division 3 Section "Structural Concrete" for general building concrete construction. I 2 Division 3 Section "Cast -In -Place Concrete Floor Slab" for specialized retail floor concrete slab on grade. 1 1.3 STRUCTURAL NOTES: Refer to the structural notes as indicated on the drawings, for all grades and strengths of reinforcement. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. I B Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. 1 C. Welding certificates. D. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1 Steel reinforcement and accessories. 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4 "Structural 9 YP P 9 Welding Code -- Reinforcing Steel " B. Pre - installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." I 1 Review construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint - filler strips, steel reinforcement installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, and concrete protection 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 I Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ' SECTION 03200 Page 2 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. g , B. Plain -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, galvanized. 1 C. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. 2.2 JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. Use products fabricated by PNA Construction Technologies - Attn: Tony Peterson Direct: 503 - 442 -3129 Fax: 503 - 245 -9499 tony @pna- inc.com Nine Dunwoody Park, Suite 111 Atlanta, GA 30338 Main Office: 800 - 542 -0214 Main Fax: 770 - 455 -6803 www.pna - inc.com B. Construction Joints Between Adjacent Slab Pours: Provide load transfer system that incorporates saw -cut ASTM A36 steel plates. Use "Diamond Dowel" load transfer system manufactured by PNA Inc. C. Saw -Cut Shrinkage Control Joints: Provide fully welded dowel basket assemblies fabricated with saw cut rectangular dowel load plates welded into side frames, with foam -lined plastic sleeves. Use "Load Plate Basket" system manufactured by PNA Inc D. No substitute products will be considered or allowed. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES ' A. Bar Supports. Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 2 4 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT 1 A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice " ' MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 111 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 111 SECTION 03200 Page 3 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement ' B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 1 Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4, where Indicated. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. t E. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. 3.2 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete B. Construction Joints Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1 Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs 2 Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam- girder intersection. 3 Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, ' and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 4 Space vertical joints in walls as indicated or industry recommended. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 5 Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 6 Use epoxy - bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct shrinkage joints for a depth equal to at least 1 -1/4 inch using tools and methods described in Division 3 "Cast -In -Place Concrete Floor Slab." MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 �1 SECTION 03200 Page 4 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Where isolation joints are shown on drawings, install joint - filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces after removing formwork. Use at column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations where indicated. 1 Extend joint - filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. 2 Terminate full -width joint - filler strips not less than 1/2 inch or more than 1 inch below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," are Indicated. 3 Install joint - filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. E. Doweled Joints: Where "Load Plate Basket" system is not used, install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one -half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. B. Inspections: 1 Steel reinforcement placement. 2 Steel reinforcement welding. END OF SECTION 03200 1 I1 1 r 1 1 i MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 03300 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE PART 1. GENERAL 111 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 12 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete structural elements, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: ' 1. Division 2 "Cement Concrete Pavement" for reinforcement in concrete pavements and walks. 2. Division 3 "Cast -In -Place Concrete Floor Slab" for specialized concrete floor slab on grade. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. 1 B. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, water - stops, joint systems, curing compounds, and others if requested by Owner's Representative. C. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test. D Batch Ticket Information: Deliver a computer - generated concrete mix data with each concrete delivery, accurately listing the specific components in the load as delivered to 1 the site. Include the following information as separate line items -- 1. Batch Number, Truck Number, Batch Time, and Mix Number, ' 2. Weight and classification of coarse aggregates, 3 Weight and classification of fine aggregates, 4 Weight and classification of Portland cement, 5. Weight of Water, 6. Admixtures used, and the amount in the mix. 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A Codes and Standards Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 2. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 3. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice " MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 9722.3 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 03300 Page 2 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS 1 A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. 1. Use one brand of cement throughout Project unless otherwise acceptable to Owner's Representative. B. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. 1. For exposed exterior surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain substances that cause spalling. 2. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33 that have been shown to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability by special tests or actual service may be used when acceptable to Owner's Representative. C. Water: Potable. D. Admixtures, General: Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. E. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. F. Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. G. High -Range Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G. 11 H. Water- Reducing, Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. I. Water - Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 2.2 RELATED MATERIALS 1 A. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized sheet steel, not less than 0.0336 inch thick with bent tab anchors. Fill slot with temporary filler or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.3 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial IP, batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Owner's Representative for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. B. Submit written reports to Owner's Representative of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least fifteen (15) days prior to start of work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Owner's Representative. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03300 Page 3 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE C. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the properties indicated on drawings and Structural Notes. D. Slump Limits. Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: 1. Ramps, slabs, and sloping surfaces: Not more than three (3) inches. 2. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than one (1) inch and not more than three (3) inches 3. Concrete containing high -range water - reducing admixture (super - plasticizer): Not more than eight (8) inches after adding admixture to site - verified 2 - 3 inch slump concrete. 4. Other concrete: Not more than four (4) inches. E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Owner's Representative. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Owner's Representative before using in work. 2.4 ADMIXTURES A. Use approved admixtures, water - reducing or high -range water- reducing admixtures, (super - plasticizer) in concrete as required for placement and workability. B. Use high -range water - reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs, architectural concrete, parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with water - cement ratios below 0.49. C. Use air - entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete slabs unless otherwise indicated. Add air - entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content of 2 to 4 percent air. D. Use admixtures for water reduction and set accelerating or retarding in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. 2.5 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3. EXECUTION 1 3.1 GENERAL A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. 3.2 JOINTS MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03300 Page 4 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Owner's Representative. B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. 3.3 INSTALLING EMBEDDED ITEMS A. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached. 3.4 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as specified. C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than twenty -four (24) inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. 1. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least six (6) inches into proceeding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. E Cold- Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F at point of placement. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03300 Page 5 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen sub -grade or on sub -grade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or ' chemical accelerators unless otherwise accepted in mix designs. F. Hot - Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified. 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to below 90 deg F. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover reinforcing steel with water - soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and sub -grade just before placing concrete. Keep sub -grade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas. 4. Use water- reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Owner's Representative. 1 3.5 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough- Formed Finish: Provide a rough- formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form - facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 1 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. B. Smooth - Formed Finish: Provide a smooth - formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, damp - proofing, veneer plaster, painting, or another similar system. This is an as cast concrete surface obtained with selected form - facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical t manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed ' surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 1 3.6 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by ' other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work B. Curbs. Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel - troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. ' MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 03300 Page 6 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and 1 foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. 1 3.7 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation - control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing Weather permitting; keep continuously moist for not less than seven (7) days. C. Provide moisture curing by the following methods: 1. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water 2. Use continuous water -fog spray. 3. Cover concrete surface with absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with a four (4) inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. END OF SECTION 03300 1 .1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 03310 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PART 1. GENERAL .1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section specifies a specialized cast -in place interior concrete floor slab, including sub -base, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and I finishes. A Related Sections include the following: A. Division 3, "Structural Concrete" for -- a. Structural concrete building elements, equipment pads and other Portland 1 cement concrete work on the site. b. Cold and hot weather concrete placement requirements. B. Division 3 "Floor Joint Filler" for construction joint and shrinkage joint sealants. C. Division 3 "Concrete Floor Slab Curing" for slab cure materials and methods.. D. Division 3 "Penetrating Seal and Hardener" for application of liquid densifier and finish on the floor slab. 1.3 FLOOR JOINT DEFINITIONS A. Floor Slab Joints: Joints deliberately created in regular, grid- pattern intervals during construction, or added after slab finishing in order to weaken the slab A. Construction Joints (C.J.) and Closure Strip Joints (C.S.J.): Formed joints between adjacent slab panels, where panels are separate concrete pours. B. Shrinkage Joints (S.J.): Saw -cut control or contraction joints, made after slab finishing, to control slab breaks caused by concrete shrinkage, to keep cracks in straight lines under the saw -cuts. 1 1.4 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS: A. Keep one (1) copy of ACI Field Reference Manual (SP -15) containing ACI 301 and ACI 302 in Contractor's jobsite office References are available from American Concrete Institute, 38800 Country Club Drive, Farmington Hills, MI 48331, Ph: 248 - 848 -3700, Fax: 248 - 848 -3701. 1 B. Concrete Slabs on Grade: Conform to ACI -302 "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction" as modified herein and on the drawings as part of these Specifications. 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General. Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03310 Page 2 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB B. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including non -slip aggregate and 1 others if requested by Owner's Representative. C. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test. 1 D. Batch Ticket Information: Deliver a computer - generated concrete mix data with each concrete delivery, accurately listing the specific components in the load as delivered to the site.. Include the following information as separate line items -- A. Batch Number, Truck Number, Batch Time, and Mix Number, B. Weight and classification of coarse aggregates, C. Weight and classification of fine aggregates, D. Weight and classification of Portland cement, E. Weight of Water, F. Admixtures used, and the amount in the mix. 1.6 DEFECTIVE WORK: A Protect concrete against damage from rain, weather, and vandalism. Concrete slabs 1 that are pitted, rough, or cracked will not be accepted. B. Remove and replace concrete work, which is damaged, improperly placed, improperly cured, or improperly finished. 1.7 EMBEDDED ITEMS - GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A Coordinate placing embedded items to avoid impairing structural strength of concrete or displacing reinforcing steel. General Contractor is responsible for supervision of the 1 placement by all trades. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE UNDER FLOOR SLAB: A. Provide a six inch (6 ") minimum thick base under floor slabs using crushed, partially 111 crushed, or naturally occurring fractured face granular material from sources approved by the Geotechnical Engineer as described in Section 02300, "Earthwork ". B. Use a plant -mix material meeting the state standard specification for road and highway construction, "Aggregates for Ballast and Crushed Surfacing" for 'crushed surfacing' with 3/4" maximum grading. C. Place in lifts not exceeding six inch (6 ") in thickness Use equipment with laser guided grader blade or moldboard system to assure flat and level aggregate base course placement. D. Compact lifts to at least 95% of ASTM D- 1557 -70 maximum dry density Proof Roll the entire area under slabs. E. Placed and compacted aggregate base under the floor slab shall be stable, trimmable, and deflect not more than 1/4" under a fully loaded ready -mix concrete truck MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 r 1 ' SECTION 03310 Page 3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB ■ 2.2 CONCRETE I A. General: Use only ready -mix concrete furnished by an established supplier, conforming to ASTM C 94- "Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete " B. Concrete Quality: A. Concrete shall attain the ultimate strength called for in Structural Notes, and shall be determined by standard 3 and 7 day (type III cement) and 7 and 28 day (type 1 cement) cylinder tests, ASTM C -31 and C -150. B. Slabs on grade: - four inch (4 ") maximum slump C. Conform to the requirements included in the Structural Notes on the Drawings. C. Components A. Cement: Portland Cement, one brand of uniform color conforming to ASTM C 150- , "Specification for Portland Cement '. See Structural Notes. B. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, coarse aggregate, uniformly graded. a. Aggregates: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement ' which causes A.S.R. (alkaline - silica or alkaline- carbonate reactivity). 1) Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar pavement applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. b. Fine - Natural sand c. Coarse - Natural gravel size No 467 or 1 to No 4 size Free from deleterious substances. C. Water - a. Clean and free from deleterious substances and shall be potable. 1 b. Where soils in contact with slab have water soluble sulfate exceeding 0.20 percent by weight, limit water to cement ratio to 0.45 and use Type 'V cement. c. Maximum water to cement ratio = 0.49. d. If increased workability is required, submit mix design with super - plasticizer ' admixture to be added at the concrete plant D. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will'not contribute water - soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. a. Admixtures which may be submitted for approval for use on this project include, but are not limited to the following 1) Water - Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2) High- Range, Water - Reducing Admixture. ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. E. Bonding Agent - MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 03310 Page 4 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB a. "Everbond ", by L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc., 14851 Calhoun Road, Omaha, NE 68152, Ph: (800) 362 -3331 or (402) 453 -6600, Fx: (402) 453- 0244 or (800) 839 -9887, em: Imdeker©aol.com, www.lmcc.com b. "Day -Chem Ad Bond (J -40)" by Dayton Superior Corporation, 7777 Washington Village Drive, Ste. 130, Dayton, OH 45459, Ph: 937) 428 -6360 or (888) 977 -9600, em: toddfraker©daytonsuperior.com, http:// www. daytonrichmond.com/c16_Additives01.htm I D. Proportioning and Design of Concrete Mixes: A. Refer to Structural Notes for specific proportions. B. Prepare design mix for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. If trial batch method used, use an independent testing facility acceptable to Architect /Structural Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing. C. Use no fly ash or air entrainment for interior slab on grade. D. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments requested by Contractor, when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, shall be at no additional cost to Owner. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results shall be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in work. 2.3 CONCRETE POWER SAW A Use Motor Powered, Self Propelled, Special Concrete Saw manufactured for cutting new concrete floor slabs. Use units manufactured by Soff -Cut International, 1112 Olympic Drive, Corona, CA 92881, Ph: (800) 776 -3328 or (951) 272 -2330, Fx: (951) 272 -2338, em: info @soffcut.com, http. / /www.soffcut.com. A. Recommended minimum operational characteristics for a unit on the site, are based on "Soff -Cut Model X -2500 series" -- ' Straight Blade Cut Depth to 1-1/4 inch Straight Blade Cut Width 1/10 inch wide Sawing Speed 16 to 30 ft /min Saw Blade Diameter 10 inch B. Newer and larger power saw units, including Soff -Cut Model GX -4000 series may be used. B. Have at least two (2) fully equipped and operational power saw units ready on the site when a slab pour operation exceeds 1,000 square feet in area. Keep a new saw blade and skidplate replacements on the site for every 500 lineal feet of sawcut to be performed. C. Cross Cutting Joint Protector: Where new joints are cut across a previous fresh cut, 1 use a "Soff -Cut Joint Protector" in the previous cut to prevent edge raveling PART 3 EXECUTION MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 , r 1 111 SECTION 03310 Page 5 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB 3.1 PRE - CONCRETE INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. A primary objective of this work is to deliver to the Owner at the completion of this project, a flat, crack -free concrete floor slab with a hard - burnished finish. Before submitting design mixes, review concrete mix design and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. B. Before any floor slab concrete is placed, schedule and hold a meeting, to be led by the Architect's representative, to review the project requirements and the expected end product results. Notify and require representatives of -each entity directly concerned with the floor slab to attend, including qualified representatives of the following: A. General Contractor's Superintendent. B. Concrete Subcontractor, Concrete Finishing Foreman. ' C. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixes. D. Ready -mix concrete producer. E. Representatives for - a. Floor Slab Joint Filler Manufacturer (Section 03318) b. Floor Slab Curing Material Manufacturer (Section 03390) c. Penetrating Seal and Hardener Manufacturer (Section 03395) 1 3.2 PREPARATION A. Notify the Architect, and appropriate material testing agencies at least twenty -four (24) hours before an intended pour B. Make sure no concrete is placed until all reinforcing, steel pipes, conduits, sleeves, hangers and all other work required to be built into concrete is inspected by required testing agencies and approved by local building officials. C. Thoroughly moisten aggregate base course under floor slab immediately before pouring slab. 3.3 FLOOR DRAINS, TRENCH DRAINS AND CLEANOUTS A. Embed floor drains, trench drains and floor cleanouts into concrete at least twenty -four (24) hours before the floor slab is placed. A. Where slab slopes to a drain, place and slope concrete for diameter indicated on the Drawings, or a minimum of forty (40) -inch radius around drain. Steel trowel to hard finish. 3.4 PLACING CONCRETE SLABS A. Use agitator type trucks and place within 1 -1/2 hours after introduction of water. Keep ' equipment clean and free of dried concrete. B. Maximum Allowable Placing temperatures as indicated in ACI -301 and outlined below: 1 A. Hot weather (maximum) 80° F (If higher, use ACI -305) B. Cold weather (minimum) 40° F. (If lower, use ACI -306) MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Pnnted on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03310 Page 6 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB C. Do not use combustion -type space heaters of any kind in enclosed spaces where carbon dioxide would adversely affect freshly placed or curing concrete floor slabs. C. Coat existing concrete to be joined with new concrete with Bonding Agent, where called for in structural drawings, applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Concrete Placing, once started, shall be carried on as a continuous operation until placing of section is complete. A. Convey in a method to insure no separation, segregation or intrusion of foreign matter. - B. Thoroughly consolidate concrete by means of mechanical vibrators. C. Use screeding equipment that disperses concrete by auger, consolidating and vibrating the concrete with self - leveling, laser- guided screeding heads: Use "Laser Screed" equipment by Somero Enterprises, 82 Fitzgerald Drive, Jaffrey, NH 03452, Ph: (603) 532 -5900, or other approved, laser- guided equipment. D. Maintain joint edges as indicated on Drawings. E. Do not wet concrete surfaces with water during screeding, initial floating, or finishing operations. E. Slab on Grade Tolerances: Allowable tolerances for finished flat slabs, when measured within twenty -four (24) hours according to ASTM E 1155/E 1155M for a randomly trafficked floor surface -- Flatness Levelness FF FL A Specified Overall Value (SOV) SOV: >50 SOV >40 B. Minimum Local Value (MLV) MLV: >35 MLV: >25 C. In the event the measured Flatness, and /or Levelness is less than that indicated above, do one of the following: a. Remove slabs where measured flatness, or levelness or both, fall below the values listed above. Replace with new slab construction conforming with the contract documents. b. Where allowed by the Architect, in lieu of removing areas of slabs out of flatness / levelness specification, give a credit to the Owner for non - compliant work in place. Use the following to determine the credit amount for each square foot of non - compliant work -- Specified Value $3 —1 = Credit to Owner Measured Value 3 5 FORMED SLAB JOINTS A Make formed Construction Joints (C J.) and Closure Strip Joints (C.S.J.) between adjacent slab panels, where panels are separate concrete pours.. A. Edges Do not tool or finish concrete construction joint edges to a radius edge B Keep joints between adjacent slabs as pours as plain, straight, vertical butt - joints, with sharp, square concrete corners to prevent 'feathering' of Joint Filler described in Section 03318 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 ' SECTION 03310 Page 7 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB C. When making the second pour at a formed construction joint, keep the material of the second pour from accumulating on top of the first pour If the newly placed concrete hardens on top of the previously placed slab, remove it by grinding to get ' a smooth and level transition with clean, flush, and straight edges on both slabs so a precise Joint Filler installation is possible. B. Construction Joint Reinforcing: Discontinue slab reinforcing and use dowels at each edge of each pour, as indicated on the drawings. 3.6 FINISHING INTERIOR CONCRETE SLAB: ' A. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by power- driven trowels. Continue troweling passes until surface is free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, with a hard - burnished, dense, and 1 glossy surface. B. Do not finish bleed water, or surface contaminants (wind -blown soil, jobsite trash, fuel or I lubricants) into the surface of the slabs. 3.7 SAW CUT SHRINKAGE JOINTS (S.J.) A. Start cutting concrete when strength is between 150 psi to 800 psi, normally from 0 to 2 hours after final slab finish. A. Perform Saw Cutting using a workman trained or approved by saw manufacturer. B. Make saw -cuts in slabs at the same rate as the slab pouring and finishing operations If a single power saw unit cannot cut at the same rate as slab placing operations, then have more than one saw operating simultaneously. ' B. Provide cuts with clean, straight, un- chipped edges. Vacuum or lightly sweep dry powder as soon as cut is made, before starting slab cure. C. Use "Soff -Cut Joint Protectors" at intersection of cuts to maintain openness until joint filler is applied. ' D. Cold weather concrete placements may extend the initial start of shrinkage joint cutting To ensure desired performance, make a test cut of two (2) to six (6) lineal feet at proper depth. If desired results are achieved, continue to complete balance of cuts at control joint locations. E. Sawblade and Skid -plate Replacements. Limit a sawblade to 500 lineal feet of cut, unless direct observation of work in progress assures cut edges are clean, with square corners. A. Replace both the blade and skidplate as a set before the cutting operation produces chipped, spalled, or raveled edges, or skidplates scratch the slab surface. B. Do not use a sawblade If it makes chipped, spalled or raveled cuts, or use a skidplate that scratches the concrete surface 3.8 CONCRETE SLAB CURING MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 111 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03310 Page 8 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB A. Clean slab after cutting shrinkage joints, then cure the slab in accordance with Section 03390 "Interior Floor Slab Curing ". 3.9 CONCRETE FILL AT PIPES, DUCTS, AND CONDUIT A. Use concrete or non - shrink grout to fill around pipes, ducts, and conduit passing through floors and walls, and around all steel guard posts. 3.10 PROTECTION OF CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB: 1 A. Take the following measures protect the floor slab from stains, marks, scuffing, scratching, or similar damage by construction equipment during construction. , A. Wrap or "diaper" all motorized and hydraulic equipment to prevent fluid leaks or spills onto concrete, and equip rubber tires with covers as follows: a. Diaper Material: Use "Enviro- Shields ", replaceable absorbent pads, specifically tailored to fit under the equipment, including drive motors and other protruding machinery. b. Tire Boots: Equip rubber -tired vehicles with gray colored tires, or suitable tire covers made from nylon fabric, tailored to wrap around the tire, secured by drawstrings and velcro attachments. c. Boot and Diaper Source: Use products marketed by the following, (or other approved) source: R & R TIRE SURFACE PROTECTORS, INC. 2701 Killdeer Drive Fort Collins, CO 80526 Ph: (970) 226 -4082 or (970) 416 -1044 Fx: (970) 226 -4991 Em: info @rrtirecovers.com http://rrtirecovers.com B. Allow no vehicles to park on the floor slab. If it is necessary for a vehicle to stop while 1 on the slab to permit loading, unloading, or other work to progress, then have a clean absorbent cloth pre - positioned at the vehicle stopping place, keeping it under the vehicle 1 at all times. C. Do not use a pipe - cutting machine on the slab, or cut pipe with tools or equipment using liquid coolants or lubricants. 1 D. Place no steel parts directly on the slab. Support stored steel on dry wood crib - supports to avoid rust stain on slab END OF SECTION 03310 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Pnnted on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03318 FLOOR JOINT FILLER PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes preparing floor slab joints and installing Joint Filler. B Related Sections include the following 1. Division 3 "Concrete Floor Slab" for slab placing, finishing, and saw - cutting. 2. Division 7 "Joint Sealants" for filler at sidewalks, exterior concrete, and site 1 elements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Floor Slab Joints: Joints deliberately created in regular, grid - pattern intervals during construction, or added after slab finishing to weaken the slab. 1. Construction Joints (C.J.), and Closure Strip Joints (C.S.J.): Formed joints between adjacent slab panels, where panels are separate concrete pours. 2. Shrinkage Joints (S.J.): Saw -cut control or contraction joints, made after slab finishing, to control slab breaks caused by concrete shrinkage, to keep cracks in straight lines under the saw -cuts. 1.4 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTALS 1 A. Conformance Submittals will be allowed for products described in this section, and will not require Architect's approval before incorporating the material into the work. 1. Where products in this section are incorporated into the work are exactly as specified, use the "Product Conformance Submittal Form" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." 2. Substitute Products: Where products are proposed for use, but are not as specified, approval of a substitute product is required. Use "Submittal For Architect's Action" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" and send ' to Architect for review and approval. B. Joint Filler Materials: Submit manufacturer's data describing Joint Filler proposed for use on the project. 1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications. Work is to be performed only by an installer (applicator) who is 1 approved, trained, or certified by Joint Filler manufacturer. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9 /2/08 1 SECTION 03318 Page 2 FLOOR JOINT FILLER B. Progress Inspection: Manufacturer's Technical Representative shall observe joint cleaning and filler installation in progress, submit written approvals of the materials and methods used, and a written report with digital photographs of the completed work 1.6 ESTIMATING JOINT FILLER QUANTITIES 1 A. Estimate filler quantity for the project with the following considerations 1. Shrinkage Joints were initially cut to be 1/8 inch wide, and are to be filled full 1 -1/4 1 inch depth. 2. Formed Construction Joints between adjacent pours will be trimmed to be at least 1/8 inches wide, but may be up to 3/8 inch wide, depending on slab shrinkage. 1 a. Construction Joints will be at least 1 -1/4 inch deep, but can be up to 1 -1/2 inches if backer rod is needed 3 Joints get over - filled, and then excess filler is cut flush with adjacent concrete slab surfaces. B. The floor slab will have predictable and normal shrinkage after saw -cut operations, and may continue to shrink after initial filler installation. 1. Include sufficient filler material for repair, refill, and restoring joints to optimum 1 condition at project Substantial Completion as described in Part 3 Execution. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer warrants the following: 1. The semi -rigid Joint Filler product used in the project meets the formulation standards and has the physical properties specified herein, and represented in manufacturer's data sheets and technical literature. 2. The manufacturer agrees to furnish sufficient material to repair or replace installed material that does not have the properties specified herein, within the warranty period. a. Warranty Period. Five years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special warranties specified in this Article exclude deterioration or failure of Joint Filler installation that results from the following 1. Movement of the floor slab if concrete thermal and drying shrinkage exceeds 0.003% and the resulting stresses on the filler exceeds filler manufacturer's written specifications for elongation, adhesion, or cohesion. 2. Disintegration of filler substrates. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in filler appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 4 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 03318 Page 3 FLOOR JOINT FILLER 1 PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 FLOOR JOINT FILLER 1 A. Polymer Filler Resin: Provide a semi -rigid two -part polyurea resin manufactured and distributed for use as a floor joint filler material to protect concrete joint edges. Use a rapid set, cold applied, gray colored, self - leveling filling system composed of 100% solids. B. Use a product with the following physical properties: 1 PROPERTY TEST METHOD ..... .......... PROPERTY VALUE Shore A Hardness ASTM D2240 85 ( -5, +5) Tensile Lap Shear ASTM D1002 500 psi Tensile Strength ASTM D412 750 psi ASTM D638 500 psi Compressive Strength ASTM D790 675 psi @ 7 days Accepted by USDA for use in areas of incidental food contact 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include the following: 1 a. "Penatron 3004" manufactured by ASTC Polymers, Inc., 3207 W. Warner Avenue, Santa Ana, CA 92704, Ph: (714) 966 -2893, Fx: (714) 966 -9105, Cell: (714) 747 -5785. Contact Dick Peckenpaugh, dpeckenpbugh -em: info @astcpolymers.com, www.astcpolymers.com. b. "VersaFlex SL /85" as manufactured by VersaFlex, Inc., 67 Shawnee Avenue, P.O. Box 32226, Kansas City, MO 64171, (800) 561 -6191, Ph: (913) 321- 9000, Fax: (913) 321 -1490. Contact Kym Nelson, cerchone @aol.com, www.versaflex.com. c. No Joint Filler alternate or substitution will be considered. C. Backing Rod at Formed joints: 1. General: Provide filler backings of material and type that are compatible with joint substrates, and are approved for applications indicated by filler manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing 2. Use material meeting ASTM C 1330, either Type C (closed -cell material with a surface skin), or Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin), as approved in writing by Joint Filler manufacturer for use, and of size and density to control filler ' depth a. Select backer rod size to allow at least 1 -1/4 inch filler depth b. Do not use backing rod in Saw -Cut Shrinkage Joints. 111 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 03318 Page 4 FLOOR JOINT FILLER 2.2 EXPANSION JOINTS AT FREEZER SLABS A. Pre - molded Expansion Gasket: 1. "Sealtight Sponge Rubber ", 1/2 inch thick, with matching width, removable "Sealtight Snap -Cap" to protect gasket top during construction. 2. Manufacturer: W.R. Meadows, Inc., 865 Teal Drive, P.O. Box 907, Benicia, CA 94510, Ph: (707) 745 -6666, Fax: (707) 747 -6206, em: wrmnca @wrmeadows.com, www.wrmeadows.com. B. Freezer Joint Filler: "Penatron 3004" or "VersaFlex SL /85" two -part semi -rigid polymer resin system described above, placed after removal of joint cap. 1 2.3 JOINT CLEANING TOOLS A. Clean -Out Saw Use a specialized, dust -free power tool equipped with a dry diamond 1 blade to clean surfaces to smooth, bare concrete. Tools approved for use include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Angle Grinder Saw "Crack -Vac" distributed by Saw Tec, 6217 Aluma Valley Drive, Oklahoma City, OK 73121, (800) 624 -7832, Ph: (405) 478 -3440, Fx. (405) 478- 5327, www.surfacepreparation.com or equivalent. B. Equip the saws with blades wide enough so both joint faces get cleaned, using a blade diameter selected to clean concrete for full depth of joint. 2 4 JOINT FILLER PUMP EQUIPMENT A. Use an electric or compressed air - powered duplex mechanical pump system manufactured for the purpose of accurately mixing the two filler component parts, with controlled delivery into the joints, recommended by the Filler manufacturer for this purpose. Pump Systems appropriate for use include: 1. "Little Squirt" manufactured by ASTC Polymers, Inc., Santa Ana, CA www.astcpolymers.com. 2. "PCH" dispensing equipment manufactured by Adhesive Systems Technology 111 Corp., New Hope MN. www.adhesivedispensers.com PART 3 EXECUTION 31 EXAMINATION A. Examine slab with Joint Filler Installer present, identifying conditions that will adversely affect work Start preparation and filling operations only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Note and document conditions if previous saw -cut operation has left concrete joint 1 edges that are not straight, or do not have sharp, square corners B. Slab Age Install filler no earlier than four weeks (28 days) after floor slab is placed. 1 3 2 PREPARATION FOR FLOOR JOINT INSTALLATION MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 03318 Page 5 • FLOOR JOINT FILLER A. Clean interior sidewall faces of saw -cut shrinkage joints, and formed construction and closure joints to expose bare concrete. Remove all contaminants, including concrete 1 laitance, cure material, hardener, construction dirt and other debris. 1. Prepare joint surfaces with Clean -Out Saw. 2. Make two (2) cleaning passes, pressing the saw blade against one side of the joint on the first, the other side of the joint on the second pass. 3. When joints have clean, bare concrete surfaces, use a vacuum to get dust -free condition for maximum bond between filler and concrete. ' 4. Clean only as much joint length as can be filled in the same day. Keep cleaned joints free of dust and moisture. 5. Leave concrete with plain, straight, vertical edges, with sharp, square concrete corners to prevent 'feathering' of installed filler. B. Protect saw -cut joint edges from damage until the filler is installed. C. Joint Filler Backing Rod: 1. Use backing rod at formed construction and closure joints if the depth of the joint exceeds 1 -1/2 inch due to concrete shrinkage. 2. Select a rod appropriate for the actual width of the joint. 3. Press the rod into the joint so filler will be at least 1 -1/4 inch deep, but no more than 1-1/2 inch below the top of the slab. Pi a. Do not use backing rod in Saw -Cut Shrinkage Joints. 3 3 JOINT FILLER INSTALLATION 1 A. Sequence: Install filler no sooner than four weeks (28 days) after floor slab is placed. ' 1. Instruct personnel to review all MSDS data and wear appropriate safety equipment. B Joint Filling. 1. Fill all saw -cut shrinkage joints (S.J.), and formed construction and closure joints. 2. Install filler for the full depth of prepared joint. 3. Fill joint with filler so top of resin is slightly crowned above floor line. Monitor top to ' assure fill remains crowned. 4. After resin has cured, trim the overfill using a stiff, sharp razor so top of filler is flush with concrete floor on both sides. a. Do not tool top of filled joint. b. Allow ninety (90) minutes for filler to cure. c. Do not shave filler until fully cured and not gummy, and slab temperature is nominally 70 degrees F. 5. Protect freshly placed material from traffic for one (1) hour after installation. 6 If the filler top is concave, or not flush with the floor, remove the top 1 /2 inch with a ' saw then clean and refill to get a flush profile. 7. On completion of joint filling, the Owner's representative will inspect the installation and may designate twelve (12) locations where test holes are to be drilled into Saw -cut Shrinkage Joints. ' MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03318 Page 6 FLOOR JOINT FILLER a. Drill each test hole the full width and depth of the joint to confirm the filler is installed full depth as specified. b Refill the drilled holes with joint filler. c. Where joint filler was not installed full depth as specified, the Owner's representative may direct the complete removal, and refilling of joints with inadequate joint filler installation. 3.4 REPLACING UNSATISFACTORY JOINT FILLER 1 A. Remove and replace filler where the following unsatisfactory conditions exist - 1. Unsuitable Filler Resin Mix: Filler resin had improper ratio of "A" and "B" parts, and has not cured to meet the specified physical properties. 2. Missing Joint Filler: Filler is altogether absent in the joint. 3. Filler Push -Down: Filler installation was not full depth of the joint, adhesion to concrete sidewalls has failed, and filler has dropped to bottom of joint opening. 4. Lost Adhesive Bond: Filler installation failed because adhesion is lost on both sides of the joint walls, usually because of inadequate concrete cleaning and preparation. B. After completely removing existing filler, prepare opening for filler reinstallation - 1. Resaw the joint using dust -free cleanout saw. When surfaces have clean, bare concrete surfaces, use a vacuum to get dust -free conditions for maximum bond between filler and concrete. 2 Refill the joint and trim overfill as described above 3.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION REPAIR AND REFILL A. At project Substantial Completion, repair and refill joints not under storage racks where the following conditions exist due to concrete shrinkage - 1. Filler Separations: Where filler has adhesive separation from one concrete 1 side wall, or has cohesive separation with internal split or tear wider than 1/16 ", (credit card thickness). a. Use a knife or narrow tool to loosen debris, then saw cut or grind off the top 1/2" of the remaining filler. Blow or vacuum the joint clean. 2. Concave Filler - Where filler remains bonded to concrete side walls but top of filler is depressed more than 1/8" below plane of slab, saw cut or grind off the top 1/2" of the remaining filler. Blow or vacuum the joint clean. 3. Refill the joint and trim overfill as described above. 1 END OF SECTION 03318 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03390 INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB CURING PART 1. GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY A. This section describes materials and methods for curing the building interior concrete floor slab. B. The requirements include the contractor selecting a curing method most appropriate for 1 the project, weather and progress of other construction on the building. 1.2 CURING METHOD OPTIONS 1 A. The General Contractor has control of construction, including the sequence of when the floor slab is poured and conditions affecting cure method. A slab may be - 2. Enclosed Pour: Slab concrete is placed under cover, with walls and the roof in place. B. Select a curing method from those listed below, that is most appropriate for the project. Consider the progress of other construction, and weather conditions normal for the locality and season of the year when the slab is placed, including: P 1. Air Temperature, 2. Wind, 3. Direct exposure to radiation from sun, 4. Temporary heat source, if used. C. The floor slab will be exposed in the completed project, finished with a penetrating seal and hardener. This requires it to be free of curing compound, coatings, stains or other • 1 matter that would inhibit full penetration of the seal and hardener. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Submit a description of proposed curing method for review in accordance with Section 01330 "Submittal Procedures" ' 1. Describe construction sequence, including whether or not the slab will be covered by the structure when it is poured and cured. 2. Provide information about seasonal weather patterns for locality when the slab is ' to be placed and cured. 3. Name which of the curing methods described below will be used. B Submit manufacturer's literature describing the materials proposed for use. Include the 1 following - 1. Product Data. Include manufacturer's specifications, together with surface 1 preparation and application instructions 2. Description of installation aids and tools. • MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03390 Page 2 111 INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB CURING 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 A. Deliver product in the original sealed containers, clearly marked with product name and batch code. Keep manufacturer's labels intact. B. Store materials in a dry area at a temperature between 40 and 110 degrees F. Provide adequate ventilation and keep away from ignition sources. 1 PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL FOR COVERED•CURING 1 A. Moisture - Retaining Curing Cover: Use material that meets or exceeds ASTM C171 standard specification for sheet material for curing concrete slabs. Products that may be used on the project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. "UltraCure Sun" moisture - retaining coverings - Natural colored, non - staining cellulose fabric with a 3 mil white impervious coating applied to one side, manufactured by McTech Group, Inc. Loganville, GA 30052. 2. "Transguard 4000" moisture - retaining coverings - Natural colored, non - staining cellulose fabric with a 4 mil white impervious coating applied to one side, manufactured by ArmorIon Division of Reef Industries, Houston, TX 77272. 3. "HydraCure" moisture - retaining coverings by PNA Construction Technologies, Inc. 1- 800 - 542 -0214, www.pna- inc.com. B. Potable Water. Use water with less than 15 PPM dissolved minerals, including dissolved calcium, magnesium or other material that would stain or leave residue after evaporation. 1 C. Roller Squeegee Tool: Hand - operated tool designed to roll curing cover out flat, without air bubbles or wrinkles. Use "UltraSqueeg" manufactured by McTech Group, Inc., or similar tool made for this application. 2.2 MEMBRANE - FORMING CURING AND SEALING COMPOUNDS A. Wax Curing Compound: Clear, waterborne, wax membrane - forming curing compound: 1 ASTM C C309, Type 1, Class A. Available Products include, but are not limited to the following: 1. "L &M Cure W" manufactured by L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc 2. "US Spec Maxcure Wax Clear" manufactured by US Mix Products Company. B. Resin Curing Compound Provide premium grade, long chain, chemically reactive, membrane - forming concrete curing compound. Furnish material that will degrade when exposed to ultraviolet light and abrasion, complying with ASTM C309, Type 1. Available Products include, but are not limited to the following 1 1. "L & M Cure R" manufactured by L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc., Omaha, NE 68152, (402) 453 -6600, FAX: (402) 453 -0244. Website - www Imcc.com. Contact Deke Rife at 800 - 362 -3331 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03390 Page 4 INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB CURING 3.2 CONCRETE CURING OPTIONS 1 A Select a curing method most appropriate for the project, considering progress of other construction, and weather conditions. Include the following factors: 1. Air Temperature, 2. Wind, 3. Direct exposure to radiation from sun, 4. Temporary heat source, if used. B. Slab cleaning before penetrating seal and hardener finish described in Division 3 Section "Penetrating Seal and Hardener" is applied. 3.3 CURING COVER OPTION 1 A. Soak surface of slab -on -grade with 1/8" to 1/4" inch of water so slab surface is saturated before applying curing cover. Roll the cover flat onto the slab, using a roller squeegee to prevent air bubbles or wrinkles from forming. Lap cover sides and ends at least 3 inches. 1. Continuously inspect curing blanket to assure 100% contact is kept with concrete ' surface. Add water as required so moisture is maintained. 2. Immediately repair any curing blanket holes or tears during curing period. B. When to use: This method should be considered if site soils will be adversely affected by moisture, or if solar exposure, air temperature, or wind makes water cure impractical. 3.4 MEMBRANE - FORMING CURING COMPOUND OPTION A. Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 1. After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer. 3.5 NONRESIDUAL CURING AGENT OPTION A. Use in enclosed, well- vented areas, or on slabs not likely to be exposed to the elements. B. Curing Agent Application: 1 1. Immediately after Shrinkage Control Joints are cut, clean slab to a dirt and contamination -free condition. Power sweep floor area; use compressed air to blow out and clean at saw cuts, corners and column footings. 2. During hot weather, fog surfaces with water at the rate of 1/4 to 1/2 gallon per minute prior to applying. Do not create water ponds or puddles. 3. Uniformly apply directly to the concrete surfaces in continuous operation by low pressure power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' SECTION 03390 Page 5 INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB CURING a. Manufacturer's recommended coverage rate for steel trowled concrete is 300 square feet per gallon. Closely observe results and adjust application rate as required. b. Wash off and squeegee excess cure to prevent white stains if cure is not absorbed within four hours of application. 1 C. Curing Agent Cleanup: After curing operation, examine dried slab. Where efflorescence is observed on surface, use a mild abrasive cleaning method that will not scratch concrete finish, to remove any efflorescence that may remain. 1 END OF SECTION 03390 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 03390 Page 6 INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB CURING 1 (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 03395 PENETRATING SEAL AND HARDENER PART 1. GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1 A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes a penetrating liquid sealer - densifier- hardener that reacts with concrete surfaces to produce a dense, hydrophobic, insoluble, moisture barrier to seal ' out contaminants, while hardening and densifying the concrete surface. B. Related Sections include the following: 1 1. Division 3 "Interior Floor Slab Curing" for slab cure materials and methods. 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are indicated: P 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete." 2. ACI 302, "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction ". 3. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." B. ASTM Publications: 1. ASTM D523 "Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss" • 1 1.4 FLOOR GLOSS DEFINITION A. For purpose of gauging the results of this work, measurements may be taken to determine the light reflectance of the finished floor surface, using the standard test method described in ASTM D 523 to measure specular gloss, commonly used for paint finishes. ' B. ASTM D 523 Test uses a beam of light directed at the surface at a 60 degree angle, determining the floor gloss with a photocell to measure the percentage of light reflected. ' 1.5 SUBMITTALS. Do not proceed with ordering, shipping, or application of Seal and Hardener until after Architect has reviewed and returned the following submittals: A. Product Data. For each type of manufactured material and product indicated -- 1. List of materials proposed to be provided under this section, together with manufacturer's specifications. 2. Written proof of USDA approval for use in food preparation areas. 3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. • 4. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for products provided. 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 03395 Page 2 PENETRATING SEAL AND HARDENER B. Manufacturer's Application Instructions: Indicate special procedures, conditions requiring special attention, and other details. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Allow only an experienced Seal and Hardener applicator who has completed similar work using materials, methods, and extent to that indicated for this work, and whose work has resulted in construction of successful in- service performance. 2. Furnish letter from Seal and Hardener manufacturer, giving evidence the applicator is qualified to use these products and has successfully achieved finish levels described herein on previous work. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS 1 A. Slab Conditions: Before starting the Seal and Hardener Coverage Rate Test, inspect slab surface to verify proper concrete placement, finish, and curing, and the concrete is free from defects and deficiencies. 1. Ensure test area is clean, with all dust resulting from the Saw Cut Control Joint operations removed, and test area is smooth, dry, free of laitance, grease, oil and contaminants, free from flaking, dusting, or particles likely to separate with minor force 2. If conditions are observed indicating the final floor finish will not comply with the penetration depth, hardness, and specular gloss requirements included below, then notify the Architect for further directions. B. Coverage Rate Test: Do the following under direct observation by the Owner's Representative -- 1. Test the coverage rate by applying Seal and Hardener to approximately 500 square feet of new, cured slab at a place designated by the Owner's Representative 2. Observe the rate of absorption to determine if absorption is outside of the limits set by the Seal and Hardener manufacturer. a. If coverage rate test indicates that the floor is using above - normal amounts of Seal and Hardener, stop application then notify the Architect and the Seal and Hardener manufacturer for further directions. b. If coverage rate test indicates satisfactory conditions, apply Seal and Hardener to remaining interior exposed concrete surfaces in accordance with this specification. C Protection: Protect adjacent surfaces /areas from damage due to overspray; especially glass and painted surfaces. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver to job site in sealed, labeled containers. Allow Owner's Representative to 111 observe containers and verify contents B. Store and handle to prevent damage to product and environment MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' SECTION 03395 Page 3 PENETRATING SEAL AND HARDENER 1.9 SEAL AND HARDENER WARRANTY ' A. Furnish the Owner and Architect with a written warranty that slab will not dust from abrasion for a period of twenty (20) years of use as part of the facility for which the project was intended and built. ' B. Include provisions that Seal and Hardener manufacturer will reseal defective areas, including both material and labor, for the duration of this warranty period. PART 2. PRODUCTS ' 2.1 CONCRETE SEAL AND HARDENER A. Seal and Hardener: A Water- based, reactive silicate or siliconate solution, surface applied, deep penetrating, VOC compliant, USDA accepted, liquid sealer- densifier- ' hardener that reacts with concrete surfaces to produce a dense, hydrophobic, insoluble, moisture barrier to seal out contaminants, while hardening and densifying the concrete surface. ' B. Do not use material containing fluorine, fluosilicate -base materials, or material that dries to a film on the concrete surface. PI C. Use one of the following Seal and Hardener products: 1. "L & M Seal Hard" alkaline siliconate hardener manufactured by L & M ' Construction Chemicals, Inc., 14851 Calhoun Road, Omaha, NE 68152, (800) 362 -3331, Ph: (402) 453 -6600, Fax: (402) 453 -0244, em: Imdeker www.lmcc.com. 2. "Day -Chem Sure Hard J -17" alkaline siliconate hardener manufactured by Dayton ' Superior Chemical and Cement Products, 4226 Kansas Avenue, Kansas City, KS 66106, (866) 329 -8724, Fax: (913) 279 -4806, em: toddfrakerdaytonsuperior.com, www daytonsuperiorchemical.com 3. "Pentra -Sil" alkaline silicate hardener manufactured by Convergent Concrete ' Technologies, 738 N 1890 W, Provo, UT 84601, Ph: (801)375 -2280 Fax: (801) 375 -2971, em: mike(a convergentconcrete.com, www.convergentconcrete.com, Contact Michael at (866)- 375 -2280. 4. "Shur- Seal" alkaline silicate hardener manufactured by The Paul M. Wolff Co., 536 West Southern Avenue Orange California 92865 -3218. Ph (877)974 -0630 Fax (714)974 -6930 - www paulwolff.com Contact Curtis Beesley at ' cbeesley @paulwolffco.com 5. No alternate material, or substitutions will be considered or accepted. ' PART 3. EXECUTION 3.1 PRE - CONCRETE INSTALLATION CONFERENCE ' A. Attend the Pre - Concrete Installation Conference described in Section 03310 "Cast -In- Place Concrete Floor Slab" MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 03395 Page 4 PENETRATING SEAL AND HARDENER B. Be fully informed about the finished floor gloss and appearance requirements at Project Substantial Completion 3.2 SLAB FINISH AND CURING: A. Finish and cure the concrete floor slab and mezzanine slab using materials and methods described in Division 3 "Concrete ". B. Completely remove any curing compound that may interfere with application of Seal 1 and Hardener described in this section. C. Two (2) full applications of Seal and Hardener material are required in this section, 1 regardless of what materials were used as Finishing Aid or Concrete Curing Agent described in other sections of Division 3 "Concrete ". 3.3 SLAB CLEANING BEFORE SEAL AND HARDENER APPLICATIONS 1 A. Clean slab to a dirt -free condition before each application of seal and hardener. ' B. Use a self - propelled, riding sweeper / scrubber equipped with vacuum fan recovery system and cylindrical, soft nylon bristle brushes. Do not use brushes with polypropylene or abrasive bristles of any kind. 1. For work on the mezzanine slab, use hand - operated "walk- behind" scrubbing machines appropriate for the mezzanine slab size. C. Clean using a mild pH (13 to 14), industrial detergent. Use "Formula 653 Light duty 1 1 Liquid Cleaner" by Tennant Company, or approved equal. D. Remove construction debris and stains, oils, and concrete laitance so slab surface is completely free of contaminants. 3.4 FIRST COAT APPLICATION 1 A. General Application Notes. Due to specified product differences, some variation in seal and hardener application methods may be recommended by product manufacturers, but the required slab finish quality delivered to Costco at project completion is described below. 1. Protect adjacent surfaces /areas from damage due to seal and hardener overspray; especially glass and painted surfaces. 2. Pre - dampen the cleaned slab surface with water 111 B. Apply undiluted seal and hardener, directly from container, using a low pressure sprayer. Apply at minimum rate of 1 gallon per 150 sq ft, unless Coverage Rate Test described above indicated a different application rate is appropriate 1 C. Allow surfaces to remain wet with seal and hardener for a 30 to 60 minute soak -in period, without allowing material to dry out or become slippery. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' SECTION 03395 Page 5 PENETRATING SEAL AND HARDENER 1. In hot weather, if slipperiness appears before the 30 minute period, apply more seal and hardener as required to keep the entire surface in a non - slippery • condition. ' 2. For the final 15 minutes of this period, gently apply water using spray mist to maintain non - slippery condition. 3. When soak -in period is completed and surfaces become slippery under foot again, flush floor surface with water to remove residue. D. Use the riding sweeper / scrubber described above, cleaning and scrubbing with water, making a minimum of three separate cleaning operations, starting with clean water • each time. 1. Do not allow excess seal and hardener material to remain on the slab that may I result in white stains. If white stains occur, remove them immediately without damaging concrete surface. 2. Depth of Seal and Hardener Penetration. Get 5 mm minimum penetration into concrete slab, with a minimum increase of 12% in concrete compressive strength. E For work on the mezzanine slab, use hand - operated "walk- behind" scrubbing machines appropriate for the mezzanine slab size. 3.5 SLAB CARE DURING SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS A. Treat oil spots on slab with oil absorber materials as soon as they occur. B. Immediately wipe or scrape glue, paint, and other construction material dropped onto floor to maintain a clean slab surface. Where construction material cannot be scraped ' or wiped off, machine -sand floor surface with 60 grit sandpaper to remove foreign matter. C. Keep entire floor area clean, using hand and power sweeping. Blow out all corners and ' at column footings. 3.6 SECOND COAT APPLICATION A. Cleaning: Before Second Coat Application, clean slab as described above. 1. Wet -soak the floor for a minimum of thirty minutes by flooding with a hose or using ' an automatic scrubber without vacuum or squeegee attachments. 2. Remove all traces of contamination and soap residue. ' B. Applicaton: Use low pressure sprayer to apply Seal and Hardener onto slab at a rate of 400 sq. ft per gallon. Apply only to small areas at a time so material can be immediately burnished dry. Do not allow material to dry without being burnished. ' C. Burnishing. Use a high -speed propane powered floor burnishing machine with the following properties — ' 1 Equip with 21 inch diameter abrasive stripping pad, rotating at 2,000 to 3,500 RPM 2 Machine weight of at least 200 lbs, delivering 38 to 42 pounds per square foot pressure on the rotating pad MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9 /2/08 SECTION 03395 Page 6 PENETRATING SEAL AND HARDENER a. A suitable machine is an "Eagle Talon 2100 ", manufactured by Parish Maintenance Supply, 1015 E. Hiawatha Boulevard, Syracuse, NY 13208, or (800) 836 -0862, (315) 422 -1495, Fx: (315) 422 -1886. b. Recommended Stripping Pad "3M Brown Stripper Pad 7100 ", or equal product approved by architect. 3. Buff the surface by working the machine forward and back to create a wax -like sheen. Work backwards so applicator /operator does not walk on buffed areas or leave footprints on areas just completed. D. Leave the floor slab and mezzanine slab surfaces clean and dry, with a finish equal to "gloss" paint, a minimum specular gloss of 65 if tested according to ASTM D 523. 3.7 PROTECTION OF CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB: A. Protect completed floor slab in accordance with Section 03310 "Cast -In -Place Concrete 1 Floor Slab ". END OF SECTION 03395 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 04100 MORTAR AND GROUT ' PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: Requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and of Division 1 of these Specifications apply to all work of this section. 1 1.2 EXTENT OF WORK (IN THIS SECTION)• Do all mortar work required for completion of the indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1 1.3 RELATED WORK (In Other Sections) A. Division 4 "Unit Masonry" 1.4 REFERENCED STANDARDS: ' ASTM C 109 Standard test method for compressive strength of hydraulic cement mortars ASTM C 270 Standard specification for mortar for unit masonry ASTM C 476 Standard specification for grout for masonry 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Qualification Data For testing agency. ' C. Material Certificates: Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements, including compliance with standards and type designations within standards. Provide for each type and size of the following: Material Certificates ' 1. Cementitious materials. Include brand, type, and name of manufacturer. 2. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 3. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. D. Mix Designs For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1 Mortar: Include test reports, per ASTM C 780, for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification ' 2 Grout: Include test reports, per ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. E. Statement of Compressive Strength: For each combination of masonry unit and mortar type, provide statement of average net -area compressive strength of masonry units, mortar type, and resulting net -area compressive strength of masonry determined according to Tables 1 and 2 in ACI 530 1 /ASCE 6 /TMS 602 Statement of Compressive ' Strength F. Cold- Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply with cold- weather requirements. Cold Weather Procedures MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 04100 Page 2 MORTAR AND GROUT PART 2 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MORTAR A. General Requirements 1 1. Comply with ASTM C 270, C 780 or C 1142 for reinforced masonry. 2. Use color as part of mortar appearance, add at a rate recommended by manufacturer of colorant, to get color selected by Architect. (See Exterior Finish Schedule on drawings) B. Components 1. Cement - Portland Cement conforming to ASTM 0150 (Type 1). One brand of uniform color. 2. Lime - Conform to ASTM 0207, minimum of 92% hydrated. 3. Aggregates - a. Mortar - conform to ASTM C144 b. Grout - conform to ASTM 0404. Provide "fine" grout when so specified on Structural Drawings. 4. Water - Clean and free of deleterious substances (potable). 5. Proportions and Mixing - Follow ASTM C 270 Proportion Specifications. C Pre - blended, Dry Mortar Mix Pre - blended dry mortar mixes, complying with ASTM C270 "Type S" may be used on approval by Architect. D. Masonry cement will not be permitted. 2.2 GROUT A. Grout for hollow masonry unit cells, lintels and bond beams: ASTM C 476, observing 1 "Grouting Limitations" described in the applicable building code. B. Other locations: ASTM C 476, fine grout. 1 2.3 ADMIXTURES: A. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. B Colored Mortar Pigments. Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars. Use one of the following: 1. True Tone Mortar Colors; Davis Colors, 3700 E. Olympic Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA 90023 -3123, (800) 356 -4848, Ph. (323) 269 -7311, Fax: (323) 269 -1053, em: info @daviscolors com, www, daviscolors.com. 2 Centurion Pigments; Lafarge Corporation, 12950 Worldgate Drive, Herndon, VA 20170, Ph. (703) 480 -3600, Fax: (703) 796- 0062, www.lafargenorthamerica.com. ' MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' SECTION 04100 Page 3 MORTAR AND GROUT ' C. Water - Repellent Mortar Admixture: Liquid water - repellent mortar admixture intended for use with CMU. If masonry units are made with integral water repellent, then use mortar admixture products by the same manufacturer. Otherwise, use one of the following: 1. "Dry -Block Mortar Admixture" Integral Liquid Polymeric Mortar Water - repellent admixture manufactured by Grace Construction Products, 62 Whittemore Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02140 -1623, (617) 498 -4976, Fax: (617) 498 -4314. em• webmaster @gcp - grace.com, www.graceconstruction.com. D. Cold- Weather Mortar Admixture: Non - chloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture ' complying with ASTM C 494, Type C, and recommended by the manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. Use one of the following: ' 1. "Morset" Accelerating Mortar Admixture manufactured by Grace Construction Products, Cambridge, MA 02140, (617) 498 -4976, Fx (617) 498 -4314. em: webmaster @gcp grace.com, www.graceconstruction.com. 2. Add cold- weather admixture (if used) at the same rate for all mortar, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 STORAGE OF MATERIAL: Store material in such a manner as to prevent deterioration or intrusion of foreign matter Do not use material, which, in Architect's opinion, has become @ 3 2 unsuitable. MORTAR MEASURING AND MIXING ' A. Measure ingredients accurately following recommendations of manufacturer. Mix in mechanical drum type mixer for minimum of three (3) minutes until mortar is completely and uniformly mixed. DO NOT re- temper mortar at the mixer. ' B. Hand mixing permitted for small quantities only, and only with approval of the Architect. C. Maintain workability and consistency of mortar on the board to produce easy working ' under the trowel. Discard mortar which has stood more than two hours after mixing. D. DO NOT use mortar in which cement material has started to set. E Antifreeze compounds NOT PERMITTED in mortar 3.3 PREMIXED MASONRY GROUT A When a truck mixer or agitator is used for mixing or delivery of masonry grout mix, add no water after the initial introduction of mixing water for the batch, except if on arrival at the job site, the slump of the masonry grout is less than that specified. 1. Such additional water to bring the slump within required limits shall be injected into the mixer under such pressure and direction of flow that the requirements for ' uniformity specified are met. 2 The drum or blades shall be turned an additional 30 revolutions or more if necessary, at mixing speed, until the uniformity of the masonry grout is within these ' limits MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 04100 Page 4 MORTAR AND GROUT 3. Water shall not be added to the batch at any later time. B. Place grout into the construction within 1 -12 hours after the introduction of mixing water to the cement and aggregates, or before the drum has revolved 300 revolutions, whichever comes first. 1 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect the Metal Building Standing Seam Roof (SSR) and gutter liner system from I • damage caused by the overspray of mortar and masonry grout during the final placement of the masonry wall system. B. Any damage to the roof system will be corrected by the Metal Building Supplier to insure warrant - ability of the roof system. C. All repair costs for damage to the roof system will be deducted from the General 1 Contractor's contract. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF STEEL DOOR FRAMES 1 A. Set plumb, level and true Hold securely in position until Installation is complete. B. Install three (3) standard anchors per jamb, twelve (12) inches into concrete masonry units. C. Fill with fine grout between frame and masonry surround 1 END OF SECTION 04100 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 4 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: Requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and of Division 1 of these Specifications apply to all work of this section. 1.2 EXTENT OF WORK Exterior single wythe masonry unit wall assemblies indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, and required for completion of the work. 1 1.3 RELATED WORK (In Other Sections) A. Division 4 "Mortar and Grout ". 1 B. Division 7 "Water Repellent" for spray applied liquid water repellent. C. Division 7 "Insulation" for masonry cell insulation fill material. 1.4 REFERENCED STANDARDS: Refer to Structural Notes on Drawings for all grades, strengths and placement of reinforcement. 1 ASTM C 90 -06b Standard specification for Hollow Load bearing Concrete Masonry Units ASTM C 129 -995 Standard specification for Hollow Non -load bearing Concrete Masonry Units 1 ASTM C 216 Standard specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) ASTM E 447- 84 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms 1 ASTM E 514 Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage through Masonry 1.5 SUBMITTALS: Submit five (5) copies of certificates and drawings for review by the Architect and Engineer. A. Certificates. Submit certificates for each type of block used Certificate shall state the blocks' weight, moisture content, minimum face shell and web thickness, minimum strength and maximum absorption and dimensional tolerances. B Bending and Placing Diagrams: Prepare complete bending and placing diagrams prepared by a professional detailer in accordance with applicable portions of the Building Code. C. Color Samples: Provide color samples of actual masonry proposed for use on the project, including the entire range of available integral colors, all with the same face ' texture. D. Face Samples Provide face samples of actual masonry proposed for use on the project, with representative face texture samples all in the same color. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 04200 Page 2 UNIT MASONRY 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Provide quality assurance to ensure materials, construction and workmanship are in compliance with the drawings and the specifications, and the applicable requirements of the Building Code. When required, maintain inspection records, and make available to the Building Official. Ensure the following: 1. Masonry units, reinforcement, cement, lime, aggregate and all other materials meet the requirements of the applicable standards of quality, they are properly stored, and properly prepared for use. 2. The method of measuring mortar and grout materials are proper to control the mixture amounts, and the mortar and grout are properly mixed. 3. Construction details, procedures and workmanship are in accordance with the drawings and specifications. 4. Reinforcement sizes, locations and splices are in accordance with the drawings and specifications and the Building Code. 1.7 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store and handle materials to prevent damage. Store packaged materials in original 1 packages until used. Remove broken packages and other damaged material from jobsite. B. Store unit materials on pallets. Protect from rain and moisture at the job site before they are place in the wall. 1.8 SITE CONDITIONS A. Wet Weather: Provide cover over work in progress that is exposed to weather. Maintain 1 cover over finished work for 48 hours after completion. B. Cold Weather: When outside air temperature is below 40 degrees F, or is expected to fall below freezing within 48 hours (U.S. Weather Bureau Forecast), comply with guidelines set forth in National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA) TEK 3 -1A for cold weather construction. C. Wind Bracing: Provide temporary bracing to prevent damage. Comply with guidelines set forth in NCMA TEK 3 -4 for bracing concrete masonry walls during construction. PART2 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS • A. General Requirements for All Concrete Masonry Units 1 1 Conform to ASTM C -90. Provide units in the sizes and thicknesses shown on the Structural Drawings. 2 See Structural Notes for allowable stresses, minimum cell dimensions, grades and strengths of steel reinforcing. 3. Use ASTM C -90 Grade "N ", Medium Weight (105 to 125 pcf) units meeting strength requirements noted in the structural drawings, with colors and face textures described below. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard. Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 04200 Page 3 UNIT MASONRY B. Concrete Masonry Unit Colors: • 1. Use integrally colored masonry units in exterior masonry walls selected to be exact match of existing, adjacent construction. (See Exterior Finish Schedule on drawings.) C. Concrete Masonry Unit Surface Finishes: 1. Furnish units with ribs, flutes, striations, offsets and scores, with smooth and split faces as selected by the Architect. 2. Use smooth (normal) face masonry units where specifically detailed, and where listed in Part 3 - Execution below. 2.2 WALL REINFORCEMENT: See Section 03200 and Structural Notes. 2.3 PREFORMED EXPANSION JOINT AND CONTROL JOINTS: Provide pre - molded filler, formed from rubber or PVC 80 Shore A hardness, minimum. A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, 1 the following: 1. "Rapid Joint Wide Flange" by DUR- O -WAL, INC., 625 Crane Street, Aurora, IL PI 60504, Ph: (800) 323 -0090 or (630) 898 -1101, Fx (630) 898 -8331, em: info @dur - o-wal.com, www.dur -o -wal com 2 "PVC" VS Series control joints by HOHMANN & BARNARD, INC., 30 Rasons Ct , P.O. Box 5270, Hauppauge, NY 11788 -0270, Ph: (631) 234 -0600, Fx: (631) 234 - 0683, em. weanchor @h - b.com, www.h - b.com. B. Select in suitable size to fit the nominal face -to -face thickness of CMU units. 2.4 ANCHORS A. For securing masonry to construction, use embedded reinforcing steel as detailed on drawings. • B. Provide the following anchors where required - I 1. Y2 x 6 -inch anchor bolt embedded in concrete. 2. '/2 inch bolt in expansion shield. 3. /A inch bolt in embedded insert. 4. Ties: All ties galvanized per ASTM A 153, Class B -3. a. Wire ties rectangular, 3/16 -inch minimum b. Corrugated flat ties 20 -gauge steel, 7/8 -inch minimum width. 5 Inserts with Anchors Malleable iron. 2.5 MASONRY CLEANING MATERIALS MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Punted on 9/2/08 11 SECTION 04200 Page 4 UNIT MASONRY A. Job -Mixed Detergent Solution Mix 1/2 -cup dry measure tetrasodium polyphosphate with 1/2 -cup dry measure laundry detergent into 1 gallon of water (or 1 cup of "Spic and Span "). B. Pressure Washing, Pressure Blasting: Use low pressure wash machine, or dry pressure -blast with suitable abrasives. C. Exterior Masonry for General- Purpose Acidic Cleaner Use "Sure Klean Custom Masonry Cleaner" by PROSOCO, INC., 3741 Greenway Circle, Lawrence, KS 66046, Ph: (800) 255 -4255 or (785) 865 -4200, Fx: (785) 830 -9797, em: customerservice @prosoco.com, www.prosoco.com or as approved. D. Interior Masonry Low - Corrosion Cleaner: "Enviro Safety Clean" manufactured by 1 ProSoCo, Inc, or other suitable cleaner that will not damage metal parts, applied finishes, or concrete floor surface finish. E. Potable Water F. All cleaning materials and methods must be approved by local authority having jurisdiction before being used. PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.1 MASONRY INSTALLATION A Brick, Concrete Masonry, and Exterior Finishes• Refer to "Building Elevations ", and detailed wall sections for locations of finishes, textures, and colors. B. Concrete Masonry Unit Surface Finishes: 11 1. Use smooth (normal) face masonry units where detailed, and at the following locations: a. At door openings where steel angles are installed at the perimeter of the opening. b. From the Finished Grade line to the bottom of the masonry construction shown on the drawings, c. At locations where surface - mounted devices are installed, including 1) Dock Seals ,1 2) Seismic or Expansion Joint Covers d. On courses and surfaces where painted graphics or stripes are indicated on !1 the drawings. e On top masonry course where sheet metal parapet coping is installed. C. Preparation and Examination 1. Examine conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other specific conditions affecting performance of unit masonry. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 04200 Page 5 UNIT MASONRY 2. Inspect work in place, correct deficiencies before starting masonry work. Verify all grades and lines for dimensions indicated on drawings. Report variances to the Architect. ' 3. Examine rough -in and built -in construction to verify actual locations before installation. D. Work in Place 1. Clean top surface of loose mortar and foreign material before commencing or resuming work. 2. Contractor is responsible for all damage to the work caused by freezing or other causes. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Workmanship 1. Comply with ACI 530.1 and NCMA TEK Bulletins. 2. Conform with these following tolerances: Variation from level: + / -'/ inch in 10 feet Bed joints + / -'/2 inch maximum Top surface of bearing walls +/ -'/ inch in 10 feet PI + / - /z inch maximum Variation from plumb +/ -'/ inch in 10 feet • + / - inch maximum True to a line: +/- 1 /4 inch in 10 feet +/- 3/8 inch in 20 feet +1 -'/2 inch maximum Alignment of columns and walls +/- /2 inch for bearing walls (Bottom versus top) +/- 3 /4 inch for non - bearing walls B. Coordination 1. Obtain exact sizes of openings for ducts and pipes, etc.; properly build around same. 2. Build -in work furnished by other trades as required 3. Install electrical conduit for door system in masonry wall. 1 C. CMU Erection: 1. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint widths and to accurately locate openings, movement -type joints, return, and offsets. 2. Avoid the use of less than half size units at corners, jambs and other locations, wherever possible. Form closures with stock specials. Leave no open ends exposed. 3. Corners: Provide interlocking masonry unit bond in each course at corners, unless otherwise shown MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 04200 Page 6 UNIT MASONRY D. Lay up walls to comply with specified construction tolerances, with courses accurately ,1 spaced and coordinated with other work. E. Lay exposed masonry in the bond pattern indicated on the drawings, or if not shown, lay in running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses above and below. Refer to NCMA TEK Bulletin 14. F. Use an inverted lintel CMU as a base for flashing at sills, floor joints and other similar conditions where indicated in flashing details on drawings. G. Lay masonry plumb, true to line and level. Maintain module accurately. Keep joints uniform. H. Do not use chipped or cracked blocks. If such blocks are in a finished wall, promptly remove them and replace with new blocks. Broken units not permitted. Install dry masonry units only. I. Lay no masonry when temperature is below 35 degrees F on rising temperature or below 40 degrees F on falling temperature, unless work is enclosed to maintain temperature. J. Protect against freezing at least 72 hours (anti- freeze ingredients not permitted). Cover unfinished work at end of day with waterproof covering. K. Take special care to keep exposed surfaces clean as work progresses. Clean up all excess mortar at walls prior to sealing and painting L. Cutting 1. Use stock specials wherever practical. 2. Where cutting is necessary, cut units accurately with motor - driven high speed masonry saws to provide clean, sharp, un- chipped edges. 3. Dry -cut CMU whenever possible. Let wet -cut units dry thoroughly before installing. 3.3 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. B. Water - repellent Admixture: Use only mortar containing compatible integral liquid polymeric water - repellent mortar admixture in exterior walls Use products by the same manufacturer of the Integral Water Repellent used in the masonry units. C. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be filled with grout. D. For starting course on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, 1 including areas under cells E. Maintain joint widths indicated, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. If not indicated, lay walls with 3/8 -inch joints. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 11 SECTION 04200 Page 7 UNIT MASONRY I 1. Cut mortar joints flush, then tool exposed joints slightly concave using a jointer larger than joint thickness, unless indicated otherwise. Tool head joints first. 2. Do not use raked or struck joints. ', 3. Where Masonry units are below grade, strike mortar joints flush and grout all units solid, as indicated on the Structural Drawings 4. Cut, refill and retool all defective joints. I 3.4 WALL REINFORCEMENT A. Vertical Reinforcement 1 1. Location and size of reinforcement as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Completely clean out voids before grouting 3. Grout in a maximum of eight (8) foot lifts. Grout bars into vertical cells and I pilasters, completely filling voids. 4. Mechanically vibrate for complete compaction. 5. Lap bars 48 diameters, or as called out on the Structural Drawings. I 6. Extend vertical reinforcement into bond beams and lintels. B. Bond Beams and Lintels 1. Reinforce bond beams and lintels as indicated on the Structural Drawings. 2. Lap bars 48 diameters, or as called out on the Structural Drawings. 3. Extend lintels and bond beams 16 inches beyond jambs of openings 1111 4. Grout lintels and bond beams rodding thoroughly to completely fill voids. C. Tolerances for Placing Reinforcement I : ' 1. Tolerances for the place of steel: + / -' /2 inch when the distance from the centerline of steel to the opposite; face of masonry, d, is equal to 8 inches or less; +/- 1 inch for d equal to 24 inches or less but greater than 8 inches; +/- 1/4 inch for d greater I than 24 inches. 2. In walls, for vertical bars, 2 inches from the location along the length of the wall indicated on the Drawings. 3. If it is necessary to move bars to avoid interference with other reinforcing steel, I conduits or embedded Items and bars are moved more than one bar diameter, or enough to exceed the specified tolerances, notify the Architect. Obtain acceptance of resulting arrangement of bars 3.5 EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS: A. Run full vertical height of walls. See Structural drawings for locations. 1 B Place unit in dry joint as detailed. Clean joint free of mortar and leave ready to receive backing rod and joint sealant. 3.6 WEEP HOLES A. Provide weep holes at 32" on center for the first course at bottom of vertical joint and at R the following locations: 1. Above lintels and bond beam courses. 2. At wall base above foundation and grade beams I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Pnnted on 9/2/08 SECTION 04200 Page 8 UNIT MASONRY 3. At all flexible fleshings: a. Space cord weeps 16 inches o.c. and extend vertically up face of flashing to within 1 inch of top edge. b. Do not use permanent tube -type weeps. c. At starting masonry courses where a face shell mortar bed is applied, ensure cord extends up face of both cells of block and vertically up face of flexible flashing to drain properly. 3.7 MASONRY AND MORTAR REPAIRING AND POINTING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar or grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point -up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for application of sealants. C. In- Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears prior to tooling joints. D. Promptly remove excess mortar from the face of the masonry units. E Protect adjacent surfaces. 3.8 NEW MASONRY FINAL CLEANING A. Clean exposed interior and exterior masonry surfaces after mortar is thoroughly set, 1 with caulking and sealants in place, both fully cured. B. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. C. Remove concrete, excess mortar, efflorescence, and surface soiling from masonry I� walls exposed in the finished work in accordance with the recommendations of the National Concrete Masonry Association TEK Bulletins #8 -2, #8 -3, masonry manufacturer's recommendations, modified by the descriptions below: 1111, 1. Clean masonry before doors, metal fixtures and fittings, door hardware, light fixtures, or electrical wiring and devices are mounted or installed into masonry construction. 1 a If any of these items are in place when cleaning starts, cover and protect with sealed polyethylene sheets, "Strippable Masking" by Prosoco Inc, or other suitable waterproof materials. 2. Wet wall surfaces with water before using cleaners 3 Use pressure wash machine with clean water, Job -Mixed Detergent Solution described above, or dry pressure -blast with suitable abrasives MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 04200 Page 9 UNIT MASONRY 4. Remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water, using high pressure (600 to 1000 psi) spray equipment. D. If concrete, excess mortar, efflorescence, or surface soiling remains after cleaning operation, thoroughly wet the surface, then re -clean according to the following. 1. Exterior Masonry Surfaces: Pre -wet surface, then use General- Purpose Acidic Cleaner applied with masonry brush or low pressure spray, following manufacturer's instructions. Follow with complete water rinse to remove cleaner. • 2. Interior Masonry Surfaces: Pre -wet surface, use Low - Corrosion Cleaner applied with masonry washing brush in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not use high pressure or spray equipment that will atomize material. Follow with complete water rinse to remove cleaner. a. Protect concrete floor slab finish from staining, etching, or damage through contact with cleaning solutions. 3.9 MISCELLANEOUS A. Fill around wall penetrations and built -in items solid with mortar. Fill all other voids with mortar until flush. B. Fill jambs and heads of hollow metal frames solid with mortar (exterior doors only). END OF SECTION 04200 1 1 1 1 1. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I� SECTION 04200 Page 10 UNIT MASONRY (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 1 r 1 1 � 1� MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 05400 COLD- FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior wall framing. 2. Interior load- bearing framing. B. Related work on other Sections: 1. See Division 9 "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for non - bearing steel framing at interior gypsum wallboard applications. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ' A. Structural Performance: Provide cold formed metal framing capable of withstanding design loads without deflections greater than the following: 1. Interior Load - Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall height. 2. Exterior Non - Load - Bearing, Curtain -Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall height. 3. Floor Joist Framing: Vertical deflection of 1/480 of the span. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold- formed metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners. 1 C. Mill certificates or test reports. D. Welder certificates. E. Research /evaluation reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with AISI's "Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members" for calculating structural characteristics of cold- formed metal framing 1 B. Mill certificates signed by steel sheet producer. C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - -Sheet Steel " MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 05400 Page 2 COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. CLARK STEEL FRAMING SYSTEMs, 101 Clark Blvd., Middletown, OH 45044, Ph: (800) 543 -7140, Fx: (888) 874 -1949, Em: info @clarksteel.com, http: / /ww w.clarksteel.com 2. DIETRICH METAL FRAMING, INC., 500 Grant Street, Suite 2226, Pittsburgh, PA 15219, Ph: (412) 281 -2805, Fx: (412) 281 -2965, Em: kutchma @dietrichindustries.com, http : / /www.dietrichmetalframing.com 3. SCAFCO Steel Stud Manufacturing Company, 6200 East Main Avenue, P.O. Box 11215, Spokane, WA 99211 -1215, Ph: (800) 966 -2467 or (509) 535 -1571, Fx: (509) 535-9130, Em: mail @scafco.com, www.scafco.com. 4. MARINOWARE (Div. of Ware Industries, Inc.), 137 Broadway, Amityville, NY 11701, Ph: (800) 627 -4667 or (631) 691 -2200, Fx: (631) 691 -1492, Em: FrameRite @marinoware com, www.marinoware.com 5. STEELER, INC., 10023 Martin Luther King Jr. Way South, Seattle, WA 98178, Ph: (206) 725 -2500, Fax: (800) 275 -2279, em: sales @steeler.com, www.steeler com 6. UNITED METAL PRODUCTS, INC., 1920 E. Encanto Drive, Tempe, AZ 85281, Ph: (480) 968 -9550, Fax: (480) 968 -9555, Em: sales @unitedmetal.com, http://www.unitedmetal.com 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, G60 zinc coating, Grade 33 for minimum uncoated steel thickness of 0.0428 inch and less; Grade 50 for minimum uncoated steel thickness of 0.0538 inch and greater. - B. Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard steel studs, of web depths indicated, with stiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Uncoated -Steel Thickness: 18 gauge 0.0428 inch. 2. Flange Width: 1 -5/8 inches. • 3. Track: Manufacturer's standard U- shaped steel track, unpunched, with straight flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, manufacturer's standard flange width, and minimum uncoated -steel thickness matching steel studs 1 C. Joist Framing: Manufacturer's standard C- shaped steel joists, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955 Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, use the following: 1 1. Minimum Uncoated -Steel Thickness: 16 gauge (0.0538 inch). 2. Flange Width: 1 -5/8 inches, minimum 3. Track. Manufacturer's standard U- shaped steel joist track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows. a. Minimum Uncoated -Steel Thickness Matching steel joists. b. Flange Width: 1 -5/8 inches, minimum. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95-1840-15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ,., 1 SECTION 05400 Page 3 COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING ' 2.3 ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS I ' A. Fabricate steel- framing accessories of the same material and finish used for framing members, with a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated. I B. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123. C. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials, with capability to I sustain, without failure, a load equal to five (5) times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. D. Power- Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to ten (10) times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190 I conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. E. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion - resistant - coated, self - drilling, self- threading steel drill • screws. 1 F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC -Paint 20, DOD -P- 21035, or ASTM A 780. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Preparation: Grout bearing surfaces uniform and level to ensure full contact of bearing flanges or track webs on supporting concrete or masonry construction. B. Install cold- formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to ASTM C 1007, manufacturer's written recommendations, and requirements in this Section. ' 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut 2. Fasten cold- formed metal framing members by welding or screw fastening, as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. 3. Install framing members in one -piece lengths. 4 Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. I 5. Install insulation in built -up exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work. I 6. Fasten hole - reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. C. Erection Tolerances Install cold- formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in ten (10) feet and as follows M ULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 05400 Page 4 COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING I, 1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of ti sheathing or other finishing materials. D. Non - Load - Bearing, Curtain -Wall Installation: Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure. Space studs as indicated; set plumb, align, and fasten both flanges of studs to track, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Isolate non -load- bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 2. Install horizontal bridging in curtain -wall studs, spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but not more than fifty -four (54) inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection. 3. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web 1 stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a complete and stable curtain-wall-framing system. E. Joist Installation: Install, align, and securely anchor perimeter joist track sized to match joists as indicated on Shop Drawings. Install joists bearing on supporting frame, level, straight, and plumb; adjust to final position, brace, and reinforce. Fasten to both flanges of joist track. 1. Install joists over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1 -1/2 inches. Reinforce ends and bearing points of joists as indicated on Shop Drawings. 2. Space joists not more than two (2) inches from abutting walls and at spacings III indicated 3. Frame openings with built -up joist headers consisting of joist and joist track, nesting joists, or another combination of connected joists if indicated. 4. Install joist reinforcement at interior supports with single, short length of joist section located directly over interior support, with lapped joists of equal length to joist reinforcement, or as indicated. Install web stiffeners to transfer axial loads of walls above. 5. Install bridging at each end of joists and at intervals indicated. Fasten bridging at each joist intersection as indicated. 6. Secure joists to load- bearing interior walls to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange. 1 7. Install miscellaneous joist framing and connections, including web stiffeners, closure pieces, clip angles, continuous angles, hold -down angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and stable joist- framing assembly. F. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold- formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 05400 I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE I COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and of Division 1 of these Specifications apply to all work of this Section. 1 , A. Extent Of Work (In This Section): Furnish and install all miscellaneous steel and iron items not specified elsewhere. Examine other divisions for items of steel and iron provided or installed thereunder. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" and the following requirements: 1. Submit five (5) copies for Architect and Engineer review. 1.3 STRUCTURAL NOTES See Structural Notes indicated on the Drawings. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A Steel and Iron 1 1. ASTM A -36 - new and free from rust. 2. Conform to applicable requirements of the Building Code. B. Bolts, Nuts and Washers 1. ASTM A -307 - new and free from rust. 2. Malleable iron washers, size as indicated on Drawings. C. Studs or Stud Anchors: Nelson Company automatic end - welded connectors. Minimum yield strength 50,000 psi. ASTM A108 material, sizes as shown. D. Bolts and Nuts: In accordance with ASTM A -3097, Class A, B, C, and D as applicable. E. Zinc Iv nc Coated (Galvanized) Material. Hot -dip galvanize after fabrication /ASTM A -123 and A -153. Galvanize bolts and similar threaded fasteners in accordance with referenced standards /ASTM A -307, class A, B, C, and D as applicable. F. Primer White colored, fast - curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer with good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, complying with performance requirements of FS TT -P -664. G. Galvanized Steel Primer: Portland cement - alkyd resin type, grey color 2 2 FABRICATED ITEMS: Provide the following fabrications listed herein and as indicated on the Drawings for a complete installation: MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 05500 Page 2 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Pipe Bollards: Provide 6" outside diameter, concrete - filled pipe bollards for traffic protectors at exterior location, and to protect equipment at interior location. Size for 4'- 0" above grade, with 3' -9" embedded below grade. 1. Use Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe for exterior installations. 2. Use Schedule 60 primer coated steel pipe for interior installations. 3. Include a full height bollard sleeve for each bollard. a. Bollard Sleeve Manufacturer. IDEAL SHIELD, 2525 Clark Street, Detroit, MI 1 48209 -1355, Ph. (866) 825 -8659 or (313) 842 -7290, Fx: (313) 849 -1646, Email: info c(D idealshield.com, www.idealshield.com, Contact: Chris Parenti. 1) Color — Use OSHA Safety Red (Costco Red). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION A. Form steel to accurate sizes and shapes, with sharp lines and angles. Punch and shear 1 to leave clean surfaces. Weld or rivet permanent connections, grind exposed welds smooth, provide holes and connections for work of other trades. B. Detail joints and fastenings for ample strength and stiffness; conceal wherever possible. C. Where possible, work, fit and shop assemble work ready for erection. D Take measurements at the building, and check all parts of the drawings to be sure that items are properly sized for their location, and are in the correct position. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Execute work in accordance with details indicated in approved shop drawings. B Shop connections are to be welded. Use certified welders only. C. Jointing and intersections of metals to be accurately made and tightly fitted with 1 adequate fastenings. D. Bolted work to be screwed up tight and threads nicked to prevent loosening of bolts. 1 � E Provide drilled or punched holes and connections for the work of other trades. F. Wherever dissimilar metals are in contact they shall be insulated from one another by means of a bituminous paint to prevent corrosion. G Work shall be made square, plumb, straight and true, and accurately fitted with tight joints and intersections. H. Exposed work shall be finished smooth with even, close joints and neat connections I. Do all cutting and fitting required to make all parts to fit accurately to their places in the building. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 05500 Page 3 METAL FABRICATIONS J. When necessary to cut into concrete or other parts of the building to set steel parts accurately, do so in such manner so as not to damage the adjoining parts and repair such adjoining parts, thoroughly and neatly, where such cutting is done. 3 3 SCREWS, BOLTS, RODS, PLATES, ETC.: Use standard shapes of size and weight, unless indicated otherwise. Install anchor bolts accurately and plates level. Provide all shown and all necessary items for complete installation. 3.4 FINISHES j A. Shop prime all miscellaneous metal except surfaces to be embedded in concrete B. After erection touch up all marred or damaged portions of the shop coat with the same type of paint. C. Clean all metal fabrications prior to racking. END OF SECTION 05500 1 1 1 .1 ' 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 • SECTION 05500 Page 4 METAL FABRICATIONS • (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 1 1 1 1 r r MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ,1 1 SECTION 07190 WATER REPELLENT PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: A. Requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and of Division 1 of these Specifications apply to all work of this section. B. Extent of Work: Clear, penetrating, liquid water repellent on masonry exterior vertical substrates. C. Related Work In Other Sections 1 1.Division 4 "Mortar and Grout" for masonry joint materials. 2 Division 4 "Unit Masonry" for masonry substrates. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Absorption: Minimum 90 percent reduction of absorption after 24 hours in comparison of treated and untreated specimens. 1 Brick: ASTM C 67. 011 B. Water -Vapor Transmission: Maximum 10 percent reduction in rate of vapor transmission in comparison of treated and untreated specimens, per ASTM E 96. C. Permeability: Minimum 80 percent water -vapor transmission in comparison of treated and untreated specimens, per ASTM D 1653. D. Water Penetration and Leakage through Masonry: Minimum 90 percent reduction in leakage rate in comparison of treated and untreated specimens, per ASTM E 514. E. Durability. Maximum 5 percent loss of water repellency after 2500 hours of weathering in comparison to specimens before weathering, per ASTM G 154 1.3 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTALS A. Conformance Submittals will be allowed for products described in this section, and will not require Architect's approval before incorporating the material into the work. 1 Where products in this section are incorporated into the work are exactly as specified, use the "Product Conformance Submittal Form" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures ' 2 Substitute Products: Where products are proposed for use, but are not as specified, approval of a substitute product is required Use "Submittal For Architect's Action" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" and send to Architect for review and approval B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, application instructions, and recommendations for water repellents. Include data substantiating that materials are recommended by manufacturer for application indicated on the drawings and in these 1 specification. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9 /2/08 r SECTION 07190 Page 2 WATER REPELLENT C. Product Quality: Submit data substantiating product performance, product warranty, and the name, address and telephone number of manufacturer's representative who will be overseeing this project D. Water Penetration Test Reports: Measure, document, and report comparison of treated and untreated specimens. Test the rates of water penetration before repellent application starts. Submit test reports to the Architect before including any of this work in an Application for Payment. 1 Pretreatment Tests: a Before application starts, establish the Base Rate Of Water Penetration of the untreated surfaces. b. Immediately send the Pretreatment Test results to the Architect before proceeding with the water repellent application. Include the Pretreatment Test results with warranty documents. E. Water Penetration Test Reports: Measure, document, and report comparison of treated specimens. Test the rates of water penetration when repellent application is completed. Submit test reports to the Architect before including any of this work in an Application for Payment. 1 Treated Wall Tests: a. Ten (10) days after completion of the flood (final) coat, test the same wall surfaces, at least 16 inches from the locations where Pretreatment Tests were performed. b. Provide the Treated Wall Test results to the Architect. 2 Test Method: Establish the Rates Of Water Penetration using the following -- a. Use RILEM Test Method No. 14 (RILEM Tube Test), recording the depth of water level in the Rilem tube at the test start, then at 1, 2, 5, and 10 minutes after start of test. b Make tests at the rate of one location for each 5,000 square feet of wall surface, in separate locations, at evenly spaced intervals, documenting where the test was made. Make at least eight (8) tests on a new building. F Contract Closeout Submittals: 1 Submit executed manufacturer's standard warranty form with authorized signatures from applicator, distributor, Contractor and authonzed manufacturer's representative. 2 Submit Instruction Manual for maintenance and cleaning. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions in addition to the terms of the manufacturer's warranty and the following: 1 Contact manufacturer prior to submitting bid for specific project material requirements. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ,1 SECTION 07190 Page 3 WATER REPELLENT 1 . 2 Applicator shall be regularly engaged and specializing in similar water repellent work for the preceding five (5) years, have all necessary licenses, certifications, and other written approvals required by the manufacturer I 3 Submit appropriate certification, signed by the manufacturer's representative and General Contractor, documenting the quantity of materials applied to the project surfaces, together with the method of application. I 4 Upon award of Contract, notify manufacturer's representative of required quantities and anticipated application date. Schedule date when manufacturer's representative can review a test application and verify quantities requited. 5 Comply with warranty requirements of manufacturer and submittal of documents with warranty paperwork. 6 Keep an up -to -date project log, recording the following: a. Date, temperature, climate, locations of application, amount of surface area i covered, material used, manufacturer's batch numbers, equipment used, and applicator's names. b. Submit the original copy of these documents to the manufacturer's representative, with copies to the General Contractor each week. j c Submit logs to GC for submittal with warranty paperwork. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original sealed containers, clearly marked with manufacturer's brand name, grade of material, date of manufacture and batch number. IIII B. Store materials in areas where temperatures are not less than 50 °F, unless authorized by the manufacturer ,I 1.6 PROJECT /SITE CONDITIONS: Do not apply water repellent under following conditions: A. During inclement weather, when air temperature is below 50 °F or above 100 °F. I B. When rain or temperatures below 40 °F are predicted for a period of twenty -four (24) hours before or after application. I C. Earlier than three (3) days after surfaces became wet. D. When substrates might be frozen. E. When surface temperature is less than 40 °F. 1.7 WARRANTY: A At conclusion of work, submit warranty issued by the water repellent manufacturer covering both labor and materials for above grade water repellency of the treated substrate for a period of five (5) years. B. Warranty by subcontractors is not acceptable. i PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CLEAR WATER REPELLENT TREATMENT: I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 I Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 07190 Page 4 WATER REPELLENT A. Provide dear, deep penetrating, non -film- forming, non - silicone, non - yellowing, heavy - duty water repellent solutions onto vertical exterior surfaces. B. Repellent Composition: Blend of silanes, siloxanes, alkytrialkoxysilanes, and additives, manufactured for uses described herein. 2.2 WATER REPELLENT MATERIALS: A. For concrete masonry substrates, use an appropriate product, meeting local VOC content regulations, manufactured by one of the following: 1 Hydrozo "Enviroseal" products by ChemRex Inc., 889 Valley Park Drive, Shakopee, MN 55379 -1854, (800) 433 -9517, Ph: (952) 496 -6000, Fax: (800) 496 -6067, em: messagecenter @chemrex.com, www.ChemRex.com. Contact Bob Haun, Gig Harbor WA, (253) 265 -2467. 2 "Aqua - Trete" or "Chem - Trete" products by Sivento Silanes (Division of Degussa Corporation), 379 Interpace Parkway, Parsippany, NJ 07054, www.degussa.com. Contact Bob Sallee, CSI, Puyallup WA (800) 370 -7821 3 "Weather Seal Siloxane" products by Prosoco, 3741 Greenway Circle, Lawrence KS 66046, www.prosoco.com. Contact Gene Bollinger, Lawrence KS (785) 830- 7342 B. For concrete, brick, stucco, and other substrates, use an appropriate product meeting local VOC content regulations, manufactured by one of the firms listed above: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 1 A. Examination: Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of other trades; verify that all work is complete to the point where this installation may start. B. Substrate Preparation: Surfaces shall be clean of dust, dirt and foreign matter detrimental to proper installation of water repellent. Verify that all cracks have been filled with pointing mortar or approved caulking sealant. Verify that voids in masonry joints or joints found to be unsound or otherwise defective have been raked out and pointed with mortar to create a joint of full face shell thickness. 1 Do not begin application until substrate has been repaired to the satisfaction of the water repellent representative. 2 Cured masonry or concrete shall be allowed three (3) to five (5) days drying time following rainfall prior to water repellent application. C Pretreatment Water Penetration Tests: Measure and document the rates of water penetration before repellent application starts. 1 Perform tests using methods described above in Part 1 2 Submit test reports to the Architect before continuing with water repellent application. , D. Protection MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07190 Page 5 WATER REPELLENT 1 Provide masking or covering for materials that could be damaged by water repellent. 2 Protect glass, glazed products and pre- finished products from contact with water L repellent. 3 Protect landscape materials with breathing type drop cloths. Do not use visqueen or other plastic covers. E. Sealant Coordination: 1 Assure water repellent compatibility with each type of joint sealer within or adjacent to surfaces receiving treatment. 2 Coordinate treatment application with joint sealers; where recommended by joint I 3 Mask sealer manufacturersurfaces indicated , apply to water receive repellent joint after sealers joint that would sealer be is installed adversely and cured. affected by water repellent, where application must be applied prior to joint sealers. 3.2 REPELLENT ABSORPTION TEST APPLICATION A. Repellent Absorption Test Application: Make a test application, with the Manufacturer's Representative observing, prior to making any bulk purchase or delivery of water repellent products. Use the masonry mock -up panel, or an unobtrusive location on the building to determine rate of application and final effect of repellent installation. B Coverage Rate Report: Document and submit a written report of the repellent coverage to the General Contractor for warranty documentation. 3.3 APPLICATION 1 A. Apply water repellent to all exterior concrete and masonry surfaces, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable recommendations. 1 Apply a heavy saturation coating on surfaces indicated for treatment using high - volume low- pressure spray equipment. 2 Pump shall not atomize materials but should flow material onto the surface at a minimum rate of 1 to 1 -1/2 gallons per minute. 3 If surface tension prevents immediate penetration of materials, briskly fog coat section prior to flood coat application. I, B. Do not allow material to run onto roofs or asphalt pavement. Use movable metal catcher or an absorbent material to intercept repellent. C. Treated Wall Water Penetration Tests: Measure and document the rates of water penetration after repellent application 1 Perform tests using methods described above in Part 1. 2 Furnish test results to the General Contractor for warranty documentation. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A Manufacturer's Field Service: MULVANNYG2ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07190 Page 6 WATER REPELLENT 1 Provide services of a factory- authorized technical service representative to inspect and approve the substrate before application and to instruct the applicator on the product and application method to be used. 2 Observe the start of water repellent application, assure use of proper equipment, verify material quantities, material application techniques, and observe the initial application of water repellent material. 3 Inspect all treated surfaces after application of water repellent to assure complete product use and material performance. 3.5 CLEANING: Clean water repellent from adjoining surfaces immediately after spillage. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for proper cleaning techniques to prevent damage. END OF SECTION 07190 1 1 1 1 1 1 ;r 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07200 BUILDING INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: Requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and of Division 1 of these Specifications apply to all work of this section. 1.2 EXTENT OF WORK: All rigid and batt insulation as specified herein and indicated on the Drawings for a complete installation. A. Related Sections: 1. Division 13 "Pre- Engineered Metal Roof Modifications" for insulation in metal building wall and roof systems. 1.3 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTALS A. Conformance Submittals will be allowed for products described in this section, and will not require Architect's approval before incorporating the material into the work. 1. Where products in this section are incorporated into the work are exactly as specified, use the "Product Conformance Submittal Form" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." 2. Substitute Products: Where products are proposed for use, but are not as specified, approval of a substitute product is required Use "Submittal For Architect's Action" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" and send to Architect for review and approval. r B. Submit five (5) copies of a complete list of all materials provided in this Section. Include manufacturer's name, catalog numbers, "R" values and reference locations to be installed. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING: All materials must be delivered in original unopened packages with manufacturer's name and contents legibly indicated. Store in a dry, safe enclosed area protected from damage until ready for use. PART2 PRODUCTS •� 2.1 AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified below. 1 2.2 BATT INSULATION (Non- Exposed for Installation in Walls and Enclosed Areas) A. Glass fiber batts enclosed in a continuous vapor retarder envelope: 1 1. Comply with performance requirements of Federal Specification HH- I -521F Type II Class C MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 4 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07200 Page 2 BUILDING INSULATION 2. All products shall carry NAHB Research Foundation Inc. label which represents that samples of the product have been tested and the "R" values stated on the package are accurate and the insulation will perform as stated. 3. Provide fifteen (15) inch width batts (as required by stud spacing) with stapling flange. 4. Use the following: a. "Light Density Thermal Insulation" by Owens- Corning with Kraft vapor retarder, Owens Corning World Headquarters, One Owens Corning Parkway, Toledo, OH 43659, (800) GET -PINK, Fax: (419) 248 -7506, em: answers www.owenscorning.com. b. Glass fiber insulation by Johns - Manville Building Insulation, 717 17 Street, P.O. Box 5108, Denver, CO 80217 5108, (800) 654 3103, Ph: (303) 978 4900, Fx: (303) 978 -2318, em: pic(c�jm.com www.jm.com is also approved. 5. Mineral wool is NOT accepted as a substitute for glass fiber. 1 2.3 BATT INSULATION AT EXPOSED LOCATIONS: A. Faced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A. 1. Furnish with a vapor retarder membrane on 1 face, fabricated with .00225 white PVC vinyl and a .0005 metallized polyester, reinforced with a tri- directional fiberglass scrim. Use material with Flame Spread not exceeding 10 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 2. The vapor retarder facing shall have a water transmission rate of .02 US perm. 3. Tensile strength of vapor retarder shall be 30 lbs. in the machine direction and 20 lbs. in the cross - machine direction, with a beach puncture of 160 scale units. 4. Subject to compliance to the specifications, vapor retarder products that may be used include, but are not limited to the following — a. "WMP- VR -R ", manufactured by Lamtec Corporation, Flanders, New Jersey 07836 -0037, or as approved by Architect. b. "Syseal 9701B Fabric" manufactured by Thermal Design, Inc. Madison, Nebraska 68748 (800) 225 -0776. 2.5 RIGID INSULATION BOARDS A. Provide rigid fiber glass boards with Polypropylene- Scrim -Kraft (PSK) facing. Use products conforming to ASTM C 612 Type II A Category 1, with flame spread of 25 or less, and density of 3.00 pcf. B. Use 2 -1/2 inch minimum thickness (R -10) "Insul- Shield" PSK faced boards manufactured by Johns - Manville Building Insulation. Include suitable impaling pins for attachment. 1 2.4 MASONRY INSULATION (Internal Cavity): Use one of the following A. Two component amino -plast foam insulation rated as Class A building material for use in filling concrete masonry cores Use the following: MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refngeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 07200 Page 3 BUILDING INSULATION 1. "Core -Fill 500" by Tailored Chemical Products, Inc., 3719 1 Avenue SW, P.O. Drawer 4186, Hickory, NC 28603,(800) 627 -1687, Ph: (828) 322 -6512, Fax: (828) 322 -7688, em: info core- fi11500.com, httpi / /www.core- f111500 com, 2. Core Foam Masonry Foam Insulation manufactured by CFIFoam, Inc. Knoxville TN 37939 (800) 656.3626. 3 Equal product approved by the Architect. B. Two component, jobsite -mixed commercial plastic foam wall insulation, aqueous plastic three polymer resin. Use the following: 1. "R -501" manufactured by Polymaster Inc, 10523 Lexington Drive, Knoxville TN 37932, Ph: (865) 966 -3005 or (800) 580 -3626, Fax: (865) 675 -3300, Em: info @polymaster.com, http.polymaster.com, or .� 2. Equal product approved by the Architect. 2.5 FREEZER SLAB INSULATION SYSTEM: A. Use closed cell, extruded polystyrene foam boards. Furnish material meeting ASTM- 0578 Type VII requirements with minimum compressive strength of 60 psi (4,320 psf). Use the following: 1. "Styrofoam Highload 60" by Dow Chemical Company, 2. "Foamular 600" by Owens Corning, or 3. Equal product approved by the Architect. B. Expanded polystyrene, (EPS, or "Beadboard ") insulation will not be considered or permitted. C. Install a nominal thickness of eight inches (8 ") of insulation, in at least two (2) layers, with staggered joints in both directions, or sufficient thickness to get an overall thermal • resistance of R -40. 1 D. Laminated Vapor Retarders: Use product manufactured for use as underslab vapor retarder, 15 mils thick, constructed from a polyolefin geomembrane. Approved vapor retarder materials include, but are not limited to the following: 1. "Stego Wrap" and "Stego Wrap Red Polyethylene Tape ", by Stego Industries, 27442 Calle Arroyo, Suite A, San Juan Capristrano, CA 92675, (877) 464 -7834, Ph: (949) 493 -5460, Fax: (949) 493 -5165, em: matthewblasdel(ahotmail.com, www.stegoindustries.com 2. "Perminator 15" by W.R. Meadows, Inc. P.O. Box 338 300 Industrial Dr., Hampshire, IL 60140, (800) 342 -5976; (847) 683 -4500. www.wrmeadows com. Contact Jim Sullivan, em. norcoe(crosn.com E. Vent Piping: Use Schedule 40 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D 2729, bell- and - spigot ends, for loose joints. 2.6 FASTENERS Staples, zinc - coated wire, and other devices for anchoring insulation shall be approved type furnished by insulation manufacturer or shall be type recommended by insulation manufacturer and approved by the Architect. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Panted on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07200 Page 4 BUILDING INSULATION PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. All work by other trades to be concealed by insulation must be inspected and approved by those having jurisdiction prior to installation of insulation. B. All material shall be stamped or printed with manufacturer's name and identifying grade, type and number. C. Clean surfaces to receive insulation, make sure area is dry before proceeding. Install batts between framing members, fitting snugly at edges and without gaps or voids. Stuff insulation behind pipes, electrical boxes, and into voids created between headers and framing members to assure a complete, continuous thermal (or sound) enclosure for the entire building or area. D. Where thermal insulation is indicated on the drawings to be applied over exterior walls, use "Stic - Clips" or skewer type fasteners installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Where vapor barrier is penetrated by fasteners, seal with approved tape, or as recommended by insulation manufacturer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF BATT INSULATION (Walls) 1 A. Install insulation in walls that are not part of the metal building system. B. Installation of the insulation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions for the specific product. C The vapor retarder on insulation shall face building interior. D. Fit insulation between studs with flanges stapled to either the face of stud or side of stud every 8 -inch to 12 -inch o.c. to prevent gaps in the vapor barrier. E. Do not install insulation over or within 3 -inch of fixtures containing lights, fans or other heat - generating electrical devices. Baffles shall be used to maintain 3 -inch minimum clearance. F. Fit insulation in all framing spaces, including areas behind electrical outlets, piping and other areas, to form a complete insulating blanket around conditioned areas of structure. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF BATT INSULATION (Roof) A. Install insulation in roof areas that are not part of the metal building system. B. Installation of the insulation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions for the specific product. 1 C Vapor retarder on white side of roof insulation shall face building interior D. Fit insulation between joists with flanges stapled to either the face of joist or side of joist 1 every 8 -inch to 12 -inch o.c. to prevent gaps in the vapor barrier. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07200 Page 5 BUILDING INSULATION E. Do not install insulation over or within 3 -inch of fixtures containing lights, fans or other heat - generating electrical devices. Baffles shall be used to maintain 3 -inch minimum clearance. F. Fit insulation in all framing spaces, including areas behind electrical outlets, piping and other areas, to form a complete insulating blanket around conditioned areas of ' structure. G. Provide and install batts full width of truss spacing. Fasten wires at 12 -inch on each truss chord, criss -cross wires from truss to truss. H. Maintain minimum clear air space between insulation and bottom of plywood roof deck, as shown on drawings. Exposed vinyl facing shall not exceed 12- inches from bottom of 1 plywood deck. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF RIGID INSULATION BOARDS ' A. Attach to exposed columns above refrigeration where noted on drawings, with PSK facing to the building interior. B. Use at least five impaling pins for each board, with a pin at each corner approximately 3 inches from the edges, and one at the panel center. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF MASONRY INSULATION (Internal Cavities) A. Fill all masonry cavities not grouted solid. B. Place insulation directly into the masonry cores using methods recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Make fills at any convenient interval without bridging, but the height of any fill shall not I exceed 20 -feet. Rodding or tamping is not necessary D. Block masonry or mortar openings at pilasters and other locations where needed to prevent insulation leakage. Fill weep holes with glass fiber, rope or copper screen to allow moisture drainage but prevent insulation leakage. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF FREEZER SLAB INSULATION ,1 A. Install Freezer Slab Vapor Retarder on granular surface and up sides to top of finished floor slab. B. Install two (2) layers - (each layer is 4- inches) 2 -foot x 8 -foot board, stagger joints in both directions to get overall R -40 value C. Secure both layers together with treated wood skewers at 4 -feet on center. 3.6 LOCATIONS AND THICKNESSES Provide insulation to achieve the following minimum "R" ' values, unless local jurisdictions require greater values, then provide the amount required to meet local codes. A. Sound insulation - 3 -1/2 -inch "Fiberglass Noise Barrier Batts" in walls at Optical Center. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07200 Page 6 BUILDING INSULATION B. Roof - "Flame Spread 25" white metallized polypropylene (fiberglass yarn reinforced) facing and fiberglass batts. C. Wall - "Flame Spread 25" white metallized polypropylene (fiberglass yarn reinforced) • facing and fiberglass batts. 3.7 CLEAN UP: Upon completion of all insulation work, remove all implements of service, tools and excess materials, rubbish, and debris and leave the entire building in a clean, acceptable manner. END OF SECTION 07200 1 1 1 1111 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes sheet metal flashing and trim for the following: 1. Exposed sheet metal flashing, trim, and fasciae. 2. Flashing Accessories. 1.2 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTALS A. Conformance Submittals will be allowed for products described in this section, and will not require Architect's approval before incorporating the material into the work. ' 1. Where products in this section are incorporated into the work are exactly as speci- fied, use the "Product Conformance Submittal Form" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." 2. Substitute Products: Where products are proposed for use, but are not as speci- fled, approval of a substitute product is required. Use "Submittal For Architect's Ac- tion" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" and send to Architect for review and approval. B. Product Data: For each product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other 1 Work. D. Samples: For each exposed finish. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526/A 526M, G 90, commercial steel, or ASTM A 527/A 527M, G 90, lock- forming quality, hot -dip galvanized steel sheet with 0.20 percent copper, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting; not less than 24 gauge (0.0276 inch thick). B Sheet Metal Gauges: Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, use the following minimum gauges for common flashing conditions — 1. Fascia Metal . ......... . .......................... ...22 gauge 2. Counter - flashing ............ 26 gauge 3. Flashings 26 gauge 4 Scuppers 24 gauge 5. Copings up to 12" wide... 24 gauge 6 Copings over 12" wide.... 22 gauge 7. Cleats & Edge Strips . 22 gauge 8. Sill Flashing ............ 26 gauge MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07620 Page 2 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 9. Hanging Gutters Select gauge per SMACNA Architectural Manual 1 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Solder: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, used with rosin flux. 1 B. Fasteners: Same metal as sheet metal flashing or other noncorrosive metal as recom- mended by sheet metal manufacturer Match finish of exposed heads with material be- ing fastened C. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. 1 D. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two -part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam - cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior and interior nonmoving joints, in- cluding riveted joints. E. Adhesives Type recommended by flashing sheet metal manufacturer for waterproof 1 and weather - resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet metal. F. Polyethylene Underlayment: ASTM D 4397, minimum 6 -mil- thick black polyethylene film, resistant to decay when tested according to ASTM E 154. G. Metal Accessories: Use sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar ac- cessory units as required for installation of Work, matching or compatible with material being installed; noncorrosive, size and thickness required for performance. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Sheet Metal Fabrication Standard: Fabricate units to comply with recommendations in 1 SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, mate- rial, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item indicated. B. Fabricate units that fit substrates and result in waterproof and weather - resistant per- formance once installed. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered be- fore fabricating sheet metal C. Form exposed sheet metal without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. D. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. E. Expansion Provisions: Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints al- lowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expan- sion provisions in Work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). F. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elas- tomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 . 1 SECTION 07620 Page 3 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM G. Separate "metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact with asphalt mastic or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. • H. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of sheet metal exposed to public view. 1 I. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as sheet metal component being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended by sheet metal manufacturer 1. Size Cleats and clips as recommended by SMACNA manual or sheet metal manu- facturer for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured. PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLATION • A. General: 1 1. Unless otherwise indicated, install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." 2. Anchor units of Work securely in place, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indi- cated. Install Work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. Install exposed units that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form I hems. C. Install units to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather - resistant perform - I ante. D. Expansion Provisions: Accommodate thermal expansion of exposed sheet metal. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of - 'I corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weatherproof and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (con - cealed within joints) E. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1 -1/2 inches, except where pret- finned surface would show in finished Work 1. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed 1 surfaces. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07620 Page 4 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM F. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate elas- tomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. Fill joint with sealant and form metal to completely conceal sealant. 1. Use joint adhesive for nonmoving joints specified not to be soldered. 1 G. Seams. Install flat -lock seams at nonmoving seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. ' H. Separations: Separate metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with asphalt mastic or other perma- nent separation as recommended by manufacturer. I. Install reglets to receive counterflashing according to the following requirements: 1. Where reglets are shown in masonry, EIFS, or other construction, select appropri- ate reglet configuration to assure a weathertight installation. J. Counterflashings: Coordinate installation of counterflashings with installation of assem- , blies to be protected by counterflashing. Install counterflashings in reglets or receivers. Secure in a waterproof manner by means of snap -in installation and sealant, lead wedges and sealant, interlocking folded seam, or blind rivets and sealant. Lap counter - flashing joints a minimum of 2 inches and bed with sealant K. Roof - Drainage System: Install drainage items fabricated from sheet metal, with straps, adhesives, and anchors recommended by SMACNA's Manual or the item manufacturer, to drain roof in the most efficient manner. Coordinate roof -drain flashing installation with roof - drainage system installation. Coordinate flashing and sheet metal items for steep - sloped roofs with roofing installation. L. Overhead - Piping Safety Pans: 'Suspend pans from pipe and install drain line to plumb- ing waste or drain line. M. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate equipment support flashing installation with roofing and equipment installation. Weld or seal flashing to equipment support mem- ber. 1 N. Roof - Penetration Flashing: Coordinate roof - penetration flashing installation with roofing and installation of items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows 1. Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping with flashing. 2 Seal and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof, other than lead flashing on vent piping. O Splash Pans: Install where downspouts discharge on low- sloped roofs, unless other- wise indicated. Set in roof cement or sealant compatible with roofing membrane. P. Install continuous gutter screens on gutters with noncorrosive fasteners, arranged as hinged units to swing open for cleaning gutters MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 111 SECTION 07620 Page 5 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Q. Immediately after installation, clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. '1 END OF SECTION 07620 PI 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 07620 Page 6 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1 (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1 A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following applications. 1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. ' 2. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 3. Interior joints in vertical surfaces. B. See Division 3 Section "Concrete Floor Slab Joints and Fillers" for filling joints in floor ' slabs. C. See Division 8 Section "Glass and Glazing" for glazing sealants. 111 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight 1 continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.3 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTALS A Conformance Submittals will be allowed for products described in this section, and will not require Architect's approval before incorporating the material into the work. ' 1. Where products in this section are incorporated into the work are exactly as specified, use the "Product Conformance Submittal Form" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." 2. Substitute Products: Where products are proposed for use, but are not as specified, approval of a substitute product is required. Use "Submittal For Architect's Action" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" and send to Architect for review and approval. 1 B. Product Data: For each joint - sealant product indicated. C. Preconstruction field test reports. D. Compatibility and adhesion test reports. . ' E. Product certificates. F. Samples For each type and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6 -inch- long strips of material 1 matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants to joint- sealant manufacturers for testing according to ASTM C 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 111 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07920 Page 2 JOINT SEALANTS techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. B. Preconstruction Field- Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastomeric sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates according to the method in ASTM C 1193 that is appropriate for the types of Project joints. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other 111 requirements specified in this Section within two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those listed in PART 2 and PART 3 of this Section. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. C. Joint Substrates: Provide sealants suitable for Uses M (mortar), G (glass), A (aluminum), and 0 (other), selected to be appropriate for actual conditions. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS 1 A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid- applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B. Stain - Test - Response Characteristics: Where elastomenc sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. C Suitability for Contact with Food Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. 1 2.4 PREFORMED JOINT SEALANTS MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ' SECTION 07920 Page 3 JOINT SEALANTS A. Preformed Foam Sealant: Manufacturer's standard mildew- resistant, nonmigratory, nonstaining, preformed, precompressed, open -cell foam sealant that is manufactured ' from high- density urethane foam impregnated with a nondrying, water - repellent agent. 1. Available Products: a. Emseal 25V by EMSEAL Joint Systems, Ltd., 23 Bridle Lane, Suite 3, Westboro, MA 01581 -2603, (800) 526 -8365, Ph: (508) 836 -0280, Fax. (508) 836 -0281, em: techinfo @emseal.com, www.emseal.com. ' b. Polytite B or Polytite Standard by Polytite Manufacturing Corporation, 324 Rindge Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02140, (800) 776 -0930, Ph: (617) 864 -0930, Fax: (617) 864 -9006, em: info @polytite.com, www.polytite.com. ' c. Density: 10 lb/cu. ft.. 2.5 JOINT - SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. ' B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings. ASTM C 1330, Type C closed -cell material with a surface skin, Type 0 open -cell material, Type B bicellular material with a surface skin, or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint - sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: ' 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint- sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint - sealant- substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. 1 C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 31 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of ' joint sealant. B. Joint Priming. Prime joint substrates, based on preconstruction joint - sealant- substrate tests or prior experience Apply primer to comply with joint- sealant manufacturer's MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 111 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 07920 Page 4 JOINT SEALANTS written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. B. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. C. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. D Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure.5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. E. Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants: Install each length of sealant immediately 1 after removing protective wrapping, taking care not to pull or stretch material, producing seal continuity at ends, turns, and intersections of joints. For applications at low ambient temperatures where expansion of sealant requires acceleration to produce seal, apply heat to sealant in compliance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions. F. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.3 SEALANTS AT EXTERIOR JOINTS 1 A. Exterior horizontal traffic and nontraffic contraction joints in cast -in -place concrete pavement, slabs, and curb /bench elements: Use Multicomponent Pourable Urethane Sealant MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 r 111 SECTION 07920 Page 5 JOINT SEALANTS 1. Available Products: a. Sikaflex — 2c SL by Sika Corporation, Inc., 201 Polito Avenue, Lyndhurst, NJ 07071, (800) 933 -SIKA, Ph. (201) 933 -8800, Fax: (201) 804 -1076, Rmontanil @compuserve.com, www.sikaUSA.com b. SL 2 by Sonneborn /Chem Rex, 889 Valley Park Drive, Shakopee, MN 55379- ' 1854, (800) 433 -9517, Ph: (952) 496 -6000, Fax: (800) 496 -6067, em: messagecenter @chemrex.com, www.ChemRex.com 2. Type and Grade: P (pourable). ' 3. Uses Related to Exposure: T (traffic). 4. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. B. Exterior vertical construction joints in precast and cast -in -place concrete: Use Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant: ' 1. Available Products: a. Sikaflex - 2c NS TG by Sika Corporation, Inc. ' b. NP 2 bySonneborn /ChemRex 2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: NT nontraffic. C. Exterior vertical control and expansion joints in unit masonry: Use Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant:. 1. Available Products: a. Sikaflex 2c NS TG by Sika Corporation, Inc.. b. NP 2 by Sonneborn /ChemRex. 2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). 1 3. Class: 25. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: NT nontraffic. 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates ' indicated, O. D. Exterior joints in Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) — See elastomeric joint sealant descriptions in Division 7 "Exterior Insulation and Finish System" 1 E Other Exterior Joints In Surface Conditions Not Listed Above Furnish and install appropriate sealants at exterior joints in horizontal and vertical surfaces, where shown ' on the drawings, and where otherwise necessary to make the construction weather - tight, sound resistant, and preventing the passage of air, gasses, or moisture through the construction. 1 3.4 SEALANTS FOR INTERIOR JOINTS A. Vertical control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls — Use Latex Joint Sealant complying with ASTM C 834, Type P, Grade NF. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07920 Page 6 JOINT SEALANTS 1. Available Products: a. AC -20+ by Pecora Corporation, 165 Wambold Road, Harleysville, PA 19438, 111 (800) 664 -7903, Ph: (215) 799 -7528, Fax: (215) 721 -0286, em: hallidayk @pecora.com, www.pecora.com. b. Sonalac by Sonneborn /ChemRex. B. Interior perimeter joints of exterior openings — Use Latex Joint Sealant complying with ASTM C 834, Type P, Grade NF. 1. Available Products: , a. AC -20 +by Pecora Corporation b. Sonolac by Sonneborn /ChemRex Inc. C. Interior joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters -Use Single- Component Mildew- Resistant Acid - Curing Silicone Sealant: Use white color at porcelain fixtures, grey color at stainless steel, or other color appropriate for fixture color. 1. Available Products: a. 786 Mildew Resistant by Dow Corning Corporation, 2200 Salzburg Road, P.O. Box 0994, Midland, MI 48686 -0994, (800) 634 -9660, Ph: (989) 496 -4000, Fax: (989) 496 -8026, www.dowcorning.com b Sanitary SCSI 700 by GE Silicones, 260 Hudson River Road, Building 25, Waterford, NY 12100, (800) 255 -8886, Ph: (518) 233 -3251, Fax. (518) 233- 3931, www.ge.com /silicones 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT. 1 D. Joints in interior concrete floor curbs at freezers and coolers — Use Single- Component Mildew - Resistant Acid- Curing Clear Silicone Sealant: 1. Available Products. a. 786 Mildew Resistant by Dow Corning Corporation b. Sanitary SCSI 700 by GE Silicones. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). E. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors — Use Latex Joint Sealant complying with ASTM C 834, Type P, Grade NF. 1. Available Products: a. AC -20+ by Pecora Corporation b. Sonolac by Sonneborn /ChemRex Inc. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' SECTION 07920 Page 7 JOINT SEALANTS F. Other Interior Joints In Surface Conditions Not Listed Above: Furnish and install appropriate sealants at interior joints in horizontal and vertical surfaces where shown on the drawings, and where otherwise necessary to make the construction attractive in appearance, sound resistant, and preventing the passage of air, sound, or moisture through the construction. 1 END OF SECTION 07920 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigerat on Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 07920 Page 8 JOINT SEALANTS (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) ( g y ank) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 . 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 09770 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS (FRPP) PART 1. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Section Includes: Sanitary Wall Surfacing in Food preparation areas and in other areas of construction for wall protection 1.2 RELATED WORK (In Other Sections) A. Division 6 "Miscellaneous Carpentry" for plywood substrate. ' B. Division 9 "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for gypsum board and gypsum fiber board substrate. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1 A. Performance Requirements: Provide fiberglass reinforced plastic panels which have been manufactured and installed to maintain performance criteria stated by 1 manufacturer without defects, damage or failure. 1.4 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTALS A. Conformance Submittals will be allowed for products described in this section, and will not require Architect's approval before incorporating the material into the work. 1 1. Where products in this section are incorporated into the work are exactly as specified, use the "Product Conformance Submittal Form" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." 2. Substitute Products: Where products are proposed for use, but are not as ' specified, approval of a substitute product is required. Use "Submittal For Architect's Action" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" and send to Architect for review and approval. 1 B. Submit listed submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 Submittal Procedures Section 1 1. Product Data. Submit product data, including manufacturer's product sheet, for specified products. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles and product components, including anchorage, accessories, finish colors, patterns and textures. Indicate location and dimension of joints and fastener attachment. 3. Samples Submit selection and verification samples for finishes, colors and textures Submit 2 samples of each type of panel, trim and fastener Submit two (2) ' samples of each panel and color specified to Architect for review. 4. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit the following: 5. Test Reports: Certified test reports showing compliance with specified ' performance characteristics and physical properties 6 Certificates. Product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics, criteria and physical requirements MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 09770 Page 2 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS (FRPP) 7. Manufacturer's Instructions Manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Qualifications: Installer Qualifications: Installer should be experienced in performing work of this section and should have specialized in installation of work similar to that required for this project. B. Regulatory Requirements: Provide wall panels with USDA acceptance for use in federally inspected food plants, and U.L. labeled as Class "A ", flame spread not exceeding 20. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING 1 A. General: Comply with Division 01 Product Requirements Sections. B. Ordering: Comply with manufacturer's ordering instructions and lead time requirements to avoid construction delays. C. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. Package sheets on skids or pallets for shipment to project site. D. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer. Store panels indoors in a dry place at the project site. E. Handling: Remove foreign matter from face of panel by using a soft bristle brush, avoiding abrasive action. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS 1 A. Environmental Requirements: 1 Installation shall not begin until building is enclosed, permanent heating and cooling equipment is in operation, and residual moisture from concrete or other work has dissipated. 2. During installation, and for not less than 48 hours before, maintain an ambient temperature and relative humidity within limits required by type of adhesive used and recommendation of adhesive manufacturer. 3. Provide ventilation to disperse fumes during application of adhesive as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. B Field Measurements: Verify actual measurements /openings by field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on shop drawings Coordinate field measurements and fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid construction delays. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Project Warranty: Refer to Conditions of the Contract for project warranty provisions MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 111 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' SECTION 09770 Page 3 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS (FRPP) ' B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by authorized company official Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owner may have under Contract Documents. 1. Warranty Period: Five (5) years commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS (FRPP) 1 A. General Use: Sanitary Wall Surfacing in food preparation areas and in other areas for wall protection. ' 1. Crane Composites, Inc. - Joliet Sales Office, PO Box 2429, Joilet, IL 60434; Telephone (800) 435 -0080, (815) 467 -8600; Fax: (815) 467 -8666; website: www.glasbord.com. 2. Contact Gary Kennedy; Telephone (541) 504 -9850, Fax (815) 467 -8666; E -mail: gkennedy @cranecomposites.com. B. Use Kemlite Fire -X Glasbord Fiberglass Panels with "Surfaseal" Surface Protection: 1. Color #85 White. 2. Rating: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) classified, Class I (A) Interior Finish Material. 3. Size: 4 feet x 8 feet (1.2 x 2.4 m) or 4 feet x 10 feet (1.2 x 3.0 m). C. No other material will be considered or accepted for substitution. 2.2 ACCESSORIES ' A. Adhesive: Provide panel adhesive as recommended by panel manufacturer. B. Trim and Seam Treatment: Crane Kemlite extruded PVC corner moldings, division bars, ' end trim and cap. C. No other accessories will be considered or accepted for substitution. PART 3. EXECUTION ' 3 1 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, product catalog installation instructions and product carton instructions for ' installation. 3.2 EXAMINATION ' A Site Verification of Conditions: Verify that substrate conditions, which have been previously installed under other sections, are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard. Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 09770 Page 4 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS (FRPP) 1. Examine backup surfaces to determine that corners are plumb and straight, 111 surfaces are smooth, uniform, clean and free from foreign matter, nails are countersunk and joints and cracks are filled flush and smooth with the adjoining surface. 1 2. Do not begin installation until backup surfaces are in satisfactory condition. 3.3 INSTALLATION 1. Cut and drill panels with carbide tipped saw blades or drill bits, or cut with snips. 2. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints. 3. For trowel type and application of adhesive, follow adhesive manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Use products acceptable to panel manufacturer and install FRPP system in accordance with panel manufacturer's printed instructions. 1 3.4 CLEANING A Cleaning: Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. Repair 1 or replace products that have been installed and are damaged. 1. Remove any adhesive or excessive sealant from panel face using solvent or cleaner recommended by panel manufacturer. 2. Use a clean, damp, nonabrasive cotton cloth and a mild liquid detergent or household cleaner. 3. Rinse with clean water using a clean, nonabrasive cotton cloth. 4. Dry panels with a soft, clean nonabrasive cotton cloth. 5. Do not use cleaners containing acid, alkali or sodium hypochlorite. 3 5 PROTECTION 1 A. Protection: Protect installed product and finish surfaces from damage during construction. END OF SECTION 09770 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 09900 1 PAINTING ' PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. B. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to 1 shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. C. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or I material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces If a color of finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors ' and finishes available. D. Painting includes field painting of exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron supports, and surfaces of mechanical ' and electrical equipment that do not have a factory - applied final finish. E. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating PI parts, and labels. 1. Concealed surfaces include walls or ceilings in the following generally inaccessible spaces: 1 a. Furred areas. b. Ceiling plenums. 1 2. Finished metal surfaces include the following: a. Anodized aluminum. b. Stainless steel. c. Chromium plate. d. Interior surfaces of overhead coiling (roll -up) doors. ' 3 Operating parts include moving parts of operating equipment and the following: a. Valve and damper operators. ' b. Linkages. c. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. ' 4. Labels: Do not paint over UL, FMG, or other code - required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 1.2 RELATED WORK (In Other Sections). Coordinate related work specified in other Sections 1 of the Specifications, including, but not limited to the following. A. Division 5 for shop priming of structural and miscellaneous metal fabrications. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 09900 Page 2 PAINTING B. Division 7 "Water Repellent" for spray - applied water repellent on exterior walls. i C. Division 8 "Standard Steel Doors and Frames" for shop priming of steel doors and Frames 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Definitions: The term "paint," as used herein, includes enamels, paints, stains, sealers, fillers, emulsions, and other coatings whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. B. Qualifications of Painters: Use only qualified expert professional painters or finishers for the mixing and application of paint. In the rejection of installed painting, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of painters. 1. Upon request, furnish in writing the painting subcontractor's qualifications testing to 1 past satisfactory experience in painting work of not less than the scope of this project. 2. The painting subcontractor shall maintain a crew of painters throughout duration of the Work, who shall be qualified to fully satisfy the requirements of this Specification. 3. No work in this Section shall be sublet without the written consent of the Owner and Architect. C. Responsibility 1. For all work in this section, painter is responsible for expected results from materials and methods specified. 2. Painter is responsible for the surfaces to which paint is applied, and after application of same. Excuse of improper surfaces will not be accepted. 3. In all work covered by the painter, and especially in the case of plaster painting, go over the work after completion and repair all damaged spots, whether due to defective materials or workmanship or defects of the surfaces covered. Apply necessary additional coats of paint to cover all spots, uneven coverage, and discoloration of every sort. 4. Painter is responsible for compatibility of all coats of paint and finish. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Within thirty (30) days after start of construction, and before paint materials are delivered to the job site, prepare and submit to the Architect, in accordance with the provisions of Section 01330, the following 1 Submit samples in ample time to permit proper consideration, and in all cases, before the material to be painted or stained and varnished is ready for finishing. 2. Submit three brush out paint samples, approximately 8" x 12" for each opaque finish to demonstrate color, texture and gloss for each type of paint scheduled and selected for use in the project. Submit samples on illustration board, with each coat lapped and exposed, shingle fashion, for identification. Submit color samples made up from numbers indicated on the Drawings and or the Specifications to the Architect for approval. 3. Submit natural, stain and varnish finishes for each type of finish, prepared on the exact species of wood to be used in the work. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' SECTION 09900 Page 3 PAINTING ' 4. One of each of the approved samples will be returned to the Contractor for jobsite comparison purposes. 5. The Architect cannot and will not review or return submittals for paint or for any other material requiring color selection until ALL items requiring color selection are submitted by the Contractor and are available to the Architect for review. 6. Do not start work before receiving Architect's approval of materials and selection of ' colors. 1.5 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTALS A. Conformance Submittals will be allowed for products described in this section, and will not require Architect's approval before incorporating the material into the work. 1. Where products in this section are incorporated into the work are exactly as specified, use the "Product Conformance Submittal Form" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures.' 2. Substitute Products: Where products are proposed for use, but are not as ' specified, approval of a substitute product is required. Use "Submittal For Architect's Action" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" and send to Architect for review and approval. B. Manufacturer's Product Information: 1. Submit a complete list of all proposed materials with manufacturer's product data for each type of material proposed for use. 2. Accompanying the materials list, submit current recommended methods of application published by the manufacturer for the proposed materials and substrates. 3. Provide written certification that all products comply with current EPA VOC criteria and air pollution regulations. ' 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver all paint materials to the job site in their original unopened containers, with all labels and tags intact and legible at the time of use. ' B. Storage and Handling ' 1. Store only the approved materials at the job site, and store only in a suitable and designated area restricted to the storage of paint materials and related equipment. Protect from freezing and intrusion of foreign matter 2. Use all means necessary to ensure the safe storage and use of paint materials and the prompt and safe disposal of waste. 3. Protect paint materials before, during, and after application. Protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. ' 4. Remedy any damage to the storage area caused by the storage of paint. C. Fire Hazard and Safety 1 Every day upon stopping work, remove oily rags, empty containers and other rubbish produced by the painting and finishing work, from the building. 2. Ventilate storage areas; comply with all regulations of the governing authorities. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 • 1 SECTION 09900 Page 4 PAINTING D. Combustible and /or Toxic Materials 1. Where toxic materials, and both toxic and combustible solvents are used, take appropriate precautions, as a regular procedure, to conform to the manufacturer's recommendations and to the requirements of the applicable safety regulatory agencies. 2. Provide ventilation and take protective measures to conform to the requirements of the safety regulatory agencies when applying acid etch coating or solutions and toxic materials. 1.7 EXTRA STOCK: Upon completion of the work, deliver to the Owner an extra stock of paint equaling 5 gallons of each color used in each coating material used. Provide extra stock in tightly sealed, clearly labeled containers, indicating application location, paint type and number. 1.8 SPECIAL WARRANTIES A. During the bidding phase, contact the paint manufacturer's representative to verify Special Warranty procedures, and to schedule inspections before paint work starts, and after painting is completed. B. Furnish special warranties in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace exterior paint where products fail in material or application workmanship within the periods specified below - 1. Furnish a ten (10) -year warranty on paint and elastomeric coatings applied to concrete and concrete masonry unit walls, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace paint or elastomeric coatings that fail within this period. Failures include, but are not limited to adhesion to the substrate, water penetration through the coating. 2. Furnish a seven (7) -year warranty in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace paint at Graphic Building Stripe and Logo, painted signage, and exterior metals if color difference due to fading exceeds 5 "delta -E Units" when measured according to ASTM D2244 "Calculation of Color Differences From Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates" using CIEDE2000 color difference equation. C. The warranties shall not apply to those items where defect arise from faulty work by other trades, or for failure of the substrate. D. The warranty periods shall extend from the date of final completion of the project, and include replacement materials and installation labor. PART2 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of 1 the following: 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ' SECTION 09900 Page 5 PAINTING ' THE SHERWIN - WILLIAMS COMPANY Cleveland, OH (800) 743-7946 www.sherwin - williams.com Contact: Ed Stein Ph: (888) 731 -7379, cell phone (509) 994 -6394 ' ICI PAINTS 554 East End Drive Holland MI 49423 www.iciduluxpaints.com Contact: Kevin Lastacy, CSI Ph: (616) 335 -3259, FAX (616) 335 -3401 ' E -Mail: Kevin_lastacy @ici.com PPG ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES, INC. Pittsburgh, PA ' (800) 441 -9695; (412) 434 -3131 www.ppq.com Contact: Raymond Nicholson Ph: (800) 266- 5143 -5236, cell phone (360) 281 -9834 B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best - quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint - material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. C. Material Compatibility ' ' 1. All paint materials and equipment shall be compatible in use, with finish coats compatible with prime coats; prime coats compatible with surface to be coated; and ' all tools and equipment compatible with the coating to be applied. 2. Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and • application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field ' experience. 3 Thinners, when used, shall be only those thinners recommended for that purpose by the manufacturer of the material to be thinned. Do thinning according to ' manufacturer's printed instructions. D. Color: Color of all paints and products shall be per approved samples, as prepared by • matching color as selected by Architect. E. Paint Material Schedules: 1 Basis -of- Design Product Specification: The lists of paint materials below are to establish the finish and paint types. For purpose of brevity, the lists were limited to only including products by The Sherwin- Williams Company to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, ' physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics.. 2 Equal or comparable products are manufactured by ICI Paints and PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 09900 Page 6 PAINTING 2.2 INTERIOR PAINT MATERIALS A. Concrete Masonry Units -- Semi Gloss Enamel (SG) 1. Sherwin - Williams: a First Coat - Heavy Duty Block Filler, B42W46 b. Second & Third Coats - ProMar 200 Int. Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel, (4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat). B. Un- galvanized and Galvanized Steel Metals -- Includes paint on steel door frames, stairs, white primed miscellaneous metalwork; angles, rails, steel ladders, and other exposed and unfinished steel surfaces. 1. Sherwin- Williams: a. First Coat - DTM Acrylic Primer / Finish B66W1 b. Second & Third Coats - ProMar 200 Int. Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel, (4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat). 1 2. Color to match Sherwin - Williams SW 7030 "Anew Gray" C. Gypsum Wallboard -- Semi -Gloss Enamel (SG) 1. Sherwin - Williams: a. First Coat - Preprite 400 Interior Latex Wall Primer B28W400, (4 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry). b. Second & Third Coats - ProMar 200 Int. Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel, (4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat). 2. Color of general wallboard applications - Color to match Sherwin- Williams SW 7003 "Toque White" 3. Color of wallboard inside of Optical Center Reception and Exam Rooms - Color to match Sherwin- Williams SW6107, "Nomadic Desert" D. Mechanical and Electrical Equipment -- Enamel (SG): 1 1. Sherwin- Williams: a. First Coat - DTM Acrylic Primer/ Finish B66 1 b Second & Third Coats - - ProMar 200 Int. Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel, (4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat). E Woodwork, Cart Rails, Wood Trim and Wood Doors -- Varnish (Sand before and after all coats): 1. Sherwin - Williams: 1 a. First and Second Coats - Wood Classics Polyurethane Varnish A67 Series. 2 3 PAINT STRIPPER MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2108 SECTION 09900 Page 7 PAINTING ' A. Where surface preparation methods described herein do not prepare existing coatings to receive new paint, remove the existing coatings with the following product. Select the most efficient material that does not negatively affect interior air quality and is the least harmful to the environment. 1. Sherwin - Williams Solvent based Savogran Superstrip. 2. Sherwin- Williams: Environment safe Savogran Stripeeze. 1 3. Diedrich: 505. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Inspection 1. Prior to application of paint, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades ' and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. Painter shall determine that substrates are in perfect condition to receive paint 2. Verify that all paiht finishes can be applied in strict accordance with all pertinent 1 codes and regulations and the requirements of this Specification. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancies, either the surfaces are not clean, dry, smooth and at proper temperature or surfaces and installation conditions are not within acceptable ranges, immediately notify the Contractor and the Architect. Cease operation of the portion of the work affected. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancies until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. ' 3. The application of paint indicates acceptance of the surface and working conditions. The painter is responsible for the results. C. Protection 1 1. Prior to all surface preparation and painting operations, completely mask, remove, or otherwise adequately protect all hardware, accessories, machined surfaces, ' plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted surfaces but not scheduled to receive paint. Replace same upon completion. Remove doors, if necessary, to paint bottom and top edge 2. Protect all work from damage by use of drop cloths. 1 3.2 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A General ' 1. Schedule all cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is being generated or where dust may be generated during the drying time 2. Before applying paint or other surface treatment, thoroughly clean all surfaces involved Select proper surface preparations as recommended by the paint MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 09900 Page 8 PAINTING manufacturer and specified herein to ensure coating adhesion to the substrate. Take into account the substrate and environment. 3. Spot prime all exposed nails and other metals which are to be painted with emulsion paints, using a primer recommended by the manufacturer of the coating system 1 B. Preparation of Interior Wood Surfaces 1. Sand all surfaces smooth, with the grain. 2. Correct all surface blemishes and clean of dust before coating. 3. Lightly sand enamel and varnish finishes between coats to a dull surface. 4. Prepare all wood doors per door manufacturers recommendations and AWI Standards. C. Preparation of Galvanized Metal Surfaces 1. Allow to weather prior to coating. Solvent clean per SSP. -SP1, then prime as required. 2. When weathering is not possible or surface has been treated with chromates or silicates, first clean with Sherwin Williams CSG Clean & Etch 180 -2958, prime as required and apply a test area of coating. Allow the coating to dry at least one week before testing. If adhesion is poor, brush blast per SSP. -SP7 to remove treatments. D. Preparation of Steel and Other Metals 1 Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be coated. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface - applied protection before surface preparation and coating. a. After completing coating operations, reinstall items that were removed; use workers skilled in the trades involved. 2. Cleaning: Before applying high - performance coatings, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning 3 Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove primers and reprime substrate. 4. Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with SSPC recommendations. a. Blast -clean steel surfaces as recommended by coating manufacturer and according to SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat before priming. c. Touch up bare areas and shop - applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire brush, solvent clean, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. 5. Zinc, lead and copper requiring paint are to be cleaned with commercial pre - treating solution or solution consisting of four (4) ounces of copper sulphate in one (1) gallon of water. Permit solution to dry on surface not less than twelve (12) MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' SECTION 09900 Page 9 PAINTING hours, and dust off with stiff brush. Follow manufacturer's directions for pre - treating solution. 6. Paint refrigeration condenser platform, exposed piping and all exposed metal at roof top level. E. Preparation of Concrete ' 1. Concrete must be cured, poured and aged at a material temperature for at least 30 days prior to coating application. The pH of the surface should be between 6 and 9. 2. Concrete must be free of moisture. If moisture is present, the source must be ' located and the cause corrected prior to painting. 3. Remove all grease, dirt, loose paint, oil, tar, glaze, laitance, efflorescence, loose mortar, and cement by recommended methods. 4. Grind or stone hollow areas, bug holes, honeycombs, voids, fins, form marks, and all protrusions and rough edges to a smooth, continuous surface of suitable texture for proper adhesion of the coating. Fill imperfections with a material compatible with the coatings where necessary. ' 5. Remove all hardeners, sealers, form release agents, curing compounds and other concrete treatments which are incompatible with the coatings, from areas to receive coatings. On tilt -up and poured -in -place concrete, use commercial detergents and or abrasive blasting to prepare the surface. ' 6. Air, surface, and material temperature must be at least 55 degrees F during application and until the paint coating is cured. F. Preparation of Concrete Masonry Units 1. Remove all loose mortar and foreign material. Fill all bug holes, air pockets, and all other voids with a cement patching compound compatible with the paint coating. I 2. The masonry must be cured for at least 30 days at 75 degrees F and the pH of the surface should be between 6 and 9. 3. Surfaces must be free of laitance, dust, dirt, loose cement at time of paint ' application. G. Preparation of Gypsum Wallboard ' 1. Set and spackle all nail and screw heads. Spackle exterior surfaces with exterior grade compounds. 2. Sand all taped joints and speckled nail heads smooth. 3. Drywall must be clean and dry and all dust thoroughly removed at time of paint 1 application. H. Previously Coated Surfaces 1 1 To prepare tightly adhered old painted surfaces for repainting, remove all surface contamination such as oil, grease, loose paint, mill scale dirt, foreign matter, rust, mold, mildew, mortar, efflorescence, and sealers to assure sound bonding.. 11 2 . Thoroughly wash glossy surfaces with an abrasive cleanser or wash and sand to achieve a clean and dull surface before repainting. 3 Spot prime all bare areas with an appropriate primer 4 Check for compatibility by applying a test patch of the recommended coating system, covering at least 2 to 3 square feet. Allow to dry one week before testing adhesion per ASTM D 3359 If the coating system is incompatible, use surface preparation methods outlined in ASTM D4259. ' MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 09900 Page 10 PAINTING I. Work Not to be Painted 1 1. Concealed surfaces: Inside duct shafts pipe crawl spaces, plenums, spaces above suspended acoustical ceilings. 2. Pre - finished items: Natural wood structure, laminated plastic faced doors and casework, light fixtures, prefabricated equipment, and similar items. 3. Finished surfaces: Anodized aluminum, glass, stainless steel, chromium plating, copper, brass, door and cabinet hardware, unless otherwise specified or scheduled. 4. Moving and operating parts. Door and cabinet hardware, closers, hinges and strikes, mechanical and electrical parts such as electrical receptacles, connections, switches and cover plates, operators, fire protection sprinkler heads, smoke detectors and building service devices. 5. Labels: All code - required labels such as Underwriters Laboratories Inc., or Factory Mutual Research Corporation, identification plates, instruction plates, performance rating nomenclature. 6. Signs: Wall and door mounted room identification and building directional signs. 3.3 PAINT APPLICATION 1 A. General 1. Read and follow label directions for product application. 2. Apply interior finish coats with brush or roller. 3. Coverage to be complete. When color, stain, dirt or undercoats show through final coat of paint, work is to be covered by additional coats until paint is of uniform color and appearance and coverage is complete. Coat under final coat to be noticeably lighter than final coat. 4. Apply paint using methods to achieve a uniform painted appearance, smooth and free from runs, sags, skips and defective brushing. Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors sharp and clean without overlapping. Should workmanship of finish be found defective, repeat preparatory work and apply additional coats as necessary to provide a finish in accordance with Specifications and color samples. 5. No copper surfaces or unpainted pipe or steel shall be left in contact with or exposed to weather above the galvalume roof panels, which would cause galvanic action between the two (2) materials. 6. At completion, touch -up and restore finish where damaged or defaced, and leave in first class condition. Remove paint stains completely from finished work. Painted or finished surfaces cut in fitting or erection are to be restored. B. Environmental Conditions 1. Exterior painting to be performed when surface to receive coating temperature is between 50 - 120 degrees F, no hotter or colder. Do no painting when the relative humidity exceeds 85 %. 2. Maintain interior temperature at 50° F or higher during interior painting. Maintain interior temperature at 70° F or higher when applying varnish. 3. Allow ample time for drying, for all coatings and conditions, to secure the best possible results Paint shall dry hard between coats; allow two to seven days 1 3.4 COVERAGE MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 ' SECTION 09900 Page 11 PAINTING A. Color intensity of painted surfaces may require additional coats of paint to cover. See Finish Schedule for color name and number. Paint surfaces and areas to cover at no extra cost to the Owner. B. All painted gypsum wallboard to have two (2) or more coats of paint as required to cover. C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner 1 END OF SECTION 09900 ,1 1 1 1 1 1 ,1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 1 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 09900 Page 12 PAINTING 111 (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 10440 INTERIOR PANEL SIGNS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY , 1 A. This section includes framed plastic panel signs, with raised graphic symbols, letters and Braille text. B. Related sections include the following: 1. Division 1 "Temporary Construction Facilities" for project identification signs. 1 , 2. Division 16 "Lighting" for Illuminated Exit Signs. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ICC /ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Useable Buildings and Facilities. B. USATBCB - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG). 1 4 CONFORMANCE SUBMITTALS ' A. Conformance Submittals will be allowed for products described in this section, and will not require Architect's approval before incorporating the material into the work. 1. Where products in this section are incorporated into the work are exactly as specified, use the "Product Conformance Submittal Form" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." 2. Substitute Products: Where products are proposed for use, but are not as specified, approval of a substitute product is required. Use "Submittal For Architect's Action" included in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" and send to Architect for review and approval. B. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each sign type. 11 . 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Sign manufacturer shall not have less than ten (10) years f experience in the manufacturing of architectural and Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) signs of the type specified herein. B. Installer Qualifications. Performed by installers specialized and experienced in work similar to that required for this project. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 10440 Page 2 INTERIOR PANEL SIGNS C. Source Limitations: Obtain each sign type in this section from a single source manufacturer. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Guidelines and with local code provisions as adopted by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the work include but are not limited to the following manufacturers. 1. Kroy "Criterion" Series, manufactured by Kroy Sign Systems, 15455 N. Greenway / Hayden Loop C -17, Scottsdale, Arizona, 85260; Telephone (800) 950 -5769; Fax ' (800) 916 -3212; Web www.kroysignsystems.com. 2. Best "HC300" series, manufactured by Best Sign Systems, 1202 N. Park Avenue, P.O. Box 577, Montose, CO 81402 -0577, Ph. (800) 235 -BEST or (970) 249 - BEST, Fax: (970) 249 -0223, www.bestsiqns.com, 2.2 PANEL SIGNS AND FRAMES A Provide manufacturer's standard products with the following features: 1. Fabricate face panel from rigid plastic, with letters and Braille text raised 1/32 inch, in colors contrasting with background. 2. Use square edge sign, with 0.50" inch radius corner frames. 3. Furnish in manufacturer's standard sign and letter colors, as selected by Architect. 2.3 ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Use nominal 8 inch wide, 4 or 8 inches high, (height appropriate for the sign content) signs with text and field colors as selected by Architect. Furnish signs with text for the identified rooms, with text heights appropriate for the sign width. 1. "Janitor" 2. "Electrical Room" PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and in compliance with the manufacturer's written instructions 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion and other defects in appearance. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 10440 Page 3 INTERIOR PANEL SIGNS 2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of the door. B. Wall Mounted Panel Signs. Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using the methods indicated below 1. Foam -Tape Mounting: Use double- sided foam tape to mount signs to smooth, non - porous surfaces. • 2. Mechanical Fasteners: Use non - removable mechanical fasteners placed through predrilled holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate as recommended by the sign manufacturer. 3. Bracket - Mounted Units: Provide manufacturer's standard brackets, fittings and hardware as appropriate for mounting signs that project at right angles from walls and ceilings. Attach brackets and fittings securely to walls and ceilings with ,„% concealed fasteners and anchoring devices to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturers written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by owner. END OF SECTION 10440 1 MULVANNYG2ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 10440 Page 4 INTERIOR PANEL SIGNS (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 11 ,MI • 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 13125 PRE - ENGINEERED METAL ROOF MODIFICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1 1 SCOPE: Requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and of Division 1 of these Specifications apply to all work of this section. ' 1.2 EXTENT OF WORK A. The work required under this section consists of design, fabrication, and execution of the modifications made to the existing pre- engineered metal roof. B. Also included are new roof curbs and their supporting structure (i.e. roof curbs, mechanical units) and labor only to install plumbing and electrical penetration flashings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. All applicable codes must be met or exceeded in all design areas. The M.B.M.A. code shall not be used. B. Verify project design criteria on the structural drawings and Certificate of Design Conformance prior to starting design, and incorporate into the design. C. Verify all vertical & lateral load requirements from the electrical, sprinkler, mechanical, refrigeration, and structural drawings. Load requirements shall include, but are not limited to, the following: N 1. Sprinkler pipes. 2. Roof mounted mechanical units. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Conform to the following: 1. Store all metal above ground on platforms or skids; above snow or mud. 2. Protect from moisture and corrosion until erected. 3. Include templates and instructions for proper setting of anchor bolts. 1 5 JOB CONDITIONS: Protect from corrosion at all times 1.6 SEQUENCING /SCHEDULING: Schedule modifications as required to meet reviewed progress schedule. 1.7 GENERAL CONDITIONS Provide modification and erection services for all supplied components and, in addition to on -site field supervision, home office Project Manager responsible for all aspects of the pre- engineered portions of the project. 1 8 WARRANTY: The metal building contractor is responsible for ensuring that the existing metal roof structure is modified in a manner that any warranty presently in force is preserved and maintained. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 13125 Page 2 PRE - ENGINEERED METAL ROOF MODIFICATIONS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED CONTRACTOR: Use the following contractor on this project. No other 1 contractor will be accepted. SPAN CONSTRUCTION & ENGINEERING, INC. 1841 Howard Road • Madera, CA 93637 Ph: (559) 661 -1111 Fax: (559) 673 -0600 Attn: Ernie Brandi Email: ErnieB @spanconstruction.com 2.2 MATERIALS (STRUCTURAL) A. Primary Framing: Continuous beam /solid web framing. B. Secondary Framing 1. Joists - open web steel joists. 2. Steel framing for roof mounted condenser unit. C. Wind Bracing 1. Standard to manufacturer. 2. All members to receive one coat of rust inhibitive light grey colored primer paint. 2.3 ROOF COVERING Match existing standing seam roof panels, with clips allowing for one inch (1") panel movement, with three inches (3 ") high major ribs, 24 gauge, and galvalume steel finish. 2.4 ROOF CURBS (HVAC Units, Skylights and Exhaust Fans) A. Galvanized steel fabrications, minimum 18 gauge (14 gauge for curbs supporting HVAC units), with fully mitered corners and seams joined by continuous airtight welds. Curbs shall have built -in diverters, crickets, 1 -1/2" thick rigid insulation with a white interior exposed finish, and appropriate sub - framing system. B. Configure curbs with bottom slope to match slope of roof, providing vertical curb sides and a level top surface for mounting mechanical equipment. C. Furnish curbs with Burglar Bar grid at each Skylight and Smoke Venting Skylight. 1. Configure bar and grid mounting so attachment points and fasteners to curb are impossible to reach from the rooftop, or from outside the building. 2. Paint grid white before installation. D. Furnish curb with provisions to exactly match shape, spacing, and locations of roof corrugations, to tightly seal to corrugations at installation. 1. Make cut in roofing to be no more than 1/8 inch larger than each inside face of the curb. 2. Provide structural stiffeners under the perimeter of the curb opening and under the outer perimeter of the curb baseplate MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 13125 Page 3 PRE - ENGINEERED METAL ROOF MODIFICATIONS E. Sealing and Attachments: 1. Under the full outer perimeter of the curb baseplate, apply a continuous strip of pre- ' formed sealant tape. Use 3/16 inch thick, 2 -1/2 inch wide "Butyl Curb Sealant MB- 15" manufactured by: a. Roof Products Inc., 7616 Lee Highway, Chattanooga, TN 37421, Ph. (800) 262 -6669 or (423) 892 -8620, Fax: (423) 892 -2107, www.rpicurbs com, or b. Equal product approved by Architect 2. Make mechanical attachments with screw assemblies having stainless steel screw, collapsing aluminum sleeve, and neoprene washer with a penetration length of 1.612 inches a. Use "Fab -Lok FAC -10 -8" blind fasteners, manufactured by Camcar Textron, :.r 1302 Kerr Drive, Decorah, IA 52101 -2046, Ph. (800) 648 -0462 or (563) 382- 4216, Fax: (563) 387 -3270, or b. Equal product approved by Architect 3. Seal ends of corrugations with pre- formed closures, shaped to match profiles of roof system. F In lieu of fabricating curbs described above, provide metal curb assemblies manufactured by: 1. Roof Products, Inc. 7616 Lee Highway, Chattanooga, TN 37421, Ph: (800) 262- 6669 or (423) 892 -8620, Fax (423) 892 -2107, em• rpicurbs@comcast net, www.rpicurbs.com, contact Robert Banicki. 2. Equal product approved by Architect 2.5 INSULATION A. Faced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: Thermal insulation combining mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool with thermosetting resins to comply with ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A. 1. Furnish with a vapor retarder membrane on 1 face, fabricated with 0.00225" white Polypropylene and a 0 0005" metallized polyester, reinforced with a tri- directional fiberglass scrim. Use material with Flame Spread not exceeding 10 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 2. The vapor retarder facing shall have a water transmission rate of .02 US perm. 3. Tensile strength of vapor retarder shall be 30 lbs. in the machine direction and 20 lbs. in the cross - machine direction, with a beach puncture of 160 scale units. 4. Use "WMP- VR -R ", manufactured by Lamtec Corporation, Bartley- Chester Road, P.0 Box 37, Flanders, NJ 07836 -0037, Ph. (800) 852 -6832 or (973) 584 -5500, Fax (973) 584 -5178, www.lamtec.com, or as approved by Architect. B. Roof: Use R -23 (7" thick) or R -19 (6" thick) metal building insulation as denoted on architectural drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard. Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 13125 Page 4 PRE - ENGINEERED METAL ROOF MODIFICATIONS } 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine surfaces receiving structural steel work for Defects adversely affecting 1 execution and quality of work. B. Do not start work until all unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. C. Remove all loose mill scale, flake rust, oil and foreign material including weld splatter from surfaces to be painted. 3.2 ERECTION AND MODIFICATION A. Provide modification and erection services for all supplied components. Modify structural steel framing in accordance with the drawings, and with specified requirements of regulatory agencies Conform the configurations and connections indicated on reviewed shop and erection drawings, to include: 1. All necessary or required devices for complete installations 2. Bracing: Shore and brace framing until permanent connections are made and members are securely anchored into structure. 3. All exterior fastenings and connections to be waterproof. B. Welded, riveted or bolted connections in accordance with AISC code. Design to develop effective strength of connected member. C. Welding in accordance with current "Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction" of American Welding Society and ICBO /UBC Standard 27 -7 Grind exposed welds smooth D. Punch or drill holes. Do not make holes with a cutting torch. E. Set accurately to the existing lines and elevations indicated, with permanent connections made only after the members have been aligned. 3.3 CLEANING: Leave work and premises clean and free from residue of work of this section. 1 END OF SECTION 13125 1 • • a MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street MG2 # 95- 1840 -15 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 ' SECTION 13850 FIRE ALARM /LIFE SAFETY PART 1 GENERAL i 1.0 WORK INCLUDED A. Design - Build: Work in this Section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, providing all system design, submittal, permitting, necessary fees, labor, materials, supervision, and testing required to obtain final acceptance of the fire alarm system modifications complete in all respects. B. Fire alarm contractor required to coordinate with all related and necessary trades for the fire alarm system work affecting remodeled or new areas within the building. C. It is the intent of this specification to utilize the existing original fire alarm or sprinkler monitoring systems within the Costco Wholesale building. Any installation of new fire alarm components, relocation of existing fire alarm components, or any other modifications to the existing fire alarm system, shall take place in the new, expanded, or remodeled areas of the building only. New fire alarm equipment shall only be necessary or required if the existing systems are not capable of accepting connections to new required components (maximum capacity), if system components are no longer available by the manufacturer, or if specifically required by the AHJ. The original design criteria and integrity of the existing fire alarm or sprinkler monitoring system shall remain intact at all times. New fire alarm components, relocation of existing fire alarm components, or modification to any existing fire alarm components shall be conducted only if required by a building expansion, or remodeling of an existing area of the building. All additions, relocations, and modifications to the fire alarm system must be approved by a Local Authority having Jurisdiction and Telgian prior to beginning any work on the fire alarm system and must follow the original guidelines and intent of the original fire alarm design. D. It is the contractor's responsibility to obtain floor plans and provided a site survey of the Costco Wholesale building in order to assess the current conditions and determine the necessary and required modifications of the existing fire alarm or sprinkler monitoring system prior to bid. 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS Section 13000 - Electrical. Section 15000 - Mechanical. Section 13910 - Sprinkler Systems. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Relocation and /or addition of fire alarm components, panels, wiring, etc may be necessary due remodeling within the affected area(s), additions, etc. Contractor shall I verify all necessary requirements for fire alarm system coverage and /or impact to the existing fire alarm system. Verify that all equipment relocation and installation is coordinated with the General Contractor, and all associated trades. New equipment locations shall follow all applicable NFPA standards, local code requirements, the authority having jurisdiction, and the owners reviewing consultant. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2108 1 SECTION 13850 Page 2 FIRE ALARM /LIFE SAFETY B. Provide fire alarm system installation /modification complete with all necessary component equipment, programming software, and material items. Install and test in full conformity with the requirements of all applicable codes, latest National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards, authority having jurisdiction agencies, reviewing consultant, and the owners reviewing consultant. C. The fire alarm system shall provide full and complete coverage of all areas to meet all �. applicable code requirements. D. Contractor shall conduct an on -site evaluation of the premise to determine if additional fire alarm work is needed to meet all Local and National codes that are enforced, prior to bidding of the project. E. Additional audio /visual appliances may be required for the new and remodeled areas of the building. Contractor to verify original scope and intent of the existing fire alarm system. If audio /visual appliances exist throughout the building, then all new areas shall be provided with equivalent audio /visual notification. Contractor to provide a pre -bid site evaluation to determine current fire alarm configuration. F. Additional manual pull stations may be required within the new and /or remodeled areas of the building, if manual pull stations are present within existing areas of the building. The installation of additional devices shall follow the intent and guidelines of existing fire alarm system, as well as the requirements of the Local Authority having Jurisdiction, NFPA standards, and local code requirements. G Additional duct smoke detectors may be required in new HVAC units. If duct smoke detectors are present on existing HVAC units, then duct smoke detectors shall be installed on any new HVAC units exceeding 2000cfm. Duct smoke detectors shall be installed on the supply side of air - handling units exceeding 2000cfm. Duct smoke detectors shall be installed on the return and supply side of air - handling units exceeding / - 15,000cfm. Air - handling units shall shutdown upon smoke detector activation. H. When a new fire alarm or sprinkler supervisory panel is required, all equipment described herein and provided and installed under this section shall be the standard products of one manufacturer. Approved new system models shall include Silent Knight IntelliKnight Model 5808 or Fire -Lite MS92000D only, and in compliance with these specifications will be considered acceptable. 1.3 GENERAL A. The fire alarm system shall be compatible with the architectural contract document layouts and avoid interference with work of all other trades in the building. Fire alarm contractor to coordinate equipment mounting and wiring run locations with all other trades, and around other trades if necessary. B. All conduit, boxes (unless otherwise indicated), fittings, couplings, connectors, straps, supports, pull - lines, bushings. Etc shall be provided and installed by the Electrical Contractor. 1 C. The Electrical Contractor shall provide all line voltage (120 V. max.) and low- voltage (up to 50 VAC /VDC) circuiting in separate conduit. Low - voltage circuiting shall be run exposed using NEC -FPL rated cable per NEC Article 760, unless otherwise noted by local jurisdictional authorities. All exposed cable below the bottom bar joist or other roof MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECT{ON 13850 Page 3 FIRE ALARM /LIFE SAFETY structure protruding lower, or other locations where the cable may become exposed and /or damaged, must be within a steel conduit by Electrical Contractor D. All existing fire alarm equipment shall be reused if at all possible for any required fire alarm equipment relocation. E. All hood chemical suppression systems (i.e. Ansul) shall be monitored for system I activation. F. All sprinkler system control valves shall be supervised and annunciated by the fire alarm system tamper switches are to be provided by sprinkler contractor. I G. All sprinkler system waterflow pressure switches, and dry sprinkler system air pressure switches shall be supervised and annunciated by the fire alarm system. I Pressure switches are to be provided by the sprinkler contractor. H. All new fire alarm initiating devices shall have their own individual and unique identity, if the existing fire alarm control panel has capability and capacity to accept additional components. Modification or expansion to the fire alarm control panel shall occur only if i, all zones /points on the existing panel have been fully utilized. New fire alarm devices may be added to existing fire alarm zones /points if they are in the immediate area of the ii existing zones /points, are the same device type, or follow the original design or intent of the zone /point layout on the existing fire alarm system. I. All delayed egress doors (both new and existing) shall be connected to the fire alarm ol system in order to release upon any fire alarm condition or power loss to any equipment. Coordinate wiring connections with door hardware contractor. J Contractor to remove all demolition materials and waste to an approved dumping site. ii, K. Contractor to be responsible for repairing or replacing items damaged during demolition and construction. L. Contractor is to patch all holes left unused after fire alarm equipment is removed from these hole's. M. Fire alarm system components not a part of demolition shall be left in service. Any fire alarm components that are disabled shall be labeled "NOT IN SERVICE ". The local authority have jurisdiction shall be notified prior to any disabling of any fire alarm component. N. Duct smoke detectors shall be furnished by the Mechanical Contractor The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all wiring to the detector and from Fire Alarm System I (if required by AHJ). The Mechanical Contractor shall provide all wiring from the dry N.C. contacts (i e.: Duct smoke on -board contacts or Addressable control module contacts.) to respective HVAC unit fan motor starter control circuit terminations The 1 Duct Detector housing and sampling tube shall be installed by the Mechanical Contractor. O. When new fire alarm or fire sprinkler monitoring panels are provided, all fire alarm I monitoring will be performed through the selected burglar alarm Central Station. The fire alarm dialer shall transmit signals directly and not through the burglar alarm equipment. The fire alarm contractor shall coordinate the programming and connections with the 1 burglar alarm contractor and the General Contractor. Fire alarm contractor is MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Teigian Corporation i � Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 13850 Page 4 FIRE ALARM /LIFE SAFETY responsible to provide all necessary equipment, programming, coordination, documentation, testing, etc in order to provide a fully monitored fire alarm system as required per NFPA 72 and the AHJ for complete monitoring 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall be responsible for all necessary submittal drawings, calculations, equipment, specifications, permit applications, permit fees, resubmittals, etc., in order to satisfy all AHJ requirements. B. Contractor is responsible to produce as -built drawings if any field changes occur after approved drawings have been provided. C. Deliver all certificates of inspections to the Architect. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All fire alarm components shall be listed by UL for Fire Alarm systems, compatible with all existing fire alarm components, and shall be listed with the state or local jurisdiction requiring such listings. i B. The manufacturer or his authorized distributor shall confirm that within a reasonable distance of the job site there is an established agency which stocks a full complement of parts and offers service during normal working hours on all equipment to be furnished, and that the agency will supply parts without delay and at reasonable cost. 1.6 EXECUTION A. Wiring -- all low voltage circuits shall be run exposed using NEC -FPL cable per NEC Article 760, unless otherwise noted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and the Specifying Engineer. All exposed cable below the bar joist or other roof structure protruding lower, or other locations where the cable may become exposed and /or damaged, must be within a steel conduit. B. Wiring -- shall be approved by the manufacturer, and specifying engineer. No 120 VAC will be permitted with any wiring of the fire alarm system. C. System test shall only be performed by an individual who has attended a manufacturer's seminar for installing and testing the system specified above. 1. Test reports shall include, but not limited to: a. A complete list of equipment installed. b. Indicate that all equipment has been properly installed and functions have been tested according to these specifications. c. Technicians name, the date of the test, and the company they represent. 1.7 WARRANTY A. All new fire alarm components that are required to be provided and installed shall be warranted for a period of one year from date of acceptance. The warranty shall cover parts, labor and travel to and from site. This warranty shall be void if any work is performed on the system, by anyone other than an individual who has attended a manufacturer's seminar for testing and installing the system specified above. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 13850 Page 5 FIRE ALARM /LIFE SAFETY 1 1.8 ACCEPTANCE A Final acceptance will require the contractor to deliver to the Engineer the following I 1. Three (3) copies of the operating instructions and system maintenance manuals. 2. Three (3) sets of record drawings (as built drawings). 3. , Three (3) copies of the final test reports 4. Three (3) copies indicating the name and phone number of person to contact in the event of equipment failure, and date when system warranty will terminate. 5. Three (3) sets of data sheets for each piece of equipment supplied. 1 , B. Provide the customer with a minimum of two (2) inspection and test visits during the first year During this time, each field device shall be tested at least once, and the control panel shall be tested during each inspection. A written report shall be submitted to the customer indicating what devices and how they were tested. Any problems with system t. other than equipment, such as customer owned equipment - blocking detection, manual stations or indicating devices shall be listed in the written report to the customer END OF SECTION is 1 1 1 1 1 ,1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation 1 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 13850 Page 6 FIRE ALARM /LIFE SAFETY (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 �1 •1 1 1 11' �1 1 r1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 13910 FIRE SPRINKLER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Work in this Section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, providing all engineering, calculations, labor, materials, supervision, testing, permits and approvals required to design, install and obtain final acceptance of the automatic fire protection sprinkler system complete in all respects. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS Division 1 General Requirements Section 13850 Electrical/ Fire Alarm System Section 15410 Plumbing 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The fire protection system shall provide full and complete coverage of all areas per the specifications and avoid interference with work of all other trades in the building. B. The fire protection system shall be compatible with the architectural contract document layouts and avoid interference with work of all other trades in the building. Drawings shall be in compliance with provided bid specification drawings (when applicable). Fire sprinkler contractor shall coordinate piping locations with all other trades, and around other trades if necessary. Additional sprinklers that may be required shall be accounted for at time of bid; failure of the contractor to account for correct quantity of sprinklers will be at the cost of the Fire Sprinkler Contractor, the owner (Costco) shall not be responsible for this or other associated costs. C. If applicable, design and install new fire protection system branch -line piping to run within the roof framing above the bottom chord of the bar joists and as tight to the roof deck as possible. Design and install new fire protection system main piping to run tight to the underside of beams, main piping shall run with slope of building. Contractor to provide and install auxiliary drains at main piping where necessary. The minimum clear height to the bottom of all piping is 21' -0" above finished floor. D. Provide fire protection system in accordance with all applicable codes and standards adopted by the local authority having jurisdiction. E. Provide fire protection system complete with all UL listed component or Factory Mutual approved equipment and material items. Install and test in full conformity with the requirements of all applicable codes, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards, authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) agencies, reviewing consultant, and the owners reviewing consultant. F Locate fire sprinkler heads as required in NFPA Pamphlet 13 or as required by the sprinkler manufacturer. G. Sprinkler heads shall be symmetrically spaced to provide proper coverage and to avoid interference with lights, diffusers, grilles, or other ceiling mounted equipment Heads located in ceiling tile shall be "quarter pointed " + -2" Sprinklers located adjacent to MULVANNYG2ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 13910 Page 2 FIRE SPRINKLER surface mounted lights shall have two -piece escutcheons. The sprinkler layout shall conform to a typical pattern. H. Sprinkler deflectors shall be positioned with relation to obstructions and ceilings as per NFPA 13, 2002 edition. Provide standard sprinkler heads in the upright position unless otherwise specified on the bid drawings, when applicable for protection from possible damage caused by forklift traffic or sprinkler heads in the pendent position when necessary. I. Referenced NFPA standards require that the spray deflector on the sprinkler heads be installed 18 inches minimum above the top of the merchandise stored on the racks. All roof sprinkler deflectors to be at or above 21 feet -6 inches clear above finished floor. J. If required, sprinkler drawings and calculations must take into account and show elevation loss from the flow test location to the flowing sprinklers. Backflow prevention and meter requirements shall be provided as specified in the fire and civil bid drawings and plans. Acceptability of the backflow assembly must be approved by the Water Authority prior to installation. Actual loss through any backflow devices must be accounted for in the hydraulic calculations. Sprinkler contractor shall submit, with their calculations and shop drawings, a manufacturer's flow chart Indicating pressure loss through the device(s) at the calculated flows. K. System Design Requirements: >1 1. Sprinkler system design criteria shall be as shown on the provided fire protection bid drawing or per the following (when applicable); a. The Large Walk -in (P.O.S.) Cooler /Freezer (remodeled or new areas) shall be designed to a density of 0.336 over the hydraulically most demanding area of 2000 ft and protected with pendant sprinkler heads as required. Contractor shall provide new piping from the overhead system where necessary to provide protection as required for the new expansion. Sprinklers shall protect a maximum of 100 ft this is based on NFPA 13 Hazard Class I -III occupancy. b. The Miscellaneous Ancillary Areas (remodeled or new areas) shall be designed to a density of 0.20 gpm over the hydraulically most demanding 1500 ft and protected with pendant sprinkler heads as required. Contractor shall provide new piping from the overhead system where necessary to provide protection as required for the new expansion. Sprinklers shall protect a maximum of 130 ft this is based on NFPA 13 Ordinary Hazard Group 11 occupancy. 2. Alternates to the shown criteria will not be allowed unless approved in writing by the Owners' Fire Protection Consultant prior to bid. 3. All calculations shall be balanced to within one half of one psi. 4. System velocities shall not exceed 32 -ft /sec., no exceptions. 5. Limit each system to a maximum of 52,000 square feet and a maximum of 40,000 square feet for high storage area as required by NFPA 13 6. Include hose allowance as required in the hydraulic calculations as required by NFPA 13 (i.e. 100 inside hose, 400 outside hose). MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 13910 Page 3 FIRE SPRINKLER L. Inspectors' tests to be provided with half inch orifice, discharging at six inches above a hard paved surface All inspectors' tests shall not be located behind racking or other obstructions, and shall be located within 12 inches of the latch side of an exterior door opening. Inspectors' test shall be piped to a location acceptable to the Owner's representative Inspectors' test discharge shall not flow where merchandise or pedestrian traffic is present or into any obstructions, such as doors, or into enclosed spaces such as vestibules. Where approved by the AHJ, a combination test - and -drain assembly may be used at each riser location. M. Provide flushing and drainage as per required in NFPA 13. N. If required, provide hose connections for fire fighting and locate per the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. Final locations and quantities subject to approval of the Owners' Project Manager. All drops to hose connections at racks or along walls shall be coordinated with the Owners' Project Manager prior to fabrication or installation. O. If overhead doors open in the horizontal position, sprinklers shall be provided below the door when in the horizontal position. P Contractor shall provide the appropriate signage at all control and drain valve locations. Location shall include but not be limited to system control valves, pump control valves, drain valves, auxiliary drain valves, dry system drain valves, and hose connections. All signage shall be metallic and attached with sign chain. Q. If required, provide a calculation information card showing system demand and pressure required at the base of the riser, design density and area calculated, as well as installing contractor's address and phone number. Card is to be metal, and to be affixed to each riser with a chain. Other type cards, or card not affixed with chain will not be acceptable. R. System control valves shall be provided as shown on the provided fire protection bid drawings (when applicable). All control valves shall be supervised and monitored through the fire alarm/ supervisory system and clearly marked as to their function and location. S. If required, provide sprinkler protection at electrical rooms per the requirements of the local jurisdiction. No main piping is permitted in the electrical room. Sprinkler piping shall not be routed above panel boards. Where required, provide shielding of electrical equipment and special routing of fire sprinkler piping to satisfy all AHJ requirements. T. If required, provide exterior 10 in. electric water flow alarm mounted above the fire f department connection, and at those locations shown on the fire protection bid drawings. The bell shall be located a minimum of 10 ft above finish grade unless another location is specified by the local authority. 1 U. Route all piping around all obstructions and provide sprinkler protection under mechanical units, ducting or other obstructions as required by NFPA 13 V Provide grooved, flanged or threaded connections for dry system piping and valves. Grooved fittings, including gaskets, shall be listed for dry pipe service. MULVANNYG2ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 13910 Page 4 FIRE SPRINKLER W. Systems shall be monitored by an off site Central Station Including tamper switches on all valves, system flow detection devices (wet and dry), low air pressure switches (dry systems), and fire booster pump control panels as applicable as provided under Division 16 Fire Alarms /Life Safety System. X. Provide pressure relief valves on all "grid" type systems when applicable. Y. If required, sprinkler contractor shall completely flush underground system piping prior to connection of overhead piping to underground piping, or obtain written confirmation that underground has been flushed after completion of installation of underground piping. 1.4 NEW AND EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Contractor shall conduct a site survey of existing conditions. Contractor to add new sprinklers for the new Expansion and /or Remodel areas and remove, replace or relocate all sprinklers and sprinkler piping in the existing areas as needed to protect the new area. Contractor shall also remove, replace or relocate any existing fire protection piping in the area of the remodel (i.e. test connections, hose valves, auxiliary drains, etc.) to accommodate the new design. Remove all demolition materials and waste to an approved dumping location. B. Contractor is responsible for repairing or replacing items damaged during demolition and construction. C. Contractor is to patch all holes left unused after sprinkler piping is removed from these holes. D. Sprinkler systems not a part of demolition shall be left in service. 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A Coordinate the sprinkler system to avoid interference with work of all other trades in the building. Examine the contract documents and provide a complete coordinated shop drawing. Shop drawings shall be prepared in accordance with, and shall contain all information shown in, section 14.1, "Working Plans ", per NFPA 13 2002 edition. Provide "Water Supply Information" per section 14.2, NFPA 13 2002 edition on the shop ,, drawings. Hydraulic calculations (when applicable) shall be provided for all areas of protection, including all overhead systems as shown in the provided fire protection bid drawings per the requirements of sections 14.3 and 14.4, NFPA 13 2002 edition. 1 B. Submit completed shop drawings, calculations, seismic calculations (when applicable) and material data to the authority having jurisdiction, to the Architect, to the project Structural Engineer, and to the roof structural system manufacturer prior to fabrication and installation. Submittals to all reviewers noted above shall be concurrent, and shall be within fifteen (15) working days of the award of contract Gain all approvals noted prior to fabrication and installation. Submittals shall be made in one submission only. No partial submittals will be accepted. Partial submittals will be held until all components are received, this may delay shop drawing review MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 13910 Page 5 FIRE SPRINKLER C. Submit revised drawings and calculations for review and approval as required to accommodate changes to fixture plan and other contract documents during construction. D. Deliver all certificates of inspections to the Architect of record prior to final acceptance by Owner. E Installation shall not commence until Fire Department and Owner have given written approval during the plan review process. F. All shop drawings shall be prepared on a minimum of 30" x 42" sheets. All sprinkler system design shall be completed in a minimum scale of 3/32" = 1' -0 ". Submittals shall be complete, accurate and in full compliance with the contract bid documents for proper 1 and timely approval. G. A minimum of six sets of sprinkler shop drawings, calculations and material data shall be provided to the Architect of record for Owner review; Owner's reviewing consultant will maintain 2 sets for their records. H. Two sets of as -built sprinkler shop drawings shall be provided to the Architect of record upon the completion of punch list items and prior to final acceptance by Owner. Final payment will not be made until as -built drawings are received by the Owner. 1 6 FLOW TESTS A. Flow test data provided as part of the fire protection contract documents shall be used as the available water supply. B. Alternate flow test (those not as indicated on contract bid documents) will not be allowed unless approved in writing by the Owners' Fire Protection Consultant prior to bid, no exceptions. C. If no flow test indicated /provided on the contract bid documents, then the following shall apply; 1. Contractor to acquire or perform flow test for this project. The contractor must submit all necessary documentation of the flow test and must account for and provide information for review prior to use on project. I 2. The contractor shall include certificates of calibration of pressure gauges or provide copy of invoice of newly purchased gauges, low hydraulic gradient and high hydraulic gradient. 3. Flow test effective point will be at the static test hydrant, no other effective point will be acceptable. 4. Flow test submitted for review must include a plan sketch to scale indicating all necessary underground piping, valves, etc to the point of connection of the new system. D. If required, all flow test data shall be subject to the "10% rule" as defined in this paragraph. Reduce the recorded static and residual pressures by 10% of the static pressure. Make no reduction to the flow rate reported. When static pressure is 50 -PSI or less, provide a minimum 5 -PSI buffer from the static and residual pressures When static pressure is 100 PSI or greater, provide a maximum of 10 -PSI buffer from the MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 13910 Page 6 FIRE SPRINKLER static and residual pressures, unless not acceptable to any Authority Having Jurisdiction. See provided fire protection bid drawings for additional requirements, and provide additional buffers as may be required by the local AHJ and reviewing authorities at no additional cost to Owner. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty in accordance with the General Conditions. '1 B. The Contractor shall further warrant that in the event of the failure of any system or its component equipment items, or the improper functioning thereof, during the period of the warranty, the Contractor shall have available, and on call, competent service personnel for the restoration of all systems and equipment for complete operation. Should the nature of the failure be such as to present an emergency, in the opinion of the Owner, such personnel shall be promptly available, regardless of the hour of the day or the day of the week. Should the failure be such as to fall under the warranty, the cost of the service shall be borne by the Contractor. Otherwise, the Owner will pay therefore at the prevailing rate for such services. C. If service personnel are not promptly available "on call" as required by the warranty, the Owner may employ such personnel as are available to him at the expense of the Contractor. 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials shall be as required by applicable codes and standards. All equipment used shall be UL listed and /or Factory Mutual approved for use in fire sprinkler system installations. B. Fire sprinkler heads shall be provided as shown on the provided fire protection bid drawings (when applicable). All sprinklers shall be UL listed and Factory Mutual Approved. Strictly observe the orifice sizes, temperature ratings, finishes, and other criteria shown on the provide fire protection bid drawings. C. Escutcheons at pendent sprinklers located suspended grid ceilings shall be "recessed" • type. Escutcheons for all other finished ceiling pendent sprinklers shall be adjustable "401" type. In addition, review the provided fire protection bid documents (drawings and specifications) for further or alternate requirements with regard to head type and finish. D. Sprinkler Heads. 1 Dry Pendent Sprinklers shall be Concealed type per Tyco (Model TY3555), Victaulic (Models V3618 and V3620) or Globe (Models GL5681 and GL8181); no other substitutions will be permitted, no exceptions. These sprinkler heads shall • have a minimum temperature rating of 200 °F (due to de -frost mode). The installation of dry pendent sprinklers shall meet the manufacturer's installation guidelines or those provided by Costco Wholesale in the attached conformance submittal. The more stringent requirements shalt prevail. The conformance submittal MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 13910 Page 7 FIRE SPRINKLER for the installation of dry pendent sprinkler heads shall be completed prior to the contractor's final payment. 2 All sprinklers shall be glass bulb style. 1 E. Contractor shall include in his cost, corrosion protection for sprinklers when required by the local jurisdiction. F. Provide one complete equipped sprinkler cabinet with the quantities of sprinkler heads per the requirements of NFPA 13 and shall account for different orifice type and temperature, etc. G. Spare head wrenches for the overhead sprinklers, recessed sprinklers and a universal wrench for standard'' /2" and 1/4" heads shall also be provided. The contractor shall provide a laminated list of the sprinkler heads provided which will be placed on the spare sprinkler head cabinets. H Hanger, seismic bracing, or thrust bracing attachment to building structure shall be per ' the requirements of NFPA 13, 2002 edition and /or as shown on the provided fire protection bid drawings, whichever is more stringent. All hanger materials shall be UL listed and /or Factory Mutual approved for use in the support or bracing of fire sprinkler 1 systems. All hanger attachments shall be submitted and acceptable to the project structural engineer and the project structural system manufacturer, and in accordance with NFPA 13. Seismic bracing shall be provided per the requirements of NFPA 13 when required by the local AHJ. Seismic bracing shall be sized in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13, and supporting calculations shall be provided by the installing contractor at the time of submittal. Thrust bracing shall be provided regardless of seismic region or requirements at the tops of all risers, at all changes in direction of dry system main piping, and at changes in direction of fire department connection feed piping. I. All piping shall be new and approved for 175 psi working pressure conforming to ASTM specifications and listed /approved by UL or FM for fire sprinkler system installation All piping shall be black steel, prepared for painting. Rusted, dented, or otherwise damaged piping will not be acceptable. Contractor shall include in his cost corrosion protection for sprinkler piping when required by the local jurisdiction. Welding to be done in accordance with AWS D10.9 and NFPA 13. Contractor shall provide all welding stamps, certificates, or other documentation as required to gain approval from all authorities. These stamps shall be placed at each welded outlet, and /or as required by the local authorities. Arrange for all inspections for welding as required by the local authorities. J. Crimp type installations are not acceptable. 2.2 DRY SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSORS (If required) r A. Air compressors serving dry sprinkler systems shall be sized by the contractor to meet published standards and local requirements. Compressors shall be listed for use in automatic sprinkler systems. Coordinate all electrical requirements with all other 1 trades. ' MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 13910 Page 8 FIRE SPRINKLER B. Air compressor shall be a riser mounted air compressor, floor or tank mounted air compressor will not be acceptable, no exceptions. 2.3 FIRE PUMP A. No fire pump shall be allowed or provided for this project. Submittals which include the use of a fire pump shall be rejected, unless the fire pump is currently installed in the warehouse. ;1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. All brackets for attaching pipe hangers to building structure shall be the size and type for the intended use as shown on the provided drawings and acceptable to the structural engineer and in accordance with NFPA 13 and Factory Mutual approved B. Furnish and install under this Section all hangers and steel fabrications, other than building structure, required for proper support of piping and equipment. All support criteria listed below is based on the use of schedule 10 piping no larger than 8" nominal diameter. Heavier piping may only be used with prior written approval from the Architect of record. C. All piping, piping supports, hangers and attachments shall be sized as required by NFPA 13, 2002 edition and shall be capable of resisting seismic forces as required by the more stringent of the requirements of NFPA 13, 2002 editions or local building code requirements. D. Contractor shall ensure that all required minimum clear space around piping passing through concrete is provided per the requirements of NFPA 13, 2002 edition. All fire service underground piping shall be provided with a minimum 2" clear space around the piping passing through concrete flooring. Void spaces between concrete and piping at floors and at walls shall be completely filled with a non - combustible flexible mastic or sealant. All piping passing through concrete walls shall be provided with a solid wall plate at areas visible to public at the interior and exterior of the building. Wall plates shall completely conceal holes and flexible mastic shall be provided at holes. E. Hanger attachment: 1. Do not hang or support any loads or make any attachments to the metal roof deck or joist bridging. 2. No cutting, punching or openings are permitted in any structural member without prior written approval from the Architect of record 3. Provide all necessary piping supports, hangers, attachments and seismic bracing complying with the more stringent of NFPA 13 (2002 edition) or local building code requirements. Provide thrust bracing as detailed elsewhere in this specification. 4 All hangers and supporting steel shall be secured to the top chord of steel joist girders or steel joists using beam clamps. Attachments shall only be made within 6" of girder or joist panel points unless supplemental joist load struts are provided at the points of support MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Teigian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 13910 Page 9 FIRE SPRINKLER 5. Where 4" and larger sprinkler pipes run parallel to the steel joists, sprinkler pipe shall be located centered between joists and supported from each joist by use of trapeze members. 6 Where sprinkler lines run parallel to the steel joists, the maximum distance between supports shall be 8 feet. 7 Where sprinkler piping runs perpendicular to the steel joists, sprinkler piping shall be supported at a spacing not to exceed ten feet on center. F. Placement of sprinkler contractor's piping and steel contractor's joist bridging shall be coordinated by the General Contractor. The contractor shall make provisions for the steel erector to adjust /relocate bridging or sprinkler contractors to adjust or relocate piping where conflicts occur. All changes required of the joist bridging shall be designed by joist manufacturer. G. Any deviations and changes from the above criteria must be brought to the attention of the Structural Engineer in writing. H. Filling the sprinkler system with air or water shall be done in such a manner as to minimize any horizontal thrust or undue lateral force. Contractor shall ensure that all piping is installed and left straight and plumb. Piping designed as part of a dry pipe system shall be pitched per the requirements of NFPA 13, 2002 edition. All dry piping shall pitch to a low point drain. Low point drains shall be located on the interior of the building and within 12" of the latch side of an exterior door. Drain piping shall not be located behind racking or other obstruction. I. Sprinkler Contractor is cautioned to coordinate the locations of all cross and feed mains with the structural plans. Whenever location of main branch and feeder lines are shown on the structural drawings, the General Contractor shall coordinate these locations with the final sprinkler contractor's drawings prior to installation. Any deviations need to be submitted to the attention of the Architect of record for the Structural Engineer's review. Deviations that result in additional engineering fees and /or fabrication costs shall be the responsibility of the sprinkler contractor. Failure to coordinate with the structure will result in this piping having to be moved at Sprinkler Contractor's cost. J. Coordinate carefully the locations of the pendent sprinkler (dry or otherwise) deflectors with regards to obstructions (i.e. cooling fans, lighting, etc.). Obstructions that disrupt the sprinkler discharge pattern from developing must be spaced around accordingly and may require sprinklers behind obstructions to provide adequate sprinkler protection. The location of the lighting, cooler units and conduit are not known at the time of bid, the lighting and cooler units are purchased by the respective contractors and may not be the exact size as indicated on the project bid drawings (architectural, electrical, mechanical, etc.). K The contractor must ensure that the pendent sprinklers (concealed, dry or otherwise) comply with the obstruction criteria as indicated. Relocation or addition of the sprinklers, coring of holes, etc will be at the cost of the Fire Sprinkler Contractor, the owner (Costco) shall not be responsible for this or other associated costs. L. Installation of automatic sprinkler systems shall be by a licensed and certified automatic sprinkler and /or fire protection contractor. The contractor shall have a minimum of five years experience in installing sprinkler systems in similar type occupancies and shall be ' MULVANNYG2ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 13910 Page 10 FIRE SPRINKLER able to furnish evidence of such qualifications. References of satisfactory installations shall be furnished upon request. 3.2 PAINTING A. All horizontal piping shall be installed prior to painting. B. Painting of the sprinkler piping and equipment if required shall be by the painting 111 contractor; however, preparation of the sprinkler'piping for the painting contractor is by the sprinkler contractor. C. The sprinkler contractor is to remove all labels, stickers, fabrication identification tags, 1 excess pipe dope, Teflon tape, oil residues and grease from the sprinkler piping before the system is turned over to the painting contractor for painting. D. The sprinkler contractor is to install protective plastic bags on all sprinkler heads in 1 areas where the roof deck and /or structural systems is to be painted. In addition, all brass valves shall be protected from painting. Painted valves (other than by the manufacturer) shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. E. The painting contractor is to remove all plastic bags and valve coverings after final painting is complete. The general contractor shall make this known to the painting contractor. F. Any sprinkler head over sprayed with paint shall be replaced. Cleaning of sprinkler heads to remove paint is not acceptable. Painted sprinklers shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. G. The sprinkler contractor shall furnish a signed statement on his letterhead and place it in the operating instruction and maintenance manuals that he has verified that all plastic bags have been removed from sprinklers and that all sprinklers over sprayed with paint have been replaced. H Fire sprinkler contractor shall label each system riser with the system number /identification using stenciled 1 in. minimum letters painted on each riser. 3.3 INSPECTION, TESTING AND CLEANING 1 A. Arrange for all inspections, examinations and tests in full conformity with the requirements of all applicable codes, National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards, Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), the owner's Insurance company, and the owner's fire protection consultant as necessary to obtain complete and final acceptance of the fire sprinkler system. The minimum test certificates to be submitted to the Architect of record prior to final acceptance shall be an overhead hydro, overhead final, underground flush, dry system trip tests for all dry system valve locations, fire pump acceptance test and final fire sprinkler system building final. B. Leave entire sprinkler system clean in every respect at the conclusion of the work. Contractor is to ensure that entire project is dean and free of construction related debris prior to final testing of systems. This shall be meant to include removing all loose debris from the floor and support areas, fire sprinkler riser enclosure, and fire pump room where applicable. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE - COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 '1 1 SECTION 13910 Page 11 FIRE SPRINKLER C. After the systems have been installed, tested, and accepted, the contractor is to provide three copies of the operating instructions and maintenance manuals of all equipment. Included with these manuals are; a copy of the approved shop drawings, copy of NFPA 25, a spare parts list and a list of phone numbers of emergency repair personnel to the Architect of record. '1 1 1 , 1 . 1 , 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ,1 1 SECTION 13910 Page 12 FIRE SPRINKLER 1 (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 13910 Page 13 FIRE SPRINKLER CONFORMANCE SUBMITTAL SECTION 13910 —FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 1 Costco Project Location: (City, State) General Contractor: (Company Name, Phone Number) I (Address) Fire Suppression Sub - Contractor: 1 (Company Name, Phone Number) I (Address) The following product has been selected for use in this project from the list of acceptable products , specified: Fire Sprinkler Head Manufacturer: Freezer /Cooler Dry Pendant Sprinkler manufacturer and model I represent to Costco Wholesale that the Fire Suppression System was installed in compliance with the project drawings, specifications, and applicable codes for the authorities having jurisdiction. I I also represent that Freezer / Cooler Dry Pendant Sprinkler Heads were installed according to the attached detail, including minimum lengths, materials, and sizes. I General Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the General Contractor) I (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the Genera/ Contractor) II Fire Suppression Sub- Contractor: (Signature of the Authorized Agent of the Fire Suppression Sub - Contractor) 1 (Print Name of the Authorized Agent of the Fire Suppression Sub - Contractor) 1 1 I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 1 SECTION 13910 Page 14 1 FIRE SPRINKLER 9EELY 50014 YET 9,4^i L (FROM Y0T PIPE .S'PJ5 3. F W PIPE 5.1014 5Y5191 505TEN I NET `' 1 145 TEE I {ITN PLUS FEED C3TI011 FEED anal 1 5 0 — Der 519O1.1.1.1? 5 I E 5055 T E 1 1 ,7' DIM1ETER —. , — 51RaP TO HOLE IN CEILING ' \ /�/ • TYO P.OR 5E N E IN5JLA1e5 FP.ff2ER / EOM LW C591 SIRG7LT� . J NM I TYCO �F1NK19 NO /G8'na151 I r ; L�? J II FPEEMN AREA - \ MEIER AREA I 5'Ph CW� 7 � .'" 0R7F 4OI55EA�J / cRr PEwelr 59zig.LER CORR FLAIE / 2 � 2 555 050555 451 SbIE DIET 9705 FOLOST 450 505A4LATICN PEc:M.045 I OFTO115 INSTALLATION FRO(EDURE I I. LOCATE NGE A}b RF12MW) 5P12.3112100 P555150TION IN 4CCCF5501 :E 45/5410544 095755551105 401500 (55 TYPE SPRIIKLEP51 2. P6rALL Mr' 39L51T 5 PER 1440115011A.8L5 INSTALLATION ii 5050505510 3 CLr6L01410 FILL nW11.LAN 05LIN5 0Pe010 EE7113E4 NO EEctli0Etd4 MID TOP OF 055.5551151155511144050555411. POLYEI1ALE5H 50.4145501.50 POD E41 1100)-1 5 ma FE34T1E3. 4. IILFLT OOH 5051440 PA PLASTIC Ad-EWE 5AL45T 1550 5151 AP.0551 115 TOP OF TIE FF..Ef13R2GVLE7R 051549 ORE CF511115515 ACCORDANCE 111D 5 4LANT HAl11F55T11E'RS 1555555515555 �� • — 54551.5 FP114 NET _ yPPLY FRG( NET \ SR � PIPE 7,E3KLEP. 51'5TENI 1 IPA I ` it Tff NTH PLUS 1 mi. ! I'Df+i "GP-0P /- ELASTIC TIC AOL 55154 19557 05105 SEED OPTION R.ASi55 WIffSPIE 2 W' DIANEIE0 B A ,, i L CIE IN CEILNIO �� v �, \ / 5 50155 KOLEP. FLAN BPCUEOD - -__ <. LHLII% gi eq i r FRa✓t,LEP UIP - - -- 5505E NCO OP 510TH LIC y'Y'F LONCEAIID LR1 1 %OVER 111.51E — I S 0 0R 1 PO O.CEPTI0I51 0PTI05 4 MO 0050050TCR TO 5E+1 C ECE•LED DR', P55500 1PP.A004B� AT FREEMr000LER 01155 OF OF Tiff 5551010 595/5 155 OTTER 5544LAH15 ARE F91ArrED I END OF SECTION 13910 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE I COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street Telgian Corporation Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 I 1 SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL . PART 1 GENERAL I 1.1 DESCRIPTION ill A. Outline of Work: Includes plumbing, piping, air conditioning, ventilation, controls and insulation of mechanical work, as specified in this Division and shown on the drawings. All systems shall be fully adjusted and ready to use. I B. Work of Other Trades 1.' Drawings do not show complete details of construction. I 2. Refer to other drawings for additional details which may affect execution of the mechanical work. 3. Mechanical Contractor to contact and coordinate all utility companies pertaining to the scope of work, including industrial waste as required by jurisdiction. I a. Water meter set is to be verified and coordinated, see civil drawings. Verify location and pressure. b Gas meter and regulator set by the gas company. Verify location, pressure and volume prior to system installation. c. Waste water locations to be verified, see civil drawings. 4. All conflicts to be reported to architect. C. Equipment Furnished by Others 1 1. Rough -in and connect all equipment furnished by Owner, General Contractor, or Electrical Contractor. 2. Check drawings and specifications for service characteristics and requirements for I each piece of equipment. D. General Requirement: Conform to Division I. I E. Permits, Inspections and Fees 1. Obtain permits and pay fees required by National, State and Local authorities. I 2. During its progress, the work will be observed by Architect and by the appropriate inspectors. 3. Present Inspector's certificates of compliance to the Owner. I F. Underwriter's Listing Equipment 1 Equipment with electrical components shall bear the Underwriters' Laboratories I Inc. label whenever published standards exist. 2. Equipment otherwise shall be certified by the manufacturer as complying with UL standards I G. Intent of Drawings 1. Drawings are diagrammatic and show approximate locations of piping, ducts, 1 fixtures and equipment MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15010 Page 2 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL 2. Take measurements from building or site, and verify with related drawings. 3. Report any conflict to Architect prior to proceeding with the work. 4. Failure to follow this instruction shall be considered sufficient cause for Contractor to alter work at his own expense, as directed by the Architect. H. Detail Drawings by Contractor 'I 1. Wherever the Contractor's work requires additional detailing, prepare detail drawings to scale 1/4 " =1 ft., on tracing paper same size as contract drawings; layout and coordinate work with the work of other trades. 2. Such detailing work shall be identified on the drawings as by room number and building column lines. 3. Submit these drawings to the Architect for approval. 4. At completion, include a set of approved drawings with each set of as -built drawings. 1.2 OWNER'S ALTERNATES I A. The contractor shall coordinate with the general contractor for the alternates and bid breakdown for "Addition" and /or "Deletion" and /or "Replacement" of items listed in the architectural documents impacting this contractor's bid amount. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submitted Data 1. Submit complete bound brochures giving names of, technical data and required information on each item to be furnished Reference equipment items corresponding to identification method used on the drawings. Submittal shall be in one Bound Volume indexed by Specification Section (use of multiple volumes will be permitted when volume exceeds 1 -1/2" thickness). Incomplete or partial submittals will be returned to the contractor unopened for resubmittal as required above. Control Diagrams will be accepted separately 2. Submit shop drawings and detailed description of items which are not manufactured and which have to be specifically fabricated. • 3. Submit five copies each within 21 days after award of contract. Submit on all equipment. 4. As- builts, operating instructions, maintenance manuals and tool list. 5. Pressure vessel certificates 6. Air balance report. 7. Certificates of completion, two -year guarantee and inspection certificates by governing authorities. B List of Manufacturers of Pipe Valves, Fittings, and Specialties 1. Submit list of items identifying each by mfr. and model number. 2. Where more than one manufacturer is listed, advise architect within 21 days after award of contract 14 QUALITY A. Standards Perform all work in accord with the following codes: I 1. Local plumbing, mechanical and Building Codes MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15010 Page 3 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL 2. Applicable Energy Code. 3. American Gas Association 4. National Electrical Code. 5. National Fire Protection Association. 1 6. All authorities having jurisdiction. B. Quality: Materials, products and equipment furnished and installed by the Contractor shall be furnished and installed in strict accordance with all governing codes and ordinances, must be new and of first quality, in line with the best current practices, and as further specified. C. Quantity: Items of any one classification used in quantity, such as air handling units, fans, pumps, accessories, valves, specialties, cleanouts, drains, fittings, etc., shall be products of one manufacturer only, and used only for services recommended by manufacturer. D. Approvals: Approval of manufacturer's name or project by architect does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing materials and equipment which comply with the detail requirements in contract documents. Contractor assumes responsibility for equipment submitted fitting in available space as indicated by drawings. E. Workmanship: If the Architect judges any portion of the work to be unsatisfactory, or left in rough unfinished condition, Contractor, at his expense, shall remove and reinstall all such work, patch and paint surroundings satisfactory to Architect. 01/ 1.5 ELECTRICAL WORK A Control Wiring. The General Contractor must notify his HVAC and Electrical Subcontractors of the information listed below. In order to properly support Costco and insure proper coordination between Trades, the General Contractor shall take note of the following items of responsibility. I 1. The Trane Company will be responsible for mounting and wiring of the Tracer panel, photocells, AC rooftop unit sensors, differential pressure switches, thermostats, and Tracer wiring to building pulse meter, (when required). The Trane Company will confirm proper wiring terminations at the Tracer panel and external control devices. The Trane Company will furnish and install all conduit for all control wiring, and low voltage, where required by local electrical codes. Functional checkout of these items will be done at startup by the Trane Company. 2. Installation of optional field installed equipment, (i.e. economizers, relief hoods, oversize motors, flue vent caps and TIM -E modules) is by the Mechanical Contractor. 3. The Mechanical Contractor is responsible for the following: To provide all equipment scheduled on plans for controls with wall switches, thermostats, interlocks or time clocks. The mechanical contractor shall provide all necessary controls and control wiring to make each system complete and operable. This includes exhaust fans, radiant heaters and air doors. 4 The Electrical Contractor is responsible for the following. Mounting and field wiring to Lighting Control Panels, entrance push- button, and all power wiring to the Trace, and LCC panels. Also, when required, power wiring to field mounted TIM -E panels Functional checkout of these items will be done at startup by the Trane Company, Service service and disconnect switches for mechanical equipment will be furnished and installed by Electrical Contractor. Motors will be wired by Electrical MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15010 Page 4 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL Contractor. Flexible conduit limited to short runs to equipment subject to vibration, i.e. motors, fans. 5. All electrical power, gas piping, external wiring, Tracer and interface panels must be installed and operable prior to notification of the Trane Company. 6. Notify Seattle Trane Company (425- 643 -4310) at least two weeks in advance of the required startup date. Included in Section 15850 as Appendix #1 are installation checklists to help coordinate field installation requirements. General Contractor shall complete and forward the checklists to the Architect and Seattle Trane Company at the time of two -week advance notice. If prestartup work is not completed prior to requesting startup, General Contractor shall be responsible for any and all costs associated with rescheduling startup. 7. Complete startup, checkout, and Owner training are the responsibility of the Trane Company. The local Trane Company will do HVAC equipment startup. The Seattle Trane Company will coordinate the Tracer startup, and Owner /Contractor training with the local Trane Company. Tracer startup is typically done after HVAC equipment has been checked out. 8. After startup and checkout is complete, the warranty and maintenance responsibilities are as specified in the Contract Documents. All labor warranty is the responsibility of the installing Contractor. Notify Seattle Trane Company of any warranty work to be performed. B. Fire /Security Alarm System: New Projects: Fire Alarm Contractor shall furnish smoke detectors to the Mechanical Contractor. Mechanical Contractor shall install smoke detectors. Smoke detector activation shall de- energize all air - moving equipment and shall provide a set of contacts to activate the fire alarm system. Wiring from smoke detector contacts to fire alarm system shall be provided by the Fire Alarm Contractor. Wiring from the smoke detector to the unit (unit shut down) is by Mechanical Contractor. Provide smoke detectors, as required authority having jurisdiction, and local fire building codes Remodel Projects: The Mechanical Contractor shall furnish and install smoke detectors to make system complete and operational. Mechanical Contractor shall verify existing voltage at fire alarm panel and match building system in place. Wiring from the smoke detector to the unit (unit shut down) is by Mechanical Contractor. Provide smoke detectors, as required authority having jurisdiction, and local fire building codes. C. Motors and Control 1. Motors: for all motors 3/4 hp and over provide a magnetic starter having thermal overload - under voltage protection and push button station. For fractional hp motors not required to have magnetic starters, provide a motor starting switch (manual starter) having built -in thermal overload protection devices to suit Code requirements. Use type with pilot light where switch is remote from motor. Verify motor characteristics with Drawings. 2. Control: Provide all relays or other control devices necessary to accomplish control functions described. D. See Section 15050 for Motor, Motor Control specification. E. Equipment: All electrical equipment furnished under this section of the Specifications 111 shall be in strict accordance with the National Electric Code and shall conform to standard accepted trade practices. I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15010 Page 5 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL I 1.6 ABBREVIATIONS Arch.. Architect or representative • ADC Air Diffusion Council AGA American Gas Association AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute. I ARI Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air - Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials I AWWA American Water Works Association approx. approximate(ly) I CISP1 Cast Iron soil Pipe Institute as shown as shown on the drawings concealed built into the construction and not exposed to view c.p chromium plated (over nickel) I const construction contr. contractor deg........ ..... degrees Fahrenheit dia diameter I dwgs drawings galv. galvanized hot dip galv galvanized after fabrication ill mfr. manufacture, manufacturer max maximum min ........ , minimum 1 MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society S NFPA National Fire Protection Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association per according to, in accordance with I provide furnish and install PDI plumbing & drainage institute psi pounds per square inch gage pressure UL Underwriters Laboratory I w.g water gage (inches of water) w.p. working pressure WOG working water, oil & gas pressure I CWV combination waste and vent system 1.7 AS- BUILTS, OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND TOOLS I A. As- builts: Furnish one set of as- builts to Architect. B. Operating Instructions: Provide three sets of approved operating instructions. C. Maintenance Manuals Provide three sets of approved maintenance manuals with name, address and 24 -hour phone number of firm responsible under warranty. D. Control Diagrams: Provide control diagrams with control sequence and date of warranty. I E. Tools: Furnish in conformance with the General Conditions MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 I Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 15010 Page 6 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL 1.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Make necessary provisions for storing materials at site, to prevent damage or corrosion of materials which are to be incorporated in work. 1.9 CUTTING AND PATCHING Cutting and patching shall be kept to a minimum; if required, all patching shall produce results which conform to specifications for new general construction work. Finish to match adjacent work. See Division 1. 1.10 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILL: Mass excavating to approximate building levels will be carried out under the architectural specification. Excavating trenches for installation of piping to proper grade and backfill after installation of pipes. See Division 2. Contractor is cautioned not to disturb soil below elevation of adjacent footings without Architects permission. Do not lay piping directly on rock encountered in excavation. Remove rock 8" below grade of pipe and place clean earth in bottom of ditch to level of pipe grade. Remove all foreign material and debris before backfilling. Backfill with clean material. Use mechanical compaction, compacting backfill in manner and to density as approved by Architect. I 1.11 MEASUREMENTS: Verify space availability by field measurement prior to submitting shop drawings for approval. 1.12 ROUGHING -IN DIMENSIONS: Obtain roughing -in dimensions for equipment from approved shop drawings or actual equipment measurements. 1.13 MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION DETAILS: Follow where furnished; provide valves or special fittings required, if manufacturer's details are in conflict with design drawings, notify Architect for resolution. 1 14 ACCESSIBILITY: All equipment requiring periodic servicing or repairs shall be installed in a manner and location to be readily accessible for such maintenance or repairs. Otherwise, obtain Architect's approval of location. 1.15 PROVISION FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES: In lain out duct and piping work, allow space for laying PP 9 P light fixtures. If interference occurs, move the piping or ducts. 1.16 OPENINGS IN PIPES AND DUCTS: Keep closed during construction. 1.17 REJECTED MATERIALS: Remove all materials which are damaged, or have been rejected from the site. 1.18 OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS: Contractor is responsible during all periods of balancing and testing. Provide temporary utilities as required. I 1.19 TESTS A. Testing and Demonstration: Perform all hydrostatic tests required in codes and ordinances, as well as demonstrating operation of equipment, each test witnessed by Architect. Give sufficient notice before performing such tests. Additional tests are required under Balancing and Testing. ' B. Cooling and Heating System Tests at later season. If work is completed during the heating season, perform final tests of cooling equipment the following summer; if completed during summer, perform test of heating system the following winter 1.20 INSTRUCTION PERIOD FOR OWNER'S PERSONNEL MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE , COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15010 Page 7 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL A. Scope: Following installation of mechanical equipment and prior to acceptance of mechanical work, representatives of installation tradesmen shall conduct demonstrations and instruction periods to point out locations of servicing points and required points of maintenance to Owner's representatives. Work shall be done during the time balancing and testing work is being performed. B. Contractor's Representatives. Instructors shall be qualified foremen or superintendents from the trade involved; except Temperature Control Systems which shall be the engineer who performs testing and adjustment; with substantial experience on this project. Their qualifications shall be submitted before conducting the instruction, if requested by Architect. C. General Description of Instruction Periods: Each period shall include preliminary ' discussion, and presentation of information from maintenance manuals with appropriate references to drawings; followed by tours of building areas explaining maintenance requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, equipment cleaning procedures, temperature control settings and available adjustment. ' D. Scheduling of Instruction Periods: Notice of Contractor's readiness to conduct such instruction and demonstration shall be given to Architect at least 2 weeks prior to instruction periods, and agreement reached as to date at which instruction periods are to be performed. Receive approvals of proposed data prior to making final arrangements. 1.21 CERTIFICATIONS A Completion of Work. Provide written certification that Contractor has fully completed ' work in strict accordance with plans and specifications and requesting final inspection (10 -day notice). B. Materials and Workmanship Warranty: Provide written certification that Contractor will replace all materials and workmanship that prove defective for two -year after date of acceptance. C. Inspection: Provide written certification of inspection from the governing building authority, stating that all work has been inspected, accepted and approved as complying with existing governing ordinances and codes. END OF SECTION 15010 1 I 'L MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15010 Page 8 MECHANICAL WORK, GENERAL (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 I 1 I 1 I I , 1 I I I I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 ' Printed on 9/2/08 I I ' SECTION 15020 DEMOLITION & REMODELING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: Existing HVAC & PLUMBING is to be altered as shown on the drawings and /or as directed by the architect. Plan is general in nature and does not show all existing ' conditions or demolition work. This contractor shall coordinate with all other trades and disconnect /reconnect, extend /relocate, remove or alter, all existing mechanical equipment and piping required to facilitate work in remodel areas. Coordinate with general contractor and Architect for details prior to bid. 1.2 INSPECTION: Prior to submitting his bid, the M.C. shall inspect the existing facility and thoroughly familiarize himself with all conditions which may affect his contract. Determine plumbing, HVAC, piping, duct work and other misc. items effected by this work. The on -site inspection called for here shall be carried out sufficiently to afford the Contractor with information necessary to include in his bid the cost for all items involved in this project or required for completion of his work. Failure to follow these instructions shall be considered sufficient cause for this Contractor to provide necessary equipment at his own expense, as directed by the Engineer. 1.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING: Cutting and patching shall be kept to a minimum; if required, all patching shall produce results which conform to specifications for new general construction work. Finish to match adjacent work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EXISTING MATERIALS: All materials which are a part of the building shall remain the property of the Owner. 2.2 EXISTING MATERIAL RE- INSTALLE• Existing materials and equipment that are removed as a part of the work or stored in surplus may be reinstalled as a part of the new system subject to approval of conditions suitability by the Architect /Engineer. The requirements of the specifications (i.e. installation, warranty, testing, etc.) shall apply as if the materials were I new, supplied by the Contractor. 2.3 EXISTING MATERIALS NOT TO BE RE- INSTALLED A. In coordination with the Architect /Engineer, these materials shall be made available for his inspection and decision as to whether the Owner will retain possession. Items selected for retention shall be delivered to a location on the premises selected by the Owner and turned over to him, take reasonable care to avoid damage to this material If the Contractor fails to conform to this requirement, he shall purchase and turn over to the Owner replacement materials of like kind and quality. B All material not selected for retention by the Owner and debris shall be disposed of by the Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEl# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15020 Page 2 DEMOLITION & REMODELING A. Examine the structure, building, and conditions under which Division 15 work is to be installed for conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until deficiencies encountered in installation have been corrected. B. Report any delay or difficulties encountered in installation of Division 15 work which might be unsuitable to connect with work by other Divisions of this Specifications C. Failure to report conditions shall constitute acceptance of other work as being fit and proper for the installation of Division 15 work. 1 3.2 DEMOLITION A. Plumbing, mechanical equipment, ductwork and piping (exposed) no longer of service , as a result of this contract shall be removed. B. Prior to disconnecting or altering any piping or ductwork contractor shall determine areas or devices served by it, and repipe as required to retain system continuity as necessary. 3.3 CLEAN UP Remove all debris from the site and dispose of at Contractor's expense. Leave the site in a neat and orderly condition to the approval of the Architect. END OF SECTION 15020 • r I I I I I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I SECTION 15050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 DESCRIPTION A. General Provide motors, mounting accessories, painting, color banding, expansion shells and bolts, steel channels, vibration isolation and miscellaneous other basic materials B. General Requirement: Conform to Division 1. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Items for which submittal requirements specified elsewhere apply are as follows: A. Shop drawings 1. Ceiling hanger installation 2. Vibration isolation bases or frames 3. Equipment Base Installation Drawings 4. Information 1 5. Equipment Supports 6. Pumps and Air Handling Units Installation 7. Sleeves Installation B. Product Data 1. Motors 2. Beam Attachments 3 Ceiling hangers 4. Vibration Isolation Mountings and Seismic Restraints 5. Nameplates and Valve Tags 6. Thermometers and gages 7. Paint C. Certificates 1. Pressure Vessels 2. Inspections PART 2 PRODUCTS & MATERIALS 1 2.1 MATERIALS AND FABRICATED ASSEMBLIES A Structural steel for supports: ASTM A36 1 1. Galvanize members installed in fan plenums or areas of high humidity or condensation, and outside 2. Furnish other members with shop coat of red lead primer. 3. Shop fabricate for field assembly using bolts. 4 Minimize field welding. 5. Retouch primer after field welding. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15050 Page 2 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS B. Rain Hood and Flashings 1. Stainless steel: Minimum 20 Ga. 2. Sheet lead: 8 LB /SF minimum. 3. Sheet copper: 24 OZ /SF. C. Access doors, panels and frames: Style and type as required for material in which installed. 1. Size: 12x12 inch minimum, as indicated, or as required to allow inspection and removal of items served. 2. 14 Ga. minimum sheet metal, cadmium - plated or galvanized after fabrication. , . 3. Key lock, keyed alike, for panels in public areas. Primer painted. 4. U/L labeled when in fire -rated construction. 5. Acceptable manufacturers: Inryco /Milcor; Ventfab; American Warming; and Potter- Roemer. 6. Provide in walls, floors, and ceilings to permit access to all equipment and piping requiring service or adjustment. D. Drain Pans: 16 Ga. minimum, galvanized steel or black steel bonderized and painted. I 1. Provide satisfactory drainage with outlet connection not less than 1 -1/2 inch pipe or tubing. Locate outlet to insure complete drainage of pan. 2 Insulate with not less than 1/2 inch rigid, water impervious insulation of sprayed or foam -in -place type. 3. Provide drain line from drain pan to nearest floor drain or as indicated. 4. Provide in each coil unit. E. Equipment Guards 1. Use suitable structural frames with minimum 12 Ga., 3/4 inch galvanized mesh, or expanded metal mesh. 2. Attach to equipment by removable clips and bolts with wiring nuts, or other approved connectors. 3. At belts, provide opening for measuring RPMs. 4. Provide at all belts, couplings, moving machinery and equipment in accord with OSHA F. Drip shields above electrical equipment interior to the building 1. Size: To extend a minimum of 12 inchs beyond all outer edges of electrical equipment 2. 16 Ga. minimum, galvanized steel minimum 3. Provide at all locations where piping containing liquids or potential for condensate passes over electrical equipment or panels. 2.2 MOTORS A. General: Motors shall conform to the following unless noted otherwise. , B. Design and Construction: Unless otherwise specified, electric motors and enclosures covered by this specification shall conform to the applicable definitions and requirements of NEMA MG1 "Motors and Generators." (Application for copies should be MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I ' SECTION 15050 Page 3 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS addressed to the National Electrical Manufacturers Association, 155 East 44th Street, New York, NY 10017.) C. Nameplates: Provide with a readily visible nameplate containing the information required in NEMA MG1. D. Manufacturer: Mfr.: General Electric, Westinghouse, Allis- Chalmers, Goulds or U.S. Motors, high efficiency equal to Goulds "E" plus or G.E. "Energy Saver ". E. One -third HP and smaller: Single phase capacitor type unless noted otherwise; 120 volt or 115/230 volt nameplate rating. F One -half HP and larger: Three - phase, single speed induction type. Nameplate inscription 200/230/460 volt unless otherwise noted, shall be suitable for operation at I 480 volts. G. Service Factor: Not less than 1.1 NEMA Standard. H. Construction of Motor frames: In general, open drip - proof; for motors exposed to the weather, total enclosed or epoxy encapsulated as applicable for the service. I. Service Conditions: All equipment shall be designed and built for long, trouble -free life in industrial service and be capable of operating successfully under the following application conditions: 1. 40C maximum ambient temperature 2. 3,300 ft. maximum altitude 3 Voltage variations to plus or minus 10% of nameplate rating 4. Frequency variations to plus of minus 5% of nameplate rating. 5. Combined voltage and frequency variations to plus or minus 10% total, as long as frequency does not exceed plus or minus 5 %. 2.3 MOTOR CONTROL EQUIPMENT: Motor control equipment is specified in the electrical work specification; unless specified herein or noted otherwise. For coordination, refer to electrical drawings and specifications. Motor control specified in Division 15 shall be provided with the mechanical equipment and meet the requirement of Division 16, Electrical. 2.4 SLEEVES A. General. Shall be Schedule 40 black or galv steel pipe with unthreaded ends where piping passes through any floor slab. Other sleeves sheet steel as factory made sleeves or Miracle or Adjus -to -Crete mfr., or Sinco wall /slab sleeves B. Sealant: Provide per Section 07920, Sealants; use silicone Rubber Base Sealant - One Component ' 2 5 EXPANSION SHELLS AND BOLTS A. Expansion Shells for Rod Hangers: Phillips self - drilling anchors, Gregory "Bulldog" Omark "Drill Anchors ", or Fastite shells, in holes drilled in structural concrete. B. Expansion Bolts for Equipment. USM "Molly Parabolt ", or McCullough "Kwik- Bolt" in holes drilled in concrete MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15050 Page 4 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 2.6 FORMED STEEL CHANNELS AT SLAB • A. Channels: 12 gage min. 1 -3/8" x 1 -5/8" min. cross - section size; Uni- strut, Powerstrut, I Storack, or Eristrut. B. Locations of Channels: Neat and workmanlike, parallel to walls; max. spacing 5 ft. on centers in general, measured along the length of the pipe. C. Attachment of Channels to Slab: Attach to inserts in slab on 36" max. spacing, with one attachment to embedded insert within 3" of end of each channel. D. Attachment of Hanger to Channels: Provide mfr.'s standard locking type inserted nuts, or same mfr. as channel, and attach hangers thereto. 2.7 WELDING TO BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS: Not allowed except as shown or noted on the drawings. I 2.8 VIBRATION ISOLATION MOUNTINGS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General: Provide as specified under equipment sections of these specifications. I B. Manufacturers: Vibration isolation mountings shall be as manufactured by Amber /Booth, Consolidated Kinetics, Vibration Eliminator Co., Vibrations Mountings Inc., Korfund, Mason, or approved equal. C. Type: Spring isolation shall be of the stable spring type, housed or unhoused with or without rubber inserts as indicated. Provide a 1/2" thick pad of waffle type rubber damper material between the mount and the bearing surface Spring shall be sized per manufacturer's recommendations. Provide anchor bolts for each mounting Seismic restraint may be integral with the spring mount or provided as a separate snubber assembly, as required. D. Exceptions: Unitary equipment with internal isolators for all rotating equipment meeting the requirements of this specification requires no additional isolation; except, where floor or curb mounted, provide a 1/2" thick pad of waffle type rubber damper material between the unit and the bearing surface. 2.9 NAMEPLATES AND VALVE TAGS: , A. Nameplates: Make of laminated black plastic with lettering cut through to white background. (Plastic strips with raised letters made by a marking device are not acceptable.) B. Valve Tags: Shall be of 0.030 " thick brass or stainless steel 1" x 2 -1/2" size; shall state the service and destination of the line controlled. Tag inscriptions shall be made with a lettering device; 5/16" high cut lettering. Laminated plastic tags, construction similar to nameplates, will also be acceptable. 2.10 PIPING IDENTIFICATION , A. Piping throughout the building shall be identified with W.H. Brady Co. B -946, or approved equal, meeting or exceeding ANSI Ala 1 -1981. Pipe markers shall consist of an arrow in direction of flow, color, and wording as indicated in the following schedule. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I SECTION 15050 Page 5 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS I Stencils shall be visibly located and spaced on maximum 20' -0" centers for long straight pipe runs. B. Color Code: In accordance with the following standards: 1 SERVICE COLOR STENCIL Domestic Cold Water Blue C.W. I Domestic Hot Water Red H.W. Domestic Hot Water Circulating Red H.W. C. Condensate Lines Green C. Gas Piping Yellow GAS I 2.11 SPECIAL MAINTENANCE MATERIALS. For equipment requiring frequent replacement of maintenance materials, such as filters, lubricants, etc , provide a 3 -month supply to the 1 Owner, together with grease guns or other application devices and instructions. Submit list of equipment and required maintenance materials and frequency of service to architect for approval. I 2.12 PIPE THERMOMETERS A. General: Locally mounted temperature indicators shall be bi- metallic thermometers with I five -inch dial, corrosion -and weather -proof case, 316 stainless steel stem, and suitable for back - mounting in standard thermowells. Range shall be 30 -130 deg F for cold water and 0 -250 deg F for hot water; otherwise to suit service. Accuracy shall be + 1% of 111 range. B . Location: If necessary for operating visibility, or in vibrating service, a dial thermometer with filled thermal system of sufficient capillary tubing length shall be used. C. Installation Limitations: Thermowells shall have two -inch lagging extension where installed on insulated piping. D. Manufacturers: Temperature indicators shall be industrial grade: American, Ashcroft, I Palmer, Trerice, Weksler or approved equal. 2.13 PRESSURE GAGES . I A. Pressure gages: ANSI B40.1 - 1974 Grade A. 1. Provide as indicated. I 2. Acceptable manufacturers: Ashcroft, U S Gage; Trerice, American; March; Duragage; and Weksleer. 3. Run one - quarter inch hard temper copper tubing from gage with a 1/4 inch angle shutoff valve to its respective pipe connection I B Calibration: Properly calibrate and zero all gages at job site for pressure head and temperature in accord with manufacturer's instructions. I C. Size: Unless code requires otherwise, provide pressure gages with 4 -1/2 inch dial, surface or flush type as required, with white faces, black numerals, black pointers, bronze bourdon tubes. I I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 i Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 15050 Page 6 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS D. Pressure gage characteristics Range PSIG Fiq Interval PSIG Inter. Graduations PSIG Domestic 0 -150 20 2 Compressed air. 0 -150 20 2 E. Service: Use pressure gages suitable for service intended. Install siphons in accord with gage manufacturer's recommendations and best practices of trade. 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 MOTORS: Install motor per manufacturer's recommendation and properly align with driven 1 device. 3.2 CONTROL WIRING: Install per current National Electrical Code and Division 16, Electrical. I 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPE SLEEVES A. General: Provide pipe sleeve where pipe passes through wall or floor and at other , locations indicated. Sleeves through floor should project 1 -inch above finished floor. B. Diameter: Provide minimum of 1/2 inch radial clearance beyond pipe and pipe plus insulation, where required. Extend sleeve full thickness of wall or floor. C. Installation: Set sleeves in place prior to pouring of concrete in new construction; core drill and grout sleeves in place for unit masonry construction and existing construction. Fasten sleeves to wood forms with centered lag screws or nails. Attach sleeves to metal forms with Kalon type "U" drive screws and sheet metal clips. D. Sealing: Where pipes pass through fire -rated walls, or floors, place fire caulking 1 material, in accordance with UL 1479, between pipe and pipe sleeve for full length of sleeve to maintain fire rating. Where pipes pass through non -rated walls or floors, caulk space between pipes and pipe sleeves with oakum and caulk both ends with non- hardening silicone construction sealant. Where pipes pass through walls below grade, provide compression seal as indicated. 3.4 EXPANSION SHELLS AND BOLTS: Expansion shells and expansion bolts shall be used , only where shown to hang piping or equipment from concrete slabs or walls. 3.5 FORMED STEEL CHANNELS AT SLABS I A. Scope: At locations shown, and also wherever groups of these pipes or more in a 24" width are suspended from slabs, provide formed steel channels bolted to concrete inserts embedded in slab; length to extend across all pipes and 6" beyond outermost pipes; and suspend hangers for piping from these channels. B. Locations of Channels: Neat and workmanlike, parallel to walls; spacing 5 ft. on centers in general, measured along the length of the pipe. C. Attachment of Channels to Slab Attach to inserts in slab on 36" max. spacing with one attachment to embedded insert within 3" of end of each channel MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ' SECTION 15050 Page 7 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS D. Attachment of Hangers to Channels: Provide manufacturer's standard locking type inserted nuts, of same manufacturer as channel, and attach hangers thereto. 3.6 VIBRATION ISOLATION MOUNTINGS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS. Vibration isolation ' mountings and seismic restraints shall be provided for all rotating machinery, as shown. Install mountings and anchor bolts. ' 3.7 NAMEPLATES AND VALVE TAGS A. Nameplates: Provide for all equipment, except equipment upon which name has been painted (See 3 8 below). Include air conditioning units and exhaust fans furnished by owner. B. For all air conditioning units and exhausts fans, provide label with unit number as noted ' on the mechanical plans on the exterior of each unit and inside of building located on the ductwork. Labels should be in 6" block lettering in black color and located where easily visible from the roof hatch. ' C. Valve Tags: Provide wherever the destination or identity of the line is not visible from the valve; fastened with chain to the valve stem 3.8 PAINTING OF NAMES OF EQUIPMENT: Lettering shall be done by stenciling; shall be proportional to the size of the equipment and in contrasting color. Generally, 2" high letters will be the max. requirement 3.9 EARTHWORK A. Scope: Do all earthwork required for the installation of mechanical work in the ground. 1 B. Excavation: Do as necessary for the installation of the work. C Trench Excavation: Trenches shall be of the necessary width for proper laying of pipe, ' with banks as nearly vertical as possible. Trench bottoms shall be accurately graded to provide uniform undisturbed bedding for each section of pipe, along its entire length The holes and depressions for joints shall be formed after trench bottom has been graded. Provide temporary pumping equipment to keep the excavation free from water. Pipe bedding in rock excavation shall consist of not less than six inches of sand or equivalent material. D. Bracing and Shoring Bracing and shoring shall be provided. E. Backfilling: Backfill trenches only after completion of pressure tests and inspection by the Architect. Fill spaces between pipe and sides of trench by hand, shovel tamped in ' place Cover in 6 -inch layers to thickness of 12 inches over top of pipe. Fill and tamp remainder of backfill material in 1 foot layers. Backfill materials generally shall be clean earth or sand relatively free of clods or stones. For sewer and water piping, use pea ' gravel under, around and to 6 inches above top piping. Gas and water piping shall be the same except that sand shall be used instead of pea gravel. In addition, wherever paving or future paving is indicated over backfill, the remainder of the backfill shall be granular subgrade backfill material (Butler fill). ' F. Compacting Compacting shall be performed individually, for each layer of 6" max loose thickness of backfill. Where roadway or parking area surfaces are to be placed over backfill, it shall be placed at a moisture condition which will produce max. density; MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 15050 Page 8 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS elsewhere, 90 %. Measurement in accordance with Method D of AASHTO Standard T -180. ' G. Surplus Earth: Contractor shall dispose of surplus earth. H. Barricades: Barricades, construction signs, torches, red lanterns and guards, as required, shall be placed and maintained during periods of open excavation as necessary to protect persons from injury and to avoid property damage. I. Clean -up: Leave premises thoroughly clean at completion. 1 3.10 BURIED PIPING: Wherever any piping is to be installed in areas which have been excavated below pipe inverts, for any purpose, install the piping in compacted backfill. Do not install the piping until the backfill is at specified compaction has been completed up to a level of 18" or more above the level of the installed pipe; then, the piping shall be installed in trenches which have been re- excavated through the backfill. 3.11 FOUNDATIONS, SUPPORTS, PIERS, ATTACHMENTS, ROOF CURBS A Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary foundations, supports, pads, bases, roof curbs and piers required for all mechanical equipment, piping, tanks, ducts and for all other equipment furnished under this contract, and shall submit drawings to the Architect/Engineer for approval before purchase, fabrication or construction of same. B. For rotating machinery, and for all equipment where foundations are indicated, furnish and install concrete pads as shown. All pads shall be extended 6- inches beyond machine base in all directions with top edge chamfered. Inset 6 -inch steel dowel rods into floors to anchor pads Shop drawings of all foundations and pads shall be submitted to the Architect for approval before same are constructed. C. Construction of foundations, supports, pads, bases, and piers where mounted on the 1 floor, shall be of the same materials and same quality of finish as the adjacent and surrounding flooring material. D. All equipment, unless shown otherwise, shall be securely attached to the building structure in an approved manner which conforms with all applicable codes. Attachments shall be of a strong and durable nature and any attachments that are, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, not strong enough shall be replaced as directed. E. All roof curbs shall have flashing and counter flashing for water resistance. 1. Place 2" thick 1 lb. density fibrous glass blanket on roof deck exposed within curb ' for all power driven equipment and provide continuous cover of 1 lb. lead on the blanket; lap seam approximately 3" plus or minus. 3.12 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A General: Necessary supports shall be provided for all equipment, appurtenances and pipe as required; these include frames or supports for pumps, air handling units, and fans. B. Equipment Supports. Equipment shall not be hung from concrete floors, provide , hangers from structure as required; span between structural members with additional structural steel as required to mount equipment in locations shown. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 i 1 SECTION 15050 Page 9 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS ' C. Pumps and Air Handling Units Installation: Provide isolation from building structure by means of isolation pads; include machine and floor or foundation fastenings; set equipment on concrete pads. Provide equipment base drawings, bolt- setting ' information, and anchor bolts for all floor mounted equipment. Provide steel shims and grouting under each base mounting point. ' 3.13 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Make heating system available and operable as early as practicable for temporary heating of the building B. Do not operate ventilating system for temporary heating without filters installed. ' C. Install temporary filters over return air intakes and in equipment. Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for clean ductwork. Filters shall be formed from continuous section of 2" roll filter media tied securely over unit or equipment intake and over return air intake. The unit's standard filter can be used as temporary and must be checked, cleaned and replaced periodically during construction and shall be replaced with new for final acceptance. ' 3.15 DRIP SHIELDS ABOVE INTIERIOR ELECTRICAL EQUPMENT AND PANELS. Drip shield shall be provided above all electrical equipment and panels. END OF SECTION 15050 • I I 1 I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15050 Page 10 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I SECTION 15250 INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL I 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide insulation required for piping system, ductwork, equipment and I accessories. B. General Requirement: Conform to Division 1. I 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Items for which the submittal requirements, specified elsewhere, apply are as follows: ' A. Product Data: All materials. B. Certificates of Compliance: Insulation. I 1.3 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS: The most recent edition of the publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent indicated by the references thereto. I ASTM E84 NFPA 255 "Surface Burn Characteristic of Building Materials" "Building Materials, Tests of Surface Burning Characteristics" UL 723 "Test Hazard Classification of Building Materials" III ASTM E96. "Test for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials" ASTM 0-781 "Test for Paperboard Puncture" (Beach Puncture) ASTM D -774 "Burst Strength of Paper Test" (Mullen Burst) NFPA 90A "Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" I ASTM C177 "Test for Thermal Conductivity of Materials by Guarded Hot Plate" 1.4 FIRE RESISTANCE A. Ratings: Insulation tape, adhesives, vapor barrier materials and jackets shall have a flame spread rating of not more than 25 Smoke developed ratings shall not exceed the following: 1 1. Fiberglass with all service jacket, not more than 50. 2. Phenolic Foam with all service jacket, not more than 50. 3. Closed Cell Elastomeric Insulation, 1" thickness or less, no jacket, not more than I 270 4. Continuously molded Rigid Urethane Foam, with all service jacket, not more than 200. 5. Other insulation items not exempted from fire resistant ratings: smoke developed I rating not more than 50. Ratings shall be developed by testing in accordance with NFPA 255, ASTM E84 and UL 723. I B. Factory /Field Applied Items: Materials that are factory applied shall be tested as assembled Materials that are field applied may be tested individually. UL label or listing or satisfactory certified test report from an approved testing laboratory will be required to indicate compliance with the preceding paragraph. Flameproofing I treatments subject to deterioration are not acceptable. C Exempt Items The following materials are exempt from Fire Resistant Rating: l MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 15250 Page 2 INSULATION 1. Nylon duct insulation anchors 2. Treated wood insulation inserts 3. PVC fitting and valve covers 1.5 THICKNESS. The normal thickness of insulation given is the thickness of the basic block • insulating medium and does not include the finishing coats. 1.6 PROOF OF COMPLIANCE: Proof of approval of materials shall be delivered to the Architect. This approval shall incorporate approval of Underwriters Laboratories and other authorities having jurisdiction as well as certified performance guarantees 1.7 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. Conform to Division 1 of these specifications. 1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FIBERGLASS PIPE INSULATION: Fiberglass pipe insulation suitable for pipe temperature from -60 deg F to 500 deg F; one piece type with only one longitudinal joint. Thermal conductivity not greater than 0.27 BTU per square foot per deg F per inch of thickness at 100 deg F, 0.30 BTU per square foot per deg F per hour a per inch of thickness 200 deg F and 0.40 BTU per square foot per hour at per inch of thickness 300 deg F. As manufactured by CTM (CertainTeed Manson) or equal. Provide factory applied all service jacket. 2.2 PHENOLIC FOAM PIPE INSULATION: Continuously molded, chemically neutral phenolic resin pipe insulation suitable for pipe temperatures from -40 deg F to 250 deg F; one piece type with only one longitudinal joint. Thermal conductivity not greater than 0.22 BTU per square foot per deg F per hour per inch of thickness at 40 deg F mean temperature and 0 23 BTU per square foot per deg F per hour per inch thickness at 75 deg F mean temperature. Provide factory applied all service jacket. 2.3 CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC PIPE INSULATION: Closed cell elastomeric pipe insulation suitable for pipe temperatures from -20 deg F to 180 deg F. Thermal conductivity not greater than 0.26 BTU per square foot per deg F per hour per inch of thickness at mean temperatures of 75 deg F to 90 deg F. Finish with elastomeric insulation finish in exposed areas. 2.4 JACKETS FOR PIPE INSULATION 111 A. Factory Applied All- Service Jacket: White Kraft paper outer surface bonded to aluminum foil vapor barrier, suitable for painting. Kraft paper permanently treated for fire and smoke safety and to prevent corrosion of the foil. Factory applied pressure sensitive closure system for permanent seal of laps and butt strips. Physical characteristics as follows: 1 Water Vapor Permeability (ASTM E96) 0.02 perm 2. Breach Puncture (ASTM D -781) 50 oz. in /in tear 3. Mullen Burst (ASTM D -776) 70 psi B. Jacket For Pipe Insulation Exposed to Weather. Provide PVC fitting covers & PVC 020" thick PVC jacketing for insulation exposed to weather Fitting covers and jacketing shall be Knauf 25/50 rated proto PVC, or approved, installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for outdoor piping insulation. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I ' SECTION 15250 Page 3 INSULATION 1 2.5 LAVATORY INSULATION KITS A. Provide for all lavatories, Lavatory P -Trap and angle valve assemblies shall be insulated ' with the fully molded Truebro, Handi Lay -Guard insulation kit, Model #102, with accessory 105W for offset line, color white. ' 2.6 INSULATION OF FITTINGS AND VALVES A. Fittings - All Service Jacket. Factory premolded one -piece PVC fitting cover, factory precut insulation same type and thickness as the adjacent pipe insulation. Seal with ' vapor barrier adhesive on cold lines 2 7 DUCTWORK INSULATION: Fiberglass flexible blanket with foil- scrim -kraft facing. Thickness as scheduled under 15250 part 3. 2.8 DUCT LINING Lining to cover all four interior sides; glass fiber, John - Manville "Micro - Coustic" or Pittsburgh Plate Glass "Textraface "; thickness as scheduled under 15250 ' part 3. Lining shall meet erosion test method described in UL Pub. No. 181. Maximum flame spread rating, 25; maximum smoke Developed rating, 50. ' A. JOINT TAPE: Glass fiber reinforced, aluminum foil and kraft paper laminate with vapor barrier characteristics comparable to insulation facing. 2.9 FINISHING CEMENT: Hydraulic setting, low shrinkage insulating and finishing cement for one coat finish, Johns - Manville No. 375 Cement or approved equal, suitable for painting with water base paint. 2.10 INSULATING CEMENT: Mineral fiber cement suitable for application on metal in single layers up to 4" thick, Johns - Manville No. 460 cement, or equal 2.11 VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE: Vapor barrier lap sealing adhesive, Foster 85 -20 or ' approved equal. 2.12 LAGGING ADHESIVE: Lagging adhesive, Foster 30 -36 or approved equal. 1 2.13 ELASTOMERIC INSULATION ADHESIVE: Armstrong 520 adhesive or approved equal. 2.14 ELASTOMERIC INSULATION FINISH: Armstrong Armaflex finish or approved equal, color I white. 2.15 INSULATION PIN FASTENERS: Zinc coated steel, 2X2 perforated steel plate with spindle and washer. Spindle length to suit insulation thickness. 2.16 INSULATION PIN ADHESIVE: Contact cement suitable for fastening insulation pins to metal surfaces, Miracle Adhesive No. HT4620, Foster 82 -11. or approved equal ' 2 17 INSERTS BETWEEN PIPES AND PIPE HANGERS /SUPPORTS A. Rigid block insulation Calcium silicate of thickness equal to the adjoining insulation; ' provide vapor barrier. B. Inserts: Provide inserts not less than the following length: ' MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I 1 SECTION 15250 Page 4 INSULATION 1. 1/2" to 2 -1/2" pipe: 6" long. 2. 3" or greater pipe: 9" long. C. Treated wood inserts: May be used on cold piping system PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL ' A. Install: All joints tightly butted. B. Tuck and tuft: Edges of insulation. C. Access: Install insulation to allow easy access to equipment for inspection and repairs. D. Clean up:. Remove all loose dirt, rust, all other loose foreign material, moisture and frost from surfaces prior to installing insulation. 3.2 TIME OF APPLICATION A. General: Insulation shall be applied only after piping has been tested. Insulation contractor may at his option insulate the various piping systems, except flanges, with the understanding that necessary removals, repairs and modifications to insulation due to leaks that may occur in piping systems due to testing will be made without additional cost to the general contractor. All loose dirt, rust, etc., shall be removed by the subcontractor from the pipe surface. Piping must also be free of frost at time of insulating. 3.3 ITEMS TO BE INSULATED: The following items shall be insulated either wholly or to the ' extent indicated: A. Piping: The following piping shall be insulated except (1) valve stems, handwheels and operators; (2) unions 1. Cold lines. Condensate drain lines, domestic cold water, and piping to roof drains. 2. Hot lines: domestic hot water supply and circulating piping. B. Ductwork and Air Handling Equipment: Insulate all air handling systems from the outside air intake to the room outlets, including ductwork, plenums, casings, coils, fans, and sound attenuators. Insulate all return air systems, including ductwork, plenums and sound attenuators. Ductwork and equipment specified to have internal acoustical lining will not require external insulation. Do not use internal lining on ducts serving a make -up air system. 3 4 INSULATION THICKNESS AND TYPE A. Pipe insulation type and thickness shall be as follows: ' MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard. Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I I SECTION 15250 Page 5 INSULATION I Service Insulation Type To 1" 1-1/4"-2" 2-1/2"-4" 5"-6" D omestic Hot Water & Fiberglass 1" 1" 1 -1/2" 1 -1/2" Domestic Hot Water Phenolic 1" 1" 1 -1/2" 1 -1/2" Circulating Urethane 3/4" 3/4" 1" 1-1/2" (100 °F to 140 °F) Elastomeric 1" 1" 1 -1/2" 1 -1/2" I Service Insulation Type To 1" 1- 1/4 " -2" 2- 1/2 " -4" 5 " -6" RD Piping Condenser Fiberglass 1" 1" 1" 1" Water, I Domestic Cold Water, Phenolic 1" 1" 1" 1" (40 °F to 80 °F) Urethane 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" Elastomeric 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" I Service Insulation Type To 1" 1- 1/4 " -2" 2- 1/2 " -4" 5 " -6" Indirect (Cold) Fiberglass 1" 1" 1" 1" Drains (32 °F to 70°F) Phenolic 1" 1" 1" 1" I Urethane 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" 3/4" Elastomeric 1" 1" 1" 1" I B. INSULATION OF DUCTS 1. Insulation Types and Values Insulation Values A. C =.48 R =2.08 B. C =.24 R =4.16 C. D. C =.16 R =6 25 C =.12 R =8 E. C =.08 R =12 V. Vapor barrier, with perm rating not greater than 0.5 perm, all joints sealed. I W. Approved weatherproof barrier. 2. Climatic Zone I = 6000 degree days or below. I Climatic Zone II = 6001 degree days or more. Duct Location Insulation Types Exterior Zone I D,V,W I Zone II E,V,W Unheated Space Zone I C,V Zone II D,V I Conditioned Space C,V I 3 5 PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. General 1 All insulation shall be continuous through wall and /or ceiling openings and sleeves. 2. Insulation on all cold surfaces where vapor barrier jackets are used shall be applied with a continuous, unbroken vapor seal. Hangers, supports, anchors, etc , that are I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I / ;/ SECTION 15250 Page 6 INSULATION secured directly to cold surfaces shall be adequately insulated and vapor sealed to prevent condensation. 3. Metal shields shall be applied between hangers or supports of piping and the pipe insulation; refer to section 15410 4. Specified adhesives, mastics and coatings shall be applied at the manufacturer's recommended minimum coverage per gallon. B. All Service Jacketed Insulation: Insulation shall be applied over clean, dry pipe with all joints butted together. Longitudinal jacket laps and butt strips shall be smoothly secured according to manufacturer's recommendations. 3.6 FITTING INSULATION INSTALLATION 1 A. All Service Jacket Insulation Fittings: Apply factory precut insulation tucking ends of the insulation snugly into the throat of the fitting, and edges adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked in, fully insulating the pipe fitting. Seal all seam edges of the one piece PVC fitting cover with vapor - barrier adhesive applied over insulation. Tape circumferential edges of cover with vapor barrier pressure sensitive tape to match fitting cover color. The tape shall extend over the adjacent pipe insulation and have an overlap on itself at least one inch. 3.7 DUCT INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Rigid Insulation: Secure rigid insulation to ductwork by impaling over pins located not more than 3 inches from the edge of insulation pieces and spaced not more than 12 inches on center. Apply insulation with all joints tightly butted. Cold ductwork shall have all joints, breaks, punctures and voids filled with vapor barrier mastic and covered with tape to match insulation facing. B. Flexible Insulation: Apply flexible blanket insulation to ductwork with Foster 85 -20 mastic applied in 4 inch wide strips on 12 inch centers; secure with edges tightly stitched with stables. Insulation on the bottom of rectangular horizontal ducts over 24 inches wide shall be impaled over pins as specified for rigid insulation in addition to mastic; sagging of flexible duct insulation will not be permitted. Seal all punctures and voids with vapor barrier. C. Seams: All seams shall be sealed with 4" wide pressure sensitive vapor barrier tape to I match insulation facing. D. Duct Lining: See Section 15880, Part 3 Paragraph D. for execution. END OF SECTION 15250 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 r 1 SECTION 15400 SOIL, WASTE AND DRAINAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A General. Provide soil, waste and vent systems and associated equipment and ' accessories. B. General Requirement: Conform to Division 1. ' 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Items for which requirements specified elsewhere apply are as follows: A Product data 1 1 Pipe and fittings 2. Cleanouts 3. Fixture supports 4. Drains B. Certificates: Plumbing inspection ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE • Contractor to provide written verification from local authority for all substitution.. 1 • Contractor to complete substitution request for per specification section 00100 instructions to bidders and provide all savings information. A. Soil Pipe 1 1. Grease waste lines (Meat & Bakery, Rotisserie, Food Service) ' a. 2" and smaller above ground Standard weight galvanized steel; ASTM Al20 or A53 Acceptable substitutions if allowed by local code: CPVC; ASTM D1784 — 200 F Rated ' b. 2 -1/2" and larger above ground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe; CISPI 301 -05 with neoprene sleeve gasket and stainless steel shield and bands CISPI 310- 1 04 Acceptable substitutions if allowed by local code: CPVC; D1784 — 200 F Rated c. Underground: Standard weight hubless cast iron pipe, CISPI 301 05, neoprene 1 sleeve gasket and stainless steel shield and bands CISPI 310 -04. Acceptable substitutions if allowed by local code: CPVC D1784 — 200 F Rated ' 2 Non Grease waste lines excluding photo lab (Restrooms, condensate from refrigratated cases) ' MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 • 1 J i SECTION 15400 Page 2 SOIL, WASTE AND DRAINAGE a. 2" and smaller above ground: Standard weight galvanized steel; ASTM Al20 or A53. Acceptable substitutions if allowed by local code: PVC or ABS b. 2 -1/2" and larger above ground: Standard hubless cast iron pipe; CISPI 301 -05 with neoprene sleeve gasket and stainless steel shield and bands CISPI 310- 04. Acceptable substitutions if allowed by local code: PVC or ABS c. Underground: Standard weight hubless cast iron pipe, CISPI 301 -05, neoprene sleeve gasket and stainless steel shield and bands CISPI 310 -04. Acceptable substitutions if allowed by local code: PVC or ABS 3. Photo Lab a. Above grade & below grade all sizes: PVC 1 B. Vent Piping 1. 1 -1/2" and Smaller above ground Standard weight galvanized steel; ASTM Al20 or A53. Acceptable substitutions if allowed by local code: PVC or ABS 2. 2" and larger above ground a. Standard weight galvanized steel; ASTM Al20 or A53. b Standard weight hubless cast iron pipe; CISPI 301 -05 neoprene sleeve gasket, stainless steel shield and bands CISPI 310 -04. Acceptable substitutions if allowed by local code: PVC or ABS 3. Underground: Standard weight hubless cast iron pipe, CISPI 301 05, neoprene sleeve gasket, cast iron mechanical coupling. Acceptable substitutions if allowed by local code: PVC or ABS ' C. Indirect Waste Piping: Galvanized steel pipe, copper or plastic. D. Roof Drain Piping 1 1. Schedule 40 black steel, welded or grooved end fittings. 2. Standard weight hubless cast iron pipe: CISPI 301 -05 neoprene sleeve gasket, stainless steel shield and bands CISPI 310 -04. Acceptable substitutions if allowed by local code: PVC or ABS 3. Condensate Drain Piping Galvanized steel pipe, copper or plastic. For buildings • with metal roof system - use ABS or PVC only. All exterior PVC to be schedule 80 2.2 FITTINGS A. Galvanized Steel Pipe 1. Soil or roof drainage: Screwed drainage fittings ANSI B16.12. 2. Vent or indirect waste 150# galvanized malleable iron screwed fittings ANSI B16.3. M ULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 ' SECTION 15400 Page 3 SOIL, WASTE AND DRAINAGE B. Hubless Cast Iron: Hubless cast iron fittings ANSI A112.5.1 and ASTM 74 -72. ' 2 3 CLEANOUTS A. Floor Cleanouts 1. Cast iron body and frame, round adjustable scoriated secured nickel bronze top, bronze plug, cast iron parts plated with zinc or cadmium. 2. Acceptable mfrs.: Zurn ZN- 1400 -HD or approved equal. ' B. Wall Cleanouts 1. Cast iron cleanout tee, nickel bronze frame and cover, bronze plug. 2. Acceptable mfrs.: Zurn Z 1446 - BP or approved equal. 2.4 FIXTURE SUPPORTS L A. Acceptable mfrs.: Zurn, Jay R. Smith, Josam or Ancon. ' B. Wall Hung Fixtures: Provide wall hung fixtures with concealed fixture hanger constructed for fixture, cast iron feet sit on sub -floor or cast in sub - floor, or supported by floor -to- ceiling pipes. Concealed arm fixture supports required where suitable for fixture. Exposed arm supports, white enamel finish where fixture is mounted on plastic walls, vitreous enamel where mounted against ceramic or glazed finish walls. Support base shall not extend beyond wall of chase into finished space. 2.5 DRAINS ' A. Acceptable mfrs: Zurn or Jay R. Smith B. See "Plumbing Fixture Schedule" on Plans for specifications of drains. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING: Perform trenching and backfilling associated with plumbing installation in strict accordance with pertinent provisions of excavating, filling and ' grading specifications, Section 15010 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT A. General 1. Install piping promptly; cap or plug open ends; conserve space for other work. 2. Provide uniform pitch of at least 1/4 inch per foot, except where noted, for horizontal waste & soil piping within building; pitch vents for proper drainage 3 Cushion traps to minimize transfer of sound; firmly anchor pipes in position 4 Inspect each piece of pipe, fittings, and equipment for defects and obstructions; ' promptly remove defective material from job site. 5. Install pipes to clear beams and obstructions; do not cut into or reduce size of load carrying members without the approval of Engineer. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 15400 Page 4 SOIL, WASTE AND DRAINAGE 6. Vertical stacks, supported at floors with clamp anchors are required to relieve joint stresses. B. Cast Iron Soil Pipe 111 1. Install in bedding of trench, grade to provide uniform support. 2. Hubless with stainless steel couplings. a. Install neoprene gasket and stainless steel shield coupling jointing assemblies with bolts. b. Alternately and incrementally tighten to 60 inch - pounds torque, minimum. Retorque bolts after 24 hours. c. Use single set -point torque wrench manufactured specifically for this purpose; do not use screwdrivers or other types of wrenches. 3 Provided pipe wrap when corrosive soil conditions exist. a. Polyethylene Encasement; ASTM A 674, ANSI A21.5 3.3 PIPE HANGER SPACING - COPPER, CAST IRON, ABS, PVC, & CPVC (SEE SECTION 15410) 3.4 BELOW GRADE PIPING SUPPORT (SEE SECTION 15410) 3.5 TESTING A. Drainage Piping Tests 1. Pressure test at 5 psi minimum for 30 minutes, witnessed by Architect. 2. Correct any leaks and repeat test. 3.6 CLEANING UP: A. Prior to acceptance of building complete the following: 1 1. Thoroughly clean exposed portions of plumbing installation. 2. Remove labels and traces of foreign substance 3. Verify all piping is free of obstructions and /or construction debris. 4. Clean all drain sediment buckets. 5. Pressure wash all waste piping to assure piping is free of construction debris. 6. Use only a cleaning solution approved by mfr. of plumbing item to avoid damage to finished surfaces. 3.7 PROJECT CLOSE -OUT Provide Test reports, instruction of Owners personnel, Certificates of Approval and /or Completion; guarantees and warranties; operating and maintenance manuals; and As -Built Drawings per Section 15010. END OF SECTION 15400 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 15410 PIPING SYSTEMS ' PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION ' A. General: Provide piping, fittings, supports, hangers and miscellaneous system accessories. ' 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Items for which submittal requirements specified elsewhere apply are as follows: A. Product data Submit for: 1. 'Pipe and fittings • 2. Valves 3. Gaskets 4. Strainers 5 Unions 6. Dielectric unions ' 7. Escutcheon plates 8. Balancing /Measuring Valves 9. Pipe hangers 10. Hose end drain valves 11. Solder 12. Pipe and wall seal 13. Seismic Connections ' B. Certificates Submit for welders. 1.3 DIAGRAMS ' A. Schematic: Diagrams showing pipe connections are schematic only. Do not use for calculating lineal runs or number and types of fittings. B Scale and detail: The drawings do not show exact details of piping. No extra payments for offsetting due to obstructions will be made. 1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Conform to Division 1, of these specifications. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER ' A. Acceptable mfrs for pipes, fittings, valves, flanges, and gaskets: Listed below or specified. ' 1. Steel pipe: U.S. Steel, "National ", Bethlehem, Youngstown, Republic Tube or Jones & Laughlin. 2. Copper tubing' Chase, Anaconda, Revere, Mueller, Phelps- Dodge, Reading Tube or Bridgeport MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 i SECTION 15410 Page 2 PIPING SYSTEMS 3. Fittings: Aeroquip, Grinnell, Grabler, Stockham, Walworth, Kuhns, Flagg, Fraters, Nibco, Tube Turns, Crane, Anoconda, Chase, Revere, Phelps- Dodge, Bridgeport, Tube Forgings of America, Vogt Acheson, Bonney Forge or. Viega 4. Valves: Crane, Lunkenheimer, Keystone, Jenkins, Walworth, Kennedy, Stockham, Nibco, W -K -M, Milwaukee, Powell, Dezurik, Homestead Red White, Apollo, Valve Corp or Ohio. 5. Gaskets: Crane, Garlock, U.S. Rubber, Anchor, Flexitallic. 6. Strainers: Armstrong, McAlear, Sarco, Hoffman, Crane or Nicholson. 7. Shaped Nipples: Allied or Bonney Forge. 8. Seismic Connection /expansion loops: Metraflex. 2.2 VALVES A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory - fabricated valves of type, body material, and pressure class indicated. Provide pressure class selected from MSS or ANSI standards based on maximum pressure and temperature in piping system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide valves size same as connecting pipe size, and ends suitable for piping material. B. Gate Valves 1. Packing: Design for repacking under pressure when fully opened. Equip with packing suitable for intended service. Design so back seating protects packing and stem threads from fluid when valve is fully opened. Equip with gland follower. 2. Comply with following standards: Cast iron valves: MSS SP -70; bronze valves: MSS SP -80; Steel valves: ANSI B16.34. 3. For Domestic Water Service: a. Threaded Ends 2" and Smaller: Class 125, bronze body, union bonnet, rising stem, solid wedge. b. Flanged Ends 2 -1/2" and Larger: Class 125, iron body bronze mounted, bolted bonnet, rising stem, OS & Y, solid wedge. c. Solder Ends 2" and Smaller: Class 125, bronze body, screwed bonnet, nonrising stem, solid wedged. C. Globe Valves: 1. Packing: Design for repacking under pressure when fully opened. Equip with packing suitable for intended service. Design so back seating protects packing and stem threads from fluid when valve is fully opened. Equip with gland follower. 2 Composition Discs: Where used, provide suitable material for intended service. For steam throttling service, fit composition disc valve with throttling nut. For metal seated globe valves, provided hardened stainless steel disc and seat ring 3. Comply with the following standards: a. Bronze valves: MSS SP -80 b. Steel valves: ANSI B16.34 4 For Domestic Water Service: a Threaded ends 2" and smaller. class 150, bronze body, union bonnet, rising stem, composition disc. b. Solder ends 2" and smaller: Class 125, bronze body, screwed bonnet, rising stem, composition disc. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 15410 Page 3 PIPING SYSTEMS 1 c. Flanges ends 2 -1/2" and larger: Class 125, iron body, bolted bonnet, rising stem, OS & Y, renewable seat and disc. 5. Drain Valves For Low Pressure Drainage Service: a. Threaded end 2" and smaller: Class 125, bronze body, screwed bonnet, rising stem, composition disc, 3/4" hose outlet connection. b. Solder ends 2" and smaller: Class 125, bronze body, screwed bonnet, rising stem, composition disc, 3/4" hose outlet connection. D. Swing Check Valves: .1 1. General: Support hanger pins on both ends by removable side plugs. Design disc and hanger as separate parts, and mount so disc can rotate. 2. Comply with following standards: a. Cast iron valves: MSS SP -71 b. Bronze valves: MSS SP -80 c. Steel valves: ANSI B16.34 3. For Domestic Water Service ' a. Threaded ends 2" and smaller: Class 125, bronze body, screwed cap, horizontal swing, bronze disc. b. Solder ends 2" and smaller: Class 125, bronze body, screwed cap horizontal swing, bronze disc. c. Flanged ends 2 -1/2" and larger: Class 125, iron body bronze mounted, bolted cap, horizontal swing, cast iron disc E. Ball Valves: 1. General: Design port area equal to or greater than connecting pipe area (full port), ' include seat ring designed to hold sealing material. Comply with MSS -SP -61 and nsf -61 for brass valves, MSS SP -72 for cast iron valves, ANSI B16.34 for steel valves. 2. For Domestic Water Service: a. Threaded ends 2" and smaller: Class 125, bronze 2 piece body, bronze ball, bronze stem b. Solder ends 2" and smaller: Class 125, bronze 2 piece body, bronze ball, bronze stem. 2.3 PIPING MATERIALS ' A General. Provide pipe and tube of the type, grade, size and weight (wall thickness or Class) indicated for each service. Comply with governing regulations and industry standards. B. Steel Pipe: 1 1. Black Steel Pipe: ASTM A -53 seamless or A -120 except comply with ASTM A -53 seamless where close coiling or bending is required. 2. Galvanized Steel Pipe: ASTM A -53 or A -120; except comply with ASTM A -53 ' where close coiling or bending is required. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 15410 Page 4 PIPING SYSTEMS C. Copper Tube: 1 1. Copper Tube: ASTM B -88, Type (wall thickness) as indicated for each service; hard -drawn temper, except as otherwise indicated. 2. DWV Copper Tube: ASTM B -306. D. Cast -Iron Pressure Pipe: ANSI A21.12. E. Ductile -Iron Pipe: ANSI A21.51. F. Cast -Iron soil Pipe: 1. Hubless Cast -Iron Soil Pipe. CISPI 301 -75 include coupling assembly. G. DWV Pipe and Fittings: (if permitted by local codes). H. Building drain, waste & vent pipe & fittings shall meet ASTM standards 1. D2665 -00, D3311 -94, F891 for PVC systems. 2. D2661 -81 a, D3311 -94, F628 -81 for ABS systems. 2.4 PIPE /TUBE FITTINGS A. General: Provide factory- fabricated fittings of the type, materials, grade, class and pressure rating indicated for each service and pipe size. Provide sizes and types matching pipe, tube valve, or equipment connection in each case. Where not otherwise indicated, comply with governing regulations and industry standards for selections, and 01 with pipe manufacturer's recommendations where applicable. B. Fittings for Steel Pipe: 1. Cast -Iron Flanged Fittings: ANSI B16.1, Class 125, including bolting. 2. Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 150, plain or galvanized as indicated. 3. Malleable Iron Threaded Unions: MSS SP -76; selected by installer for proper piping fabrication and service requirements, including style, and connections, and metal -to -metal seats (iron, bronze or brass); plain or galvanized as indicated. 4. Threaded Pipe Plugs: ANSI B16.14. 5. Steel Flanges /Fittings: ANSI B16.5, including bolting and gasketing of the following material group, and connection and facing, except as otherwise indicated. 6. Corrosion- Resistant Cast Flanges /Fittings MSS SP -51, including bolting and gasketing. 7. Forged -Steel Socket - Welding and Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.11, except MSS SP -79 for threaded reducer inserts; rated to match schedule of connected pipe. t 8. Wrought -Steel Butt - welding Fittings ANSI B16.9, except ANSI B16.28 for short - radius elbows and returns, rated to match connected pipe. C. Cast -Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings ANSI B16.22 D. Forged Branch - Connection Fittings. Except as otherwise indicated, provide the type as determined by the installer to comply with installation requirements. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard. Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I SECTION 15410 Page 5 PIPING SYSTEMS E. Pipe Nipples: Fabricated from same pipe as used for connected pipe; except do not use less than Schedule 80 pipe where length remaining unthreaded is less than 1 -1/2 ", and where pipe size is less than 1 -1/4 ", and do not thread nipples full length (no close - nipples). F. - Fittings for Copper Tube: 1. Wrought- Copper Solder -Joint Drainage Fittings ANSI B16.29. 2. Copper -Tube Unions: Provide standard products recommended by the manufacturer for use in the service indicated. G. Fittings for Cast -Iron Soil Pipe: 1. Hubless Cast -Iron Soil Pipe Fittings: CISPI 301 -75; and complying with governing I regulations. 2.5 GROOVED PIPING PRODUCTS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide products recommended by the manufacturer for use in the service indicated, as published in the manufacturer's product literature, and complying with one of the following: B. Grooved -End Fittings: Fabricate from malleable iron. C. Pipe Fittings: Comply with ANSI B16.1 for end -to -end and center -to -end dimensions. D. Flanged Fittings: Comply with ANSI B16.1 for bolt -hole dimensioning, materials and flange- thickness. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING MATERIALS /PRODUCTS A. Insulating (Dielectric) Unions: Provide standard products recommended by the manufacturer for use in the service indicated, and which isolate ferrous from non - ferrous piping. B. Welding Materials: Comply with Section 2 -C, ASME Boiler Code for welding materials. C. Soldering Materials: 1. Tin - Antimony Solder: ASTM B 32, Grade 95/5 solder water piping. 2. Silver Solder: ASTM B 32, Grade 96.5TS. D. Brazing Materials Comply with Section 9, ASME Boiler Code for brazing materials E. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: ANSI B16.21; full -faced for cast -iron flanges; raised -face for steel flanges, unless otherwise indicated. F. ABS Solvent Cements ASTM D -2235. G. PVC Solvent Cements ASTM D -2564 H. Escutcheon Plates: Metal split -ring units, with nickel or chrome plated finish except primed- for - painting finish where painted finish is indicated for adjoining surface. Provide units sized to fit outside of pipe insulation or bare pipe where no covering is indicated. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 15410 Page 6 PIPING SYSTEMS Where sleeves extend above floor finish, provide units with sufficient depth to conceal sleeves. I 2.7 FABRICATED ACCESSORIES: Drip -Pans: Provide drip -pans fabricated from corrosion - resistant sheet metal with watertight joints, and with edges turned up 2.5" and reinforce either by structural angles or by rolling over 0.25" steel rod; provide flanges for drain connections. 2.8 HORIZONTAL - PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory - fabricated horizontal piping I hangers and supports of MSS type and size indicated, bolts (if any) and washers; comply with MSS SP -58 and manufacturer's published product information. Where MSS type or size is not indicated, comply with MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's published product information; size hangers and supports properly for piping, including insulation (if any). B. Adjustable Clevis Hanger: MSS Type 1, fabricated from steel. P C Adjustable Band Hanger: MSS Type 7, fabricated from steel D. Adjustable Swivel -Band Hanger. MSS Type 10. E. Clamp: MSS Type 4. 1 F. Double -Bolt Clamp: MSS Type 3, including pipe spacers. 2.9 VERTICAL - PIPING CLAMPS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory - fabricated vertical- piping clamps of type and size indicated; comply with manufacturer's published product information. Where type or size is not indicated, comply with manufacturer's published product information. Size clamps properly for piping, including insulation (if any). B. Two -Bolt Riser Clamp: MSS Type 8. 2 10 HANGER -ROD ATTACHMENTS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory- fabricated hanger -rod attachments of type and size indicated; comply with manufacturer's published product information. Where type or size is not indicated, comply with manufacturer's published product information. Size attachments properly for piping, including insulation (if any). B. Turnbuckles: MSS Type 13. C. Weldless Eye -Nut: MSS Type 17. 1 D. Malleable Eye- Socket: MSS Type 14. E. Clevises: MSS Type 14. 2.11 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory- fabricated building attachments of type and load- rating indicated; comply with manufacturer's published MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15410 Page 7 PIPING SYSTEMS product information. Where type or load- rating is not indicated, comply with manufacturer's published product information. Size units for the piping loading. B. Concrete Inserts: MSS Type 18, steel. I C. Top Beam C- Clamp: MSS Type 19. D. Steel C- Clamps: MSS Type 23, steel E. Malleable Iron C- Clamps: MSS Type 23, malleable iron. E F. Single -Side Clamp: MSS Type 25. G. Top I -Beam Clamp: MSS Type 25. H. Side Beam Clamp: MSS Type 20. I. Beam Clamp /Eye -Nut: MSS Type 28 .1 J. Wide - Flange Beam Clamp /Eye -Nut: MSS Type 29. K. Beam Clamp /Extension Piece: MSS Type 30. 2.12 SADDLES AND SHIELDS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide factory- fabricated saddles and shields of MSS type and size indicated; comply with MSS SP -58 and manufacturer's published product information Where MSS type or size is not indicated, comply with MSS SP -69 and manufacturer's published product information. Size saddles and shields for I insulation and vapor barrier (if any). B Protection Saddles. MSS Type 39. C. Protection Shields: MSS Type 40. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF VALVES A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with following requirements. 1. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided when necessary 2. Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed downward from horizontal plane unless unavoidable. B. Selection of Valve Ends (Pipe Connections): Except as otherwise indicated, select and I ` install valves with following ends or types of pipe /tube connections: 1 Tube Size 2" and Smaller Solder -joint valves. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15410 Page 8 PIPING SYSTEMS �. 2. Pipe Size 2" and Smaller: One of the following, at Installer's option: threaded valves, buttwelding valves, socket - welding valves, flanged valves, flangeless valves, or single flange valves 3. Pipe Size 2 -1/2" and Larger: One of the following, at Installer's option: butt - welding valves, socket - welding valves, flangeless valves, or single flange valves. C. INSTALLATION OF PIPE 1. General: Install pipe tube and fittings to achieve leak proof piping systems, capable of performing indicated service. Install each run with a minimum of joints and couplings, but with accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance/ replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes (where indicated) by use of reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16" misalignment tolerance. 2. Comply with ANSI B31 Code for Pressure Piping. Locate piping runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally (pitched to drain) and avoid diagonal runs. Orient horizontal runs parallel with walls and column lines. Locate runs as shown or described by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run piping in the shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing the building and its equipment. Hold piping close to wall, overhead construction, columns and other structural and permanent - enclosure elements of the building; limit clearance to 0.5% where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of piping, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated piping for 1.0" clearance outside insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal piping from view, by locating in column enclosures, in hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings; do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions. D. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping through transformer vaults and other electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures: E. Piping System Joints: Provide joints of the type indicated in each piping p g y joints yp ac p p g syst em. 1. Thread pipe in accordance with ANSI B2.1; cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Apply pipe joint compound, or pipe joint tape, (Teflon) where recommended by pipe /fitting manufacturer, on male threads at each joint and tighten joint to leave not more than 3 threads exposed. 2. Braze copper tube - and - fitting joints where indicated, in accordance with ANSI B31. All underground water lines to have brazed joints. 3. Solder copper tube - and - fitting joints where indicated, in accordance with recognized industry practice. Cut tube ends squarely, ream to full inside diameter, and clean outside of tube ends and inside of fittings. Apply solder flux to joint areas of both tubes and fittings. Insert tube full depth into fitting, and solder in a manner which will draw solder full depth and circumference of joint. Wipe excess solder from joint before it hardens. Notching of copper tubing for connections will not be permitted. 4. Press Connections: Copper press fittings shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. The tubing shall be fully inserted into the fitting and the tubing marked at the shoulder of the fitting The fitting alignment shall be checked against the mark on the tubing to assure the tubing is fully engaged (inserted) in the fitting The joints shall be pressed using the tool approved by the manufacturer. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I • 1 SECTION 15410 Page 9 PIPING SYSTEMS F. Weld pipe joints in accordance with ANSI B31 and as follows: 1. Weld pipe joints only when ambient temperature is above 0 degrees F where possible. 2. Bevel pipe ends at a 37.5 degree angle where possible, smooth rough cuts, and clean to remove slag, metal particles and dirt. 3. Install welding rings for buttwelded joints, sizes, 6" and larger. 4. Use pipe clamps or tack -weld joints with 1.0" long welds; 4 welds for pipe sized to 10 ", 8 welds for pipe sizes up to 20 ". 5. Build up welds with a stringer -bead pass, followed by a hot pass, followed by a cover or filler pass. Eliminate valleys at center and edges of each weld. Weld by procedures which will ensure elimination of unsound or unfused metal, cracks, oxidation, blow -holes and non - metallic inclusions 6. Do not weld -out piping system imperfections by tack - welding procedures; refabricate to comply with requirements. 7. Install forged branch - connection fittings wherever branch pipe is indicated, or install regular "T" fitting (at Contractor's option). 8. Install forged branch - connection fittings wherever branch pipe is of size smaller than main pipe is indicated, or install regular "T" fitting (at Contractor's option). G. Flanged Joints Match flanges within piping system, and at connections with valves and equipment. Clean flange faces and install gaskets. Tighten bolts to provide uniform compression of gaskets. 0. H. Hubless Cast -Iron Joints: Comply with CISPI Standard HSN -75. I. Grooved Pipe Joints. Comply with fitting manufacturer's instructions for making grooves in pipe ends. Remove burrs and ream pipe ends. Assemble joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. J. Insulating (Dielectric) Unions. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installing unions. install unions in a manner which will prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion where the joining of ferrous and non - ferrous piping is indicated. K. Install drainage piping (perforated, porous or tile) from lowest end of slope to highest, solidly bedded in filtering or drainage fill. Shape bed for bells of piping (if any). Place bells /hubs and grooved ends of units upstream. Lay perforated pipe with perforations down. L. Solvent Weld (PVC): As recommended by manufacturer. M All piping subject to expansion and contraction shall be arranged with flexibility to prevent exceeding allowable stresses in pipe, valves, or connected equipment. 1 3.2 INSTALLATION OF MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS A. Escutcheons: Install escutcheon plates at pipe sleeves where piping is exposed to view ,11 in occupied spaces of the building, on the exterior, and elsewhere as indicated. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported with maximum spacings Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 15410 Page 10 PIPING SYSTEMS supports for smaller diameter pipe. Support spacing shall be in accordance with maximum spacing listed on table at the end of this section. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping. 1. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping. 2. Support fire -water piping independently of other piping. 3. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper plated, or by other recognized industry methods. B. Provisions for Movement: Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units C. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. D. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements. 'I 1. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ANSI B31. 2. Shields Where low- compressive- strength insulation or vapor barriers are indicated on cold water piping, install coated protective shields. For pipe 8" and over, install wood insulation saddles. Secure all shields to insulate piping with 3M Super 77 Spray Adhesive 3. Saddles: Where insulation without vapor barrier is indicated, install protection saddles. 4. INSTALLATION OF PIPE HANGERS E. General: Space hangers and supports to prevent sagging and reduce strain on valves and specialties with spacing no greater and rod no smaller than shown in the following table Hangers shall allow for expansion and contraction. 1. Ferrous piping and copper tubing: Diameter of Piping Maximum Spacing Rod Size 1/2" through 1 -1/2" 6 ft. 3/8" 2" through 3" 10 ft. 1/2" 4" through 5" 12 ft. 5/8" 6" and larger 16 ft. 3/4" 2. • Cast iron, ABS, PVC, and CPVC piping I A. Above grade Diameter of Piping Maximum Spacing Rod Size 2" and 3" Each Joint 3/8" 4" and 5" Each joint 1/2" 6" and 8" Each joint 3/4" 10" and 15" (two hangers) 3/4" MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I 4' • SECTION 15410 Page 11 PIPING SYSTEMS F. Below Grade Piping: 1. Support piping from under side of slab for all structural slabs and pile supported slabs. Pipe Hangers are to be provided for structural slabs and pile is supported slabs 2. Hangers to be 'A" steel with galvanized or tar coating. '/" steel to be I wrapped around pipe and bent over slab reinforcing. 3. Two hangers for each section of pipe. 4. Multiple hangers as required to support multiple joints. G. Painting of Base Supports: Refer to painting work sections of these specifications. 3.4 ADJUSTMENT OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Adjust hangers and supports and place I grout as required under supports to bring piping to proper levels and elevations. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF SEISMIC /EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install at all pipe penetrations between seismic walls as identified on architectural and /or structural plans. 3.6 CLEANING, FLUSHING, INSPECTING A. General: Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings (if any). Flush out piping systems with o clean water before proceeding with required tests. Inspect each run of each system for completion of joints, supports and accessory items. 1. Inspect pressure piping in accordance with procedures of ANSI B3I. 3.7 PIPING TESTS I A. General: Test pressure piping in accordance with ANSI B31. Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pump gauges. Test piping system before insulation is ._, installed wherever feasible, and remove control devices before testing. Test each natural section of each piping system independently, but do not use piping system I valves to isolate sections where test pressure exceeds valve pressure rating. Fill each section with water and pressurize for the indicated pressure and time. I 1. Required test period is 2 hours. 2. Test long runs of Schedule 40 pipe at 150 psi, except where fittings are lower Class ' or pressure rating. 3. Test each piping system at 150% of operating pressure indicated, but not less than I 25 psi test pressure 4. Observe each test section for leakage at end of test period. Test fails if leakage is observed or if pressure drop exceeds 5% of test pressure. I B. Failure Repairs Repair piping systems sections which fail the require piping test, by disassembly and reinstallation, using new materials to the extent required to overcome leakage. Do not use chemicals, stop -leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods C. Drain: Drain test water from piping systems after testing and repair work that has been I completed. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE S COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 III Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15410 Page 12 PIPING SYSTEMS t I END OF SECTION 15410 .01 I I I l� I 1 I, 4 Y I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE r COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15420 I DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION IA. General. Provide domestic cold water piping, hot water piping, domestic hot water heating equipment and system accessories 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Items for which the submittal requirements specified elsewhere apply are as follows. B. Product Data: Submit for -- 1. Pipe and Fittings 2. Pipe Wrapping 3. Valves 4. Hose Bibbs and Wall Hydrants ,I 5. Water Heaters 6. Trap Primers 7. Back Flow Preventer Il 8. Vacuum Breakers PART 2 PRODUCTS I 2.1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PRODUCTS A. General: Provide piping materials and factory- fabricated piping products of sizes, types, I pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Provide materials and products complying with ANSI B31.1 Code for Power Piping where applicable base pressure rating on domestic water piping system maximum design pressures. Provide 1 sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in domestic water piping system. Where more than one type is indicated, selection is Installer's option. Where drawings show larger pipe size than equipment connection, use larger size. I 2.2 BASIC PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. General. Provide pipe, tube, and fittings, complying with Section 15410 in accordance with the following listing of pipe, tube and fittings. B. Domestic Water Piping: 1 1 Copper tube of sizes indicated. a. Wall thickness above grade: Type L, hard -drawn temper. b Wall thickness below grade: Type K soft -drawn 2 Fittings Wrought- copper, solder joints. I • 2.3 BASIC PIPING ACCESSORIES MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 I Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15420 Page 2 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM A. General: Provide piping accessories complying with Section 15410 in accordance with the following listing of piping accessories: 1. Escutcheon plates 2. Steel -pipe sleeves 3. Iron -pipe sleeves 4. Sheet -metal pipe sleeves 2.4 BASIC HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS U A. General: Provide hangers, supports and anchors complying with Section 15410 in accordance with following listing of hangers, supports and anchors: 1. Adjustable clevis hanger for horizontal piping hangers and supports. 2. Single -roll support for horizontal piping hangers and supports. 3. Two -bolt riser clamp for vertical piping clamps. 4. Clevises for hanger rod attachments. 5. Concrete inserts for building attachments. 6. Top beam C -clamp for building attachments. 7. Protection saddles for pipe support in hanger. 8. Protection shields for insulation protection in hanger. 9. Trapeze hangers where more than one occur. 2.5 BASIC VALVES A. General: Provide valves complying with Section 15410. B Sectional Valves 1. 2" and smaller: Gate Valves. 2. 2" and smaller: Ball valves. 3. 2 -1/2" and larger: Gate valves. C. Shutoff Valves 1. 2" and smaller: Gate valves. 2. 2" and smaller Ball valves. 3. 2 -1/2" and larger: Gate valves. D. Drain valves ' 1. 2" and smaller Gate valves. E. Check Valves. All sizes -- Swing check valves. 2.6 WATER HEATERS A. General. See "Plumbing Fixture Schedule" on plans for water heater specifications. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. A.O Smith 2 Bradford White Corporation MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 l SECTION 15420 Page 3 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 2.7 TRAP PRIMERS A. GENERAL: Provide trap primers complying with section 15050 & 15410. B. Valves as mfg'd by Josam, Zurn, JR Smith, E & S.: Provide access doors when 111 recessed in walls. 2.8 WATER SERVICE A. A. General: Under this contract the contractor shall make connection to water main � service line as shown on the plans. 2.9 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS Armstrong, Spirotherm, Amtrol. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING A. General: Install water distribution piping as specified in Section 15410 and the Plumbing Code. Install each run with minimum joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly and maintenance /replacement of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes where indicated, using reducing fittings. Align piping accurately at connections, within 1/16" misalignment tolerance. (No underground water piping inside building area downstream of water header. Use overhead piping only.) B. CORROSION PROTECTION: Underground copper service piping, and any other copper underground piping, shall be spirally wrapped with 3M bitumastic tape manufactured especially for the purpose, ' /z" overlap minimum on the wrapping. C. Locate Piping Runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally (pitched to drain) and avoid diagonal runs. Locate runs as shown or described by diagrams, details and notations or, if not otherwise indicated, run piping in shortest route which does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPING ACCESSORIES. Install piping accessories in accordance with requirements of Section 15050. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS A. Install Hangers, supports and anchors in accordance with requirements of Division 15 Basic Piping Materials and Equipment section "Hangers, Supports and Anchors." 3.4 INSTALLATION OF VALVES A. Install valves where indicated, and as specified. Locate valves to be accessible for both operation and service. Install valves with stems up in vertical position, or to side in horizontal position. B. Sectional Valves Install on each branch and riser, close to main, where branch or riser • serves 2 or more plumbing fixtures or equipment connections, and as indicated. C Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet of each plumbing equipment item, and on inlet of each plumbing fixture, and as indicated. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 p SECTION 15420 Page 4 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM • D. Drain Valves: Install on each plumbing equipment item located to completely drain equipment for service or repair. Install at base of each riser, at base of each rise or drop in piping system, and where indicated or required to completely drain domestic water piping system. E. Check Valves Install on discharge side of each pump, and as indicated. I 3.5 INSTALLATION OF WATER HEATERS: Install per manufacturer's recommendation. Pipe pressure relief valve as shown on drawings. I A. Mounting: The water heater shall be set dead level in both directions. All water heaters not mounted on a floor (such as hung above ceiling) shall have a sheet metal pan underneath them piped to an approved indirect drain. Strap water heater for earthquake protection. B. Piping Connections. The water heater shall piping connections as shown on the drawings. Piping connection to unit shall have a union. Each inlet and outlet piping shall have a shut -off gate valve. Each relief valve shall be piped to an approved indirect drain as approved by the local jurisdiction. C. Protection: The water heater shall be protected during construction and all solder or solder flux removed from the top. • D. Cleaning: The water heater shall be cleaned and all construction dirt removed at the Ir completion of the project. 3.6 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Piping runouts to Fixtures: Provide hot and cold water piping runouts to fixtures of sizes indicated, but in no case smaller than required by Plumbing Code. B. Mechanical Equipment Connections: Connect hot and cold water piping system to mechanical equipment as indicated, and comply with equipment manufacturer's installation instructions. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection, provide drain valve on drain connection. 3.7 CLEANING, FLUSHING AND INSPECTION: Clean, flush, and inspect domestic water piping system in accordance with requirements of Section 15410 and Plumbing Code. Flush i with potable supply water, continue to flush until potability state is maintained throughout distribution system. 3.8 PIPING TESTS: Test domestic water piping system in accordance with requirements of Section 15410 and Plumbing Code. 3.9 PROJECT CLOSE OUT. Provide Test Data, Operating and maintenance Manuals, Certificates, and Guarantees as required in Section 15010. END OF SECTION 15420 11 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I i ' SECTION 15450 I PLUMBING FIXTURES & TRIM i i PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION 1 A. General: Provide plumbing fixtures, with trim, sealants and accessories. B. General Requirement: Conform to Division 1. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Items for which the submittal requirements specified elsewhere apply are as follows: A. Shop Drawings. Rough-in of Fixtures B. Product data I 1. Fixtures 2. Trim 3. Silicone Sealer 4. Accessories C. Certificates 0 PART 2 PRODUCTS / l, 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Plumbing brass (general): American Standard; Kohler; Symmons; Sloan; Speakman; Watrous; and Chicago Faucet. I - B. Plumbing brass (special): Chicago Faucet; T & S Brass Co.; Speakman and Moen C. Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures: Kohler; and American Standard D. Mop Sink: Fiat; and Williams. E. Closet Seats. Church; Bemis; Olsonite and Beneke. I F. Carriers and Wall hydrants: Zurn and Smith. 1 G Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures: Elkay and Just. H. Electric Water Coolers: Sunroc and Haws. ill I. Other Items: As indicated. J Other Equal Products Materials and manufacturers shall be by written approval per 11 Section 15010 2 2 TRIM MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 ,Il I SECTION 15450 Page 2 PLUMBING FIXTURES & TRIM A. General: Trim shall mean any metal parts used with fixture; shall be brass except Federal Specifications grade zinc - aluminum may be furnished for faucet handles. B Finish: Finish of exposed metal parts, chromium over nickel. C. Stop: Provide in each water connection to each fixture, except where fitting has integral stops, loose key pattern with shield, polished finish where exposed, rough where concealed, Bridgeport Brass, Brass Craft (Speedway), Eastman, Teledyne Ansonia or equal. D. Exposed Supplies: 1/2" O.D. tubing. E. Faucets: Provide all trim for lavatories, sinks, etc., with renewable cartridges. I F. Water Closet Specials: Provide water closet bolts with vitreous caps. G. Escutcheon: Provide at each point where pipe or other fittings enter wall at fixture. H. Traps: No. 17 gage seamless tubing without cleanout; shall bear the manufacturer's name and gage I. Vacuum Breaker: Provide on water supply to each fixture which has a water connection located below the rim, or a hose attachment; flow- through pattern; Sloan, Watrous, Coyne & Delaney, Watts or equal. I. Sealant: Silicone type. 2.3 PLUMBING FIXTURES: All plumbing fixtures as scheduled on the plans in the "Plumbing Fixture Schedule" shall be furnished and installed complete by the Mechanical Contractor unless otherwise noted. For items furnished by others the Mechanical Contractor shall install and connect all services as indicated in the "Plumbing Equipment Schedules ". All P- traps, tailpieces, escutcheons and stop valves shall be furnished and installed by Mechanical Contractor. 2.4 E & F -- FIXTURES: All "E" and "F" fixtures as scheduled on the plans shall be furnished and installed complete by the Mechanical Contractor unless otherwise noted. For items furnished by others the Mechanical Contractor shall install and connect all services as indicated in the "Plumbing Equipment Schedules ". All P- traps, tailpieces, escutcheons and stop valves shall be furnished and installed by Mechanical Contractor. 2.5 CHAIR CARRIERS A. Closets: Zurn Z -1208 series for vertical stacks. Zurn Z -1203 series 4" for horizontal lines. ,I { B. Lavatories. Zurn ZN -1224 series for wall hung lavatories C. Electric Water Coolers Zurn Z -1225 for wall hung electric water coolers 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I SECTION 15450 Page 3 PLUMBING FIXTURES & TRIM .PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fixtures: Install fixtures in first -class manner with proper connections to water, drainage and vent systems. B. Base: See that proper grounds are set to form a secure base for each fixture and an absolutely rigid setting. r C Guards: Provide guards and /or boxing as may be required to protect fixtures against damage from operations of other trades. D. Back Flow Preventers: All fixtures except water closets shall have water supply above rim or be provided with code approved backflow preventers. E. Wall Connections: Connect exposed traps and supply pipes for all fixtures and equipment to rough piping systems at wall, unless otherwise specified. F. Seal at Structure: Where plumbing fixtures about to walls and floors, seal all joints with non hardening sealant. 3.2 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Clean Up 1. Remove all labels from fixtures, and clean prior to final acceptance. 2 Remove all dirt from fixtures, fittings and traps. B. Escutcheons: Secure all escutcheons against wall. END OF SECTION 15450 1. • 0 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15450 Page 4 PLUMBING FIXTURES & TRIM (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I I I I I I al 1 _, , I II $ 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I r SECTION 15880 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide all sheet metal work, air terminals and accessories. B. Conform to General Requirements m q is and to Division 1. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Items for which submittal requirements, specified elsewhere, apply are as follows: A. Shop Drawings 1. Air Conditioning Unit Installation 2. Ductwork Installation B. Product Data 1. Air Terminals 2. Terminal Boxes 3. Flexible Duct 4 Duct Liner 5. Dampers 6. Access Door and Hardware 7. Fire Dampers i 1.3 SHEETMETAL: Unless specified otherwise, all sheetmetal shall be galv steel; Bethlehem, U.S. Steel, Youngstown or Republic Steel mfr. Galvanized steel shall be G -60 min., LFQ Chemtreat. r ' 1.4 DUCT CONSTRUCTION A. All ductwork shall be galvanized steel unless otherwise noted. B Comply with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible Current Edition as required, with additional requirements and modifications specified herein. 1.5 RIVETING: Unless sheetmetal screws are called for, use rivets for attachment purposes for sheetmetal, blind rivets, where required, United Shoe "Pop ", Duro Dyne "Pinriveter ", or Cherry "Commercial ". 1.6 ROUTING OF DUCTWORK: Avoid all major structural supports, and coordinate all work with work of other trades. 1.7 OFFSETS IN DUCTWORK: Ductwork shall run straight from equipment to an architectural finish with no offsets. Drawings do not show all offsets which may be required. Make offsets with fittings above ceilings, behind walls or in roof structure with as small an angle of offset as possible; do not use square corner inserts, unless specifically shown MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 15880 Page 2 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS AT FANS: At each sheetmetal connection to a fan; Ventfabrics, Inc. "Ventglas ", or Duro Dyne "EXCELON "; fireresistive; clamped and sealed to duct and to fan. 1.9 SIZES SHOWN FOR ACOUSTIC -LINED DUCTS. Are net, inside the lining. 1.10 COLLARS. Where an exposed duct passes through a wall, slab, or ceiling a 1" wide 18 -gage angle with mitered corners shall be fastened to the building on each exposed face. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEETMETAL WORK, LOW PRESSURE, GENERAL A. Scope: Provide all low pressure sheetmetal work. B. Duct Construction: Comply with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, 2" W.G. Static I Pressure Class, Seal Class C. C Seams: Do not use standing S- cleats or welded seams, or standing seams, except standing seams are permitted on plenums where seams are equipped with full length rolled steel backing angles. Button punch snap -lock seams made on Lockformer tools will be acceptable, where Pittsburgh seams are called for. S D. Diagonal Creasing: On all panels wider than 18 ". E. Elbows: Inside radius equal to maximum width of elbow wherever possible. F. Turning Vanes: Double Vane Type: Comply with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards. Single Vane Type: Comply with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards. G. Sheetmetal Connections to Building Construction: Use steel angles, riveted to the sheetmetal and bolted using expansion shells or expansion bolts to the building surface with compressible glass fiber under the angle; angles, same as for bracing; 1" x 1" x 1/8" minimum. H. Access Doors and Frames 1. General: Include access door wherever access to ducts or plenums is necessary for reaching equipment; double construction, tight fitting, hinged, with latch, insulation or sound lining equivalent to that of the duct; steel angle frame. 2 Access Door Sizes: In general, 18" x 24" or 18" x 36 "; into plenums; for access to coils or dampers, 12" x 16" minimum size. 3. Latches: Die -cast, Ventfabrics No. 100 for doors 1' -0" high or smaller; Cat No. 260 for up to 3' -0" height; Cat. No. 310 for larger, and use two S I. Duct Lining: See Section 15250. J. Transverse Joints: 1. Ductmate or WDCI proprietary duct connection systems will be accepted. Ductwork constructed using these systems will refer to the manufacturers guidelines for sheet gauge, intermediate reinforcement size and spacing, and joint reinforcements. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE S� COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 r SECTION 15880 Page 3 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 2. TDC/TDF/T -24 shall be constructed as a SMACNA T -24 flange. Use of these joint systems shall be limited as follows: Duct Size Operating Pressure ' 0 -42" 0- 2 "W.G. 2.2 VOLUME DAMPERS AND QUADRANTS, LOW PRESSURE DUCTS A. Scope: Provide dampers in ductwork as required to balance the system to produce the air quantities shown. B. Acoustic Performance: Construction of dampers shall be free from any sharp edges which will produce excessive turbulence preventing obtaining the acoustic performance in the rooms served as specified for "Grilles and Diffuser ". C. Dampers: Are not shown generally. Include damper in the duct to each supply return or exhaust opening; also in each branch duct where the pressure loss is lower than other branch ducts leading from the same trunk duct; elsewhere as shown D. Location of dampers: At a point where the duct is accessible; where possible, with the axis of the blade the long dimension; as far from the outlet as possible. 1 E. Edges: Both leading and leaving, hemmed; side edges flanged 1/2 ", placed so that air strikes the smooth face. F. Damper Blades: For ducts smaller than 10" maximum cross - section, 24 -gage; 11" to 30 ", 22 -gage; larger than 30 ", 20 -gage; in ducts wider than 12 ", multiple blade, maximum blade width 12 "; arranged so that adjacent blades rotate in alternate directions; where length exceeds 30 ", use a 3/8" steel rod stem fitted in a V- crease in the blade. G. Quadrants, Where Ducts are Accessible: (Including Above - Ceiling Ducts Where Ceilings are Removable) Duro Dyne manufacture, catalog numbers as follows: 1. For blades with maximum dimensions under 10 "; cat. No. KS -145 dial regulator with locking nut, round end spring -in bearing and square end damper bearing. 2. For blades with a maximum dimension 10" to.20" Cat No. KSR -195, dial regulator with locking nut, round end spring -in bearing and square end bearing. 3. For blades with maximum dimension over 20 "; Cat No. KS -12, damper quadrant with 1/2" size damper bearings. H. Quadrants, Where Ducts are not Accessible: Flush mounting concealed type, Ventfabrics Cat. Type 66, or Young Regulator No. 301 Series i� 2 3 LOW PRESSURE FLEXIBLE DUCT Thermaflex M -KE, or approved equal. Ducts shall be coated glass fiber material with metal spiral and fiberglass insulation Duct shall have a flame spread not to exceed 20. Ducts shall be same diameter as troffer diffuser connections or as shown on the drawings. Flexible ducts shall be no longer than 10' and shall be fully expanded. All elbows to grilles shall be sheet metal. Duct connections shall be located in such a manner to prevent sharp turns in flexible duct. Ideal "Snap- Lock" or Ventlock "Suretite" No. 670 at each end. Operating pressure 2" w g positive, 2" w g. negative and 2500 FPM 0 deg F to 200 deg F internal MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard. Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 M SECTION 15880 Page 4 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 2.4 SPIN IN FITTINGS: Conical type, circular, same diameter as connecting Flex, 24 -gage minimum galvanized steel construction, volume damper, quadrant and accessories. I 2.5 AIR TERMINALS: Provide air terminals as scheduled on plans. 2.6 HANGERS FOR SHEETMETAL WORK I 5 A. Scope: Provide hangers, supports and anchor bolts for all sheetmetal work and equipment. B. Duct Sizes: Referred to in Following Articles Refer to maximum cross - section dimension, at location of hangers. C. Horizontal Low Pressure Ducts 1. Concealed Ducts under 36" Width: Galvanized straps running down the side and turning under the bottom, attached with rivets. 2. Exposed Ducts under 36" Width: 1/4" rods, one on each side at each point of suspension, end of the rod flattened and riveted at the top. 3. Ducts 36" and Larger: 3/8" min. rods through the ends of the angle stiffeners under the ducts. If stiffeners are not located properly for the hangers, provide additional angles of same size. 4. Spacing: 8' max., in general; 4' max. for ducts 38" size and larger. PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION: All ductwork shall be installed in workmanlike manner. Fabrications, fittings, joints, take -offs, attachment to sheet metal work, turning vanes, dampers, stapling, sealing and taping, and insulation of exposed sheet metal work shall be executed in strict conformance with the mfr.'s latest recommendations. See Division 2 for seismic design requirements. Work under this Section shall include installation of automatic dampers furnished under Section 15900. Installation supervision by the control manufacturer's supervision. 111 3.2 DAMPER POSITIONS: Set and lock all dampers in the "Full Open" position prior to balancing work. 3.3 LOCATION OF DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES: Verify exact location in field. • 3.4 DUCT LINING: Comply with SMACNA Duct Liner Application Standard; cemented using Benjamin Foster No. 81 -60. On ducts over 20" deep, also provide mechanical fasteners 25" o.c. starting within 2" of leading edge. Provide edge trim strips for all edges. Coat all exposed edges and joints with fire retardant adhesive. Block face of liner to face the airstream. Duct lining shall be installed in the first 15 feet of duct to any air terminal on either !� side of the fan. Do not line ducts connected to a make -up air system. Make -up air system ducts shall be wrapped with insulation as specified in Section 15250 Concentric drops serving the main sales area are factory insulated. 3.5 TESTING AND EXAMINATION. After the control is connected, before balancing and testing, representative of mfr. shall test all systems. Advise Engineer in writing when testing is 1111 complete and all systems are operating properly MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 111 SECTION 15880 Page 5 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 3.6 LEAKAGE FROM DUCTWORK: Following completion of Air Balance work. If leakage in supply or exhaust ducts as indicated by Air Balance exceeds five (5) percent the Contractor shall seal the ducts to bring leakage within the five percent limit. 3.7 BALANCING - SEE SECTION 15950. 3.8 PROJECT CLOSE -OUT. Provide Test reports, instruction of Owner's personnel; Certificates of Approval and /or Completion; guarantees and warranties; operating and maintenance manuals; and As -Built Drawings per Section 15010. V END OF SECTION 15880 I 1 1 ,11 I I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15880 Page 6 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I I I 111 I I 111 I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 111 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I, 1 fSECTION 15950 I TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies the requirements and procedures for total mechanical systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB). Requirements include measurement and I establishment of the fluid quantities of the mechanical systems as required to meet design specifications, and recording and reporting the results. B. The MC shall procure the services of an independent TAB Agency for the testing and balancing of the mechanical systems. ,I C. TAB shall include the following mechanical systems: 1. Supply air systems 2. Return air systems 3. Exhaust air systems 4. Verify temperature control system operation. I 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary III Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Systems testing, adjusting, and balancing is the process of checking and adjusting all the building environmental systems to produce the design objectives. It includes: 1. The balance of air and water distribution - 1 2. Adjustment of total system to provide design quantities 3. Electrical measurement 4. Verification of performance of all equipment and automatic controls. I B. Test: To determine quantitative performance of equipment. C. Adjust: To regulate the specified fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment (e.g., reduce fan speed, throttling). D. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system (submains, branches, and . terminals) according to specified design quantities. I E. Procedure: Standardized approach and execution of sequence of work operations to yield reproducible results. F. Report forms Test data sheets arranged for collecting test data in logical order for submission and review These data should also form the permanent record to be used I as the basis for required future testing, adjusting, and balancing. G Terminal: The point where the controlled fluid enters or leaves the distribution system These are supply inlets on water terminals, supply outlets on air terminals, return outlets MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 i Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15950 Page 2 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING on water terminals, and exhaust or return inlets on air terminals such as registers, grilles, diffusers, louvers, and hoods. H. Main: Duct or pipe containing the system's major or entire fluid flow I. Submain. Duct or pipe containing part of the systems' capacity and serving two or more branch mains. J. Branch main: Duct or pipe serving two or more terminals. K. Branch: Duct or pipe serving a single terminal 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Agency Data: 1. Submit proof that the proposed testing, adjusting, and balancing agency meets the qualifications specified below. B. Engineer and Technicians Data: V 1. Submit proof that the Test and Balance Engineer assigned to supervise the procedures, and the technicians proposed to perform the procedures meet the qualifications specified below. I C. Procedures and Agenda: Submit a synopsis of the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures and agenda proposed to be used for this project. D. Sample Forms Submit sample forms, if other than those standard forms prepared by the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) are proposed. E. Certified Reports: Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing reports bearing the seal and signature of the Test and Balance Engineer The reports shall be certified proof that the systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced in accordance with the referenced standards, are an accurate representation of how the systems have been installed, are a true representation of how the systems are operating at the completion of the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures; and are an accurate record of all final quantities measured, to establish normal operating values of the systems. Follow the procedures and format specified below: 1 Draft reports: Upon completion of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures, prepare draft reports on the approved forms. Draft reports may be hand written, but must be complete, factual, accurate, and legible. Organize and format draft reports in the same manner specified for the final reports. Submit 3 complete sets of draft reports. Only 1 complete set of draft reports will be returned. • 2. Final Report. Upon verification and approval of draft reports, prepare final reports, type written, and organized and formatted as specified below. Submit 3 complete sets of final reports. 3 Report Format. Report forms shall be those standard forms prepared by the referenced standard for each respective item and system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced. Bind report forms complete with schematic systems diagrams and other data in reinforced, vinyl, three -ring binders Provide binding edge labels with the project identification and a title descriptive of the contents. Divide the contents of the binder into the below listed divisions, separated by divider tabs. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 15950 Page 3 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING a. General Information and Summary b Air Systems c. Hydronic Systems d. Temperature Control Systems e. Special Systems. 4. Report Contents: Provide the following minimum information, forms and data: a General Information and Summary: Inside cover sheet to identify testing, adjusting, and balancing agency, the Company, Engineer, and Project. Include addresses, and contact names and telephone numbers Also include a certification sheet containing the seal and name address, telephone number, and signature of the Certified Test and Balance Engineer. Include in this division a listing of the instrumentations used for the procedures along with the proof of calibration. b. The remainder of the report shall contain the appropriate forms containing as a minimum, the information indicated on the standard report forms prepared by the AABC or NEBB, for each respective item and system. Prepare a schematic diagram for each item of equipment and system to accompany each respective report form. c. Calibration Reports: Submit proof that all required instrumentation has been calibrated to tolerances specified in the referenced standards, within a period of six months prior to starting the project. 1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Agency Qualifications: 1. Employ the services of an independent testing, adjusting, and balancing agency meeting the qualifications specified below, to be the single source of responsibility to test, adjust, and balance the building mechanical systems identified above, to produce the design objectives. Services shall include checking installations for conformity to design, measurement and establishment of the fluid quantities of the mechanical systems as required to meet design specifications, and recording and reporting the results. 2. The independent testing, adjusting, and balancing agency certified by National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or by the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) in those testing and balancing disciplines required for this project, and having at least one Professional Engineer registered in the State in which the services are to be performed, certified by NEBB or AABC as a Test and Balance Engineer. B. Codes and Standards ' 1. NEBB: "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems." 2. AABC. "National Standards For Total System Balance ". 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air- Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE). ASHRAE Handbook, 1999 HVAC Applications Volume, Chapter 36, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. ' C. Pre - Balancing Conference Prior to beginning of the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures, schedule and conduct a conference with the Engineer and representatives of installers of the mechanical systems. The objective of the conference is final MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15950 Page 4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING coordination and verification of system operation and readiness for testing, adjusting, and balancing. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Systems Operation Systems shall be fully operational prior to beginning procedures 1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING PART 2 PRODUCTS & MATERIALS ' 2.1 Not Used. i PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 BALANCING WORK I A. Determine best locations in main and branch ductwork for most accurate duct traverses. B. Place outlet dampers in the full open position. C. Prepare schematic diagrams of system "as- built" ductwork and piping layouts to facilitate reporting. D. Lubricate all motors and bearings. E. Check fan belt tension F. Check fan rotation. G. Air Balancing Methods 1. Balance each air system that is served by air filters, using artificial static loading of system, to demonstrate, test and obtain system design pressure drop data. H. Air Balance Testing Procedure 1. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system with the following and the identified, in accordance with the detailed procedures outlined in the referenced standards. I. Cut insulation, ductwork, and piping for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. 1. Test and adjust equipment RPM to design requirements. 2. Test motor load amperes. 3. Make pilot tube traverse of main supply ducts and obtain design CFM at fans. 4. Test system static pressures, suction and discharge 5. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside and return air: a. Maximum outside air setting b. Minimum outside air setting MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 15950 Page 5 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING 6. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air 7. Test coil entering air temperatures: a. Dry bulb deg F heating and cooling. b. Wet bulb deg F cooling. ,r 8. Test leaving air temperatures: a. Dry bulb deg F heating and cooling. b. Wet bulb deg F cooling. 9 Adjust all main supply and return air ducts to proper design CFM. 10. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply and return. 11. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille, and register to within 10 percent of design requirements. a. Identify location and area of each grille, diffuser, and register. b. Identify and list size, type and manufacture of diffusers, grilles, registers. c. Use manufacturer's ratings on all equipment to make required calculations. d. Readings and tests of diffusers, grilles, and registers shall include required FPM velocity and test resultant velocity, required CFM and test resultant CFM after adjustments. e. Adjust all diffusers, grilles, and registers to minimize drafts. 12. In cooperation with control manufacturer's representative, set automatically operated dampers to operate as indicated. a. Check all controls for proper calibration and list all controls requiring adjustment by control installers 13. Balance supply, return, and exhaust air to provide the designed pressure relationships to adjacent areas. 14. Make any changes in pulleys, belts, and dampers, or add dampers required for correct balance at no additional cost to Owner. 15. Check fire dampers and smoke dampers for correct operation and damper position. J. Patch insulation, ductwork, and housings, using materials identical to those removed. K. Seal ducts and piping, and test for and repair leaks. L. Seal insulation to re- establish integrity of the vapor barrier. M. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions, valve indicators, fan speed ' control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. Mark with paint or other suitable, permanent identification materials. N. Operating Test: After systems are balanced, conduct operating test of not less than 8 hours duration to demonstrate to satisfaction of Engineer that system(s) comply with requirements of plans and specifications, and that equipment and controls are functioning properly. 1 O. Certified Reports Three copies of reports, covering air balance, air motion (drafts), water system balance and sound levels, shall be submitted to the Owner, prior to final acceptance of the project. The reports shall be certified by a Registered Professional MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 15950 Page 6 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Engineer who is versed in the field of air and water balancing, Certification shall include adherence to agenda, calculation procedure and final summaries. 1 END OF SECTION 15950 I 1 I 1 r I I . •1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE I COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 I • SECTION 16010 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 DESCRIPTION 1.1 The General Conditions, Special Conditions, are part of this section The electrical system required for the work includes, for the building and the site, labor and materials, equipment, and services necessary to complete the installation of electrical work and related items indicated, specified, or needed for complete and operable facility but not specifically described in other Sections of these Specifications. Material shall be new, delivered to the job in the manufacturer's labeled package. 1 1.2 General extent of electrical work includes, among others, the following items: A. Complete system of feeders, in conduit to power panels, equipment loads. B. All branch circuit panels for power and lighting. C. Complete branch circuit wiring system for motors, receptacles, junction boxes, etc. D. Hangers, anchors, sleeves, chases, supports for all electrical materials and equipment shown and specified. E. Furnishing, installation of power wiring up to and including safety switches, and final connections for mechanical equipment. F. Responsible for obtaining and maintaining construction power required for electrical work, and its removal upon completion of work. ' G. Do excavation required for work in this Section. H. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all electrical work not done by other divisions of work. I. The Electrical Contractor shall make all final connections to all Owner supplied equipment. J. The Electrical Contractor shall remove all conduits, wires, electrical devices, panels etc. for existing unuse feeders and devices. 1 3 DEFINITIONS: Certain terms used herein or implied, on the Drawings, and in the Contract Documents, shall be defined as follows: ' A. "Provide" Furnish and install complete and ready for service including accessories, connections and appurtenances. B. "Exposed" Open to view in any room, hallway, passageway, or outside. C. "Coordinate" Confer and work to combine the work of all concerned for a complete and operating installation, free of conflicts. D. "All" the word all shall be implied as applicable MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 • I SECTION 16010 Page 2 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 2 WORK NOT INCLUDED 2.1 Air conditioning control devices, supplied by others. I PART 3 RELATED WORK: 111 • Cooperate as necessary with other trades to ensure proper and adequate interface of the work of their trades. This Contractor shall: 3.1 Perform trenching and backfilling required for electrical installation. 3.2 Where caulking is required in connection with the electrical installation, use only those materials and methods acceptable to Architect. PART 4 QUALIFICATIONS OF INSTALLERS: For the actual fabrication, installation, and testing of work under this Section, use only thoroughly trained experienced workmen completely familiar with the items required and with the manufacturer's recommendations as to their use. In the acceptance or rejection of the finished installation, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. PART 5 SUBSTITUTIONS: Materials shall conform to these Specifications. No substitutions of the materials specified will be considered prior to or after bidding. Acceptable alternate manufacturers have been specified for every item of equipment to be used on the project. No others will be allowed. PART 6 SUBMITTALS: e 6.1 EQUIPMENT LIST. Within 30 days after award of the Contract, and before any materials of this Section are delivered to the job site, submit to the Engineer for approval, a complete list, in four (4) complete bound copies of the equipment and materials proposed to be installed. State the type of equipment and its major components by make, model number and manufacturer, and giving full performance data. This shall in no way be construed as allowing the substitution of any item for the items specified herein. Submit complete at one time. Partial submittals will not be considered. 6.2 SHOP DRAWINGS AND RELATED MATERIALS: A. Submit four (4) copies of Equipment Cuts or Shop Drawings for electrical equipment for this Contract Drawings shall be revised as directed and four (4) prints resubmitted, if necessary, for final approval before fabrication /ordering. B. Shop drawings or cuts shall show: 1. Physical size and arrangement of equipment. 2. Wiring diagrams for equipment showing circuit devices, conductor size, type, etc. 3. Specifications for all components. 6.3 Contractor shall furnish an "As- built" drawings. Indicate depth of buried conduits and exact location of underground raceways. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 16010 Page 3 GENERAL PROVISIONS 6.4 MANUAL: Upon completion of the installation and as a condition of its acceptance, compile a manual in three (3) copies and deliver to the Architect. The manual shall be bound in hard cover post -type binder. Documents required are: ,' A. Identification, on outside cover, stating "Electrical Installation, Costco, City, State, By: (name of Electrical Contractor) ". ' B. Neatly typewritten index near front of the manual, furnishing immediate information as to location in the manual of data for the installation. C. List of fuses, and other expendable equipment and devices with size, type, ordering description and manual of data applicable to this installation. D. Copies of approved final Shop Drawings. E. Where multiple types or catalog numbers are shown on sheets, underline, or suitably identify installed components. PART 7 PRODUCT HANDLING: Protect electrical material and equipment before, during and after installation, and protect the installed work of other trades. In the event of damage, immediately make repairs and. replacements necessary to the acceptance of the Architect and at no extra cost to the i Owner. PART 8 PERMITS AND FEES: Secure and pay for permits and fees necessary for initiation and completion of work. This shall include charges of the telephone and power companies. PART 9 CODES, RULES, AND ORDINANCES: ' Work shall be in full accord with latest edition of National Electrical Code and all States, Federal, Local, and other laws and regulations applicable. Comply with requirements of National Board of Fire Underwriters, serving utility companies. However, where Specifications call for material or construction of better quality or larger sizes than required by above mentioned rules and regulations, provisions of specifications take precedence. Nothing in Plans or Specifications is to be construed to permit work not conforming to codes. PART 10 IDENTIFICATION OF SWITCHES AND APPARATUS: Panelboards, Cabinets, Safety Switches, transformers and other apparatus used for operation, control of circuits, appliances and equipment installed under contract shall be properly identified with engraved Lamacoid nameplates and typewritten index cards. PART 11 COOPERATION WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS: 11.1 Cooperate with other Contractors doing work on building as may be necessary for proper execution of work of various trades employed in construction of building. r� MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 16010 Page 4 GENERAL PROVISIONS 11.2 Electrical Contractor shall refer to Architectural, Structural, Mechanical Drawings for construction details and coordinate his work with that of other Contractors to the end that conflict and delays are avoided PART 12 ACCURACY OF DATA: 12.1 Data given herein and on Drawings is as exact as could be secured, but absolute accuracy is not guaranteed. Specifications and Drawings are for assistance and guidance to Contractor. Exact locations, distances, levels, etc., are governed by building and Contractor shall use data contained herein with this understanding. 12.2 Exact location of outlets not dimensioned on Drawings shall be located as directed by Architect. Any outlet installed without such authorization shall be moved, if required by Owner, without cost to Owner. I PART 13 DRAWINGS: 13.1 Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic, follow as closely as actual construction and work of other Contractors will permit. Deviation from Drawings required to make work of Electrical Contractor conform to building as constructed, and to clear work of other Contractors, shall be made by Electrical Contractor without additional cost. 13.2 Verify measurements of building prior to proceeding with rough -in. 13.3 Branch circuit wiring and arrangement of home runs have been worked out for maximum economy consistent with adequate sizing for voltage drop, etc., install wiring with circuits arranged as shown on drawings. 13.4 Provide J -Boxes as required for all branch circuits and Home Runs. I 13.5 Owner reserves the right to make minor changes in the location of outlets if decided upon before rough -in has been finished. , PART 14 INSPECTION: 14.1 Work and materials covered by this Specification is subject to inspection at any time by representative of Architect or Owner and Building Inspector. 14.2 If inspector finds any material not conforming to these specifications, within 3 days after being notified by Architect, remove materials from premises. If said material is installed, entire expense of removing and replacing same, including any cutting and patching that may 111 be necessary, will be borne by the Electrical Contractor. 14 3 Do not allow or cause any of this work to be covered up or enclosed until it has been inspected, tested and approved by the Architect and the authorities having jurisdiction over the work. Should any of this Contractor's work be enclosed or covered up before such inspection, test, he shall, at his own expense, uncover the work and after it has been inspected, tested, and approved, make repairs with such materials as may be necessary to restore his work and that of the other Contractors to its proper condition. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE `, COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 16010 Page 5 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 15 SUPERVISION AND WORKMANSHIP: Contractor personally or through authorized and competent representative, constantly supervise work covered by these Specifications. So far as possible, keep same foreman on job from start to finish. Workmanship of entire job to be first class in every way. Only experienced, competent workmen employed for work. PART 16 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP: 16.1 Workmanship shall be performed by skilled mechanics according to best trade practices. .1 16.2 Measurements shall be verified at the job site. 16.3 Do not damage other Contractor's work. Repair to any damaged work shall be done by craftsmen skilled in the trade, to the Architect's acceptance, at no expense to the Owner. 16.4 Cutting, Patching and Opening: Do only as necessary. Do not weaken the building structure ' with cutting. Patching shall be done by skilled workers and shall match the general construction as to type and quality. Special consideration is required in tilt -up construction areas 16.5 Furnish the General Contractor with the location of openings for conduit and other blockouts or holes required in the building structure for installation of electrical work. Openings shall provide as tight a fit as possible. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for costs of any hole mislocated or omitted from his division of the work. 16.6 Location of Outlets: It shall be the responsibility of this Contractor to study the General and Mechanical Drawings and Specifications and confer with the various trades involved to the end that there is no conflict between the electrical outlets and any work of other trades. The following must be particularly checked before installing work: A. The exact outlet location. B. The location and type of furred ceilings. C. Door swings. D Millwork and millwork details I E. Windows and other openings. 16.7 Appliances: Furnish scaffolding, ladders and other appliances required for the execution of ' the work. 16.8 Openings in Pipe: Ends of pipe shall be kept closed during the progress of the work. Pipe ' shall be clean and dry before any wire is installed. 16.9 Empty raceways shall be furnished with nylon cord 5/16" diameter 16 10 Motors shall be connected with minimum 2' -0" length of flex conduit at motor connection box, (except roof mounted exhaust fans) MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 16010 Page 6 GENERAL PROVISIONS 16.11 Adjacent wall mounted wiring devices, room thermostats or other equipment shall be coordinated and located either at the same elevation or in line, one above the other. PART 17 MATERIALS — GENERAL: 17.1 Electrical materials are to be of type and quality specified, new, listed by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., meet their requirements and bear their label wherever standards have been established by them. I 17.2 All equipment or material for any one system shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. Such items as lamps, conduit fittings, wire, wiring devices, etc., shall be same throughout the project. PART 18 GUARANTEE: I Work and materials, furnished under this Contract shall be unconditionally guaranteed against faulty workmanship or defective material for period of two years from date of final acceptance Electrical equipment failure shall be repaired at no expense to the Owner. PART 19 AS -BUILT LAYOUTS: Maintain a complete set of "blue prints" forming a part of this Contract. After work is installed, carefully draw on prints, in colored pencil, correct location of work installed, with dimensions from permanent walls, walks, etc., and including depth of underground runs. Wiring diagrams and details corrected. Upon completion of project, deliver corrected "as- built" prints to Architect in good, legible condition. PART 20 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 20.1 Keep the building and site clean and free of refuse from the work under this Division. I 20 2 Parts of the equipment must be thoroughly cleaned and free from cement, paint, grease, plaster, and dirt. Surfaces to be painted must be thoroughly cleaned with oil and grease dissolving solvents and exposed metal work left smooth and clean with surface free of rust. 20.3 Equipment and work under other Sections of the Specifications must be kept free from damage and dirt from the work under this Section 20.4 Outlet boxes shall be completely free of plaster or concrete. Contractor may use paper or plastic enclosure to fulfill this requirement. PART 21 TESTING. 21.1 General Scope It is the intent of these tests to assure that electrical equipment, both Contractor and Owner supplied, is operational within industry and manufacturer's tolerances and is installed in accordance with design specifications. 21.2 Test and Inspection: MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 16010 Page 7 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Work is not to be covered until inspected by the Engineer and The Local Inspectors. Give 48 hours notice of intention to cover up work to permit such inspection. B All Tests shall be conducted by a Certified Testing Lab. C. Arrange for a final test and inspection to be observed by the Engineer of the complete electrical system. Test shall be conducted at the expense of and by the Contractor at a mutually agreed upon time. Test shall include the following: 1. Spot check verification of color coding, tagging, numbering and splice makeup. 2. With facility in normal operation Electrical Contractor is to adjust load connection as necessary to achieve phase balance of panels and provide Owner with chart of final adjusted readings. 3. Provide sign off reports of all testing and demonstrations. END OF SECTION 16010 I I I r I I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 16010 Page 8 GENERAL PROVISIONS (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) , I I I 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 r I 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE , COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 I SECTION 16020 EXISTING CONDITIONS ' PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: Plan is general in nature and does not show all existing conditions or demolition work. This contractor shall coordinate with all other trades and ' disconnect /reconnect, extend /relocate, remove or alter, all existing electrical equipment and circuiting required to facilitate work in remodel areas. Coordinate with general contractor and Architect for details prior to bid. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 EXISTING MATERIALS: All materials which are a part of the building shall remain the property of the Owner. 2.2 EXISTING MATERIAL RE- INSTALLED A. Existing materials and equipment that are removed as a part of the work may be reinstalled as a part of the new system, subject to approval of condition suitability by the ' Architect/Engineer. The requirements of the specifications (i.e. installation, warranty, testing, etc.) shall apply as if the materials were new, supplied by the Contractor. 2.3 EXISTING MATERIALS NOT TO BE RE- INSTALLED A. In coordination with the Architect /Engineer, these materials shall be made available for his inspection and decision as to whether the Owner will retain possession. Items selected for retention shall be delivered to a location on the premises selected by the Owner and turned over to him. Take reasonable care to avoid damage to this material. If the Contractor fails to conform to this requirement, he shall purchase and turn over to the Owner replacement materials of like kind and quality. t B. All material not selected for retention by the Owner and debris, shall be disposed of by the Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS: Examine the conditions under which Division 16 work is to be installed for conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until deficiencies encountered in installation have been corrected. 3.2 DEMOLITION A. Electrical equipment free standing, raceway (exposed) and conductors no longer of service as a result of this contract shall be removed Unused raceways or sleeves shall be cut flush at floor, or wall and filled with grout. B. Prior to disconnecting or altering any existing circuit, contractor shall determine loads fed by it, and rewire as required to retain circuit continuity as necessary. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 16020 Page 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS I PART 4 INSPECTION Prior to submitting his bid, the E.C. shall inspect the existing facility and thoroughly familiarize , himself with all conditions which may affect his contract. Determine number and location of light fixtures, and other miscellaneous items affected by this work. The on -site inspection called for here shall be carried out sufficiently to afford the Contractor with information necessary to include in his bid the costs for all items involved in this project or required for completion of his work. Failure to follow these instructions shall be considered sufficient cause for this Contractor to provide necessary equipment at his own expense, as directed by the Engineer. I END OF SECTION 16020 I I 1 I I I I 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I I SECTION 16050 1 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS PART 1 SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT AND MAIN SWITCHBOARD 1 1.1 Existing Main Switchboard. 1 PART 2 GROUND SYSTEM 2.1 Equipment, including transformers, conduits systems, motors, and other apparatus, shall be grounded by conductor to cold water main and grounding electrode, with ground clamps manufactured by Burndy or T & B and approved by the Engineer. I 2.2 Metallic conduit supports, cabinets and equipment shall be grounded in accordance with the latest codes. Ground wire shall be of the same kind and quality as other conductors in the building, shall be placed in conduit runs as specified for branch circuits and shall be placed in conduit runs as specified for branch circuits and shall be sized to meet the requirements of I the National Electrical Code. Where a grounding conductor runs through metallic conduit, it shall be securely bonded to the conduit at the entrance and exit and the conduit shall be fitted with a bolted clamp to secure the same to water pipe. I 2.3 Flexible Conduit: Flexible conduit will not be approved for continuity in grounding system. Where flexible connections are used, a separate ground wire shall be installed and bonded IIII to conduit system on both sides of flexible conduit. Motor bases and frames shall be grounded by pulling a separate conductor in with feeder. 2.4 Bare Grounding Wire: A bare grounding wire, sized in accordance with the National I Electrical Code, shall be installed in the same raceway with supplying conductors or in separate conduit and connection shall be made between the secondary neutral of transformers and the neutral buss of the main service entrance equipment. I 2.5 Conductors: Grounding conductors shall be bare, stranded copper wire of the size and method of installation as prescribed by governing codes, and required by Plans. Wire insulation, when used, shall be green. All driven ground rods shall be 3/4" diameter and shall be embedded not less than 10' -0" into the earth. Conduit sections shall not be used. I 2.6 Equipment and fixtures Connections. Connect electrical complete to and through all fixtures, including wiring to mechanical equipment. I PART 3 ELECTRICAL I 3.1 Identification of components: Panelboards, cabinets, transformer, other apparatus used for operation and control of circuits, appliances and equipment installed under this Section shall be properly and completely identified by means of neatly stenciled labels of etched micarta I nameplates. Panels to have engraved nameplates on outside of door and typewritten directory behind plastic plate on inside of door. 3.2 Branch circuit panels Branch circuit panels for lighting and equipment loads shall be as I called for on the Plans and equipped with locks and keyed alike. Provide typewritten index of circuits, under plastic, in holder on inside of door Each circuit listed in schedule by room name or number, as applicable, using final room numbers or names used in building as I verified by Owner Panels exposed to public view shall have nametags mounted inside MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 i Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Punted on 9/2/08 I SECTION 16050 Page 2 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS enclosure and not on either side of door, and shall be readily visible with door open. Mount nametags on other panels on outside of door. I 3.3 Provide new type index for all reuse panels. PART 4 WIRING DEVICES I • 4.1 Duplex receptacles: Duplex receptacles shall be ivory 3 -pole grounding type with the third pole "U" shaped and grounded, WC 596 NEMA WD1 Heavy duty, and shall be one of the following with stainless steel coverplates: A. Bryant, Hubbell, Leviton, Eagle: Number 5342. B. Pass & Seymour: Number 53421, with smooth ivory coverplates. 4.2 Isolated ground receptacle: Hubbell #IG 5262 or equal. See drawing I 4.3 Special Outlet: verify with equipment on site. 4 4 Tumbler Switches: Tumbler switches shall be commercial industrial type 20 amp, 120/277 1 volt AC, WS 896, and of the following: Single - Pole Two - Pole Three - Pole I A. Bryant: 4901 4902 4903 B. Hubbell: 1221 1222 1223 C. Pass & Seymour: 20AC1 20AC2 20AC3 I II D Leviton: 1221 1222 1223 E. Eagle: 2221 2221 2223 A. Flush mounted switches shall have superstainless steel 9300 series coverplates and 1 where grouped, shall be set in gangs with one cover plate 4.5 Weather Proof Receptacles: Hubbell No. 5214 duplex and cover. Mount on flush cast iron I box and cover with gasket for watertight installation. Provide where called for. 4.6 Equipment Controls: A. Manual Starter, surface: A -H 28210 B. Manual Starter, flush A -H 28210 -F C. Disconnect Switch. Square D, G.E., I.T.E. or Westinghouse 600V -HP rated, heavy duty. 4.7 Contactors: Contactors for control of lighting and signs shall be latching type, electrically operated, mechanically held with self - cleaning contacts and shall be one of the following or as shown on drawings.: A. Automatic Switch Co. (ASCO): Bulletin 920 I B. Allen Bradley: Bulletin 720LP I C. Square D: Class 8508. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE i COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I I' SECTION 16050 Page 3 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS PART 5 RACEWAYS, FITTINGS, AND BOXES 5.1 GENERAL: Conduit installed concealed in walls, above the ceiling, or exposed in work areas, shall be rigid galvanized, Sherardized steel conduit, or electrical metallic tubing, Where EMT is used, Electrical Contractor shall provide bonding or grounding conductor if required by the Local Code. Conduit installed in floor slab & exterior shall be rigid galvanized steel. Conduit installed under the floor slab or underground shall be rigid galvanized steel, or Schedule 40 P.V.C., no flex P.V.C. allowed. Where P.V.C. is. used, Electrical Contractor shall provide ground conductor and make any necessary increase in conduit size. All elbows and fitting shall be rigid metallic conduit, no plastic elbows allowed. 5.2 PLASTIC DUCT: Type ABS Type II or DB plastic duct meeting Western Underground Committee Specifications. Sand encased Service duct must be approved by the serving ' Utility Company. 5.3 CONDUIT STEEL OR ALUMINUM: Manufacturers Walter, National, Appleton, Rome, Kaiser, or Reynolds Aluminum. Rigid steel: Galvanized or sherardized. All fittings threaded. Bends 1 -1/4" or larger to be factory manufactured. Running and exposed threads not permitted. 5.4 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING: Manufacturers: Same as conduit. Galvanized or sherardized. Fittings Duro or Thomas & Betts. All connectors with plastic insulated throats Couplings and connectors shall be set screw for conduit less than 2" and threaded compression coupling for conduit 2" and above. 5.5 FLEXIBLE CONDUIT: Manufacturers: same as conduit. Galvanized steel. Fittings: "Jake as manufactured by W F Curies Mfg. Co Maximum length allowed 6'. Flexible conduit will not be allowed for home runs or branch circuit runs except for lighting flexible wiring system as specified. 5.6 PLASTIC CONDUIT: Kraloy Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride conduit and fittings. Elbows ' 1 -1/4" and above, are to be factory manufactured. All joints solvent welded. Provide ground wire for each race -way per N.E.C., except No. 12 minimum. 5.7 Penetrations through concrete walls, floors and footings, both interior and exterior, shall be ' sleeved and caulked with grout or plastic compound. Provide escutcheons at penetrations through finished areas. 5.8 Underground conduit shall be 3/4" min. and watertight. 5.9 Motors connected with minimum 2' length of flex conduit Provide watertight for all exterior uses. 1 5.10 OUTLETS, JUNCTION BOXES AND SWITCH BOXES: A. Galvanized, code -gauge metal. B. Use deep boxes with conduit 1" and larger. ' C. Telephone outlets shall be standard 4" square boxes with single device covers and one -hole Bakelite telephone plates by this Contractor MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 16050 Page 4 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS D. Junction boxes to be size, shape and type to accommodate wires without crowding and to suit location. I 5.11 PULL BOXES: Galvanized, code - gauge, sheet steel with screwed -on covers, of size and shape to accommodate wires without crowding and to suit location. Provide weather -proof type for all site work, and on the roof. Finish the same as panels 5.12 CONDUIT SEALS: Provide where conduits pass from non - cooled to cool areas. I PART 6 WIRE AND CABLE 6.1 GENERAL: Anaconda, General Electric, Okonite, General Cable, Rome or Hatfield, 600 volt insulated copper wire NEC standard of following types: Wire and cable #1/0 and smaller Type THW, RH or THWN, over #1/0 Type THW and THWN 75 degrees C. Wire used in wiring channels or fluorescent lighting fixtures shall be 90 degrees C (min.) type AVA, VA, RHH, or AVB. 6.2 HANDLING AND INSTALLATION: Bends shall be kept in accordance with minimum recommended by manufacturer. Cables shall be paralleled on reels and be pulled directly into raceway from the coil and reel on which they are received. Cable shall not be laid on the ground. 6.3 Splicing of cables is not permitted unless approved by the Engineer. Splices shall be in strict III accordance with manufacturer's specifications. Wires No. 10 and smaller spliced with insulated 3 -M "Scotchloks" or Ideal "Wingnuts ". Wires No. 8 and larger with "Hy- Dent" I I connectors. 6.4 PULLING LUBRICANTS: "Ideal" - yellow. . 6.5 Wire and cable installed only after raceways are free of obstructions and clean. Wire color coded. Wiring shall be tagged with Brady "Quick" labels at pull boxes, junction boxes, bus gutters, and panel- boards. Wiring in panelboards and terminal cabinets neatly trained, served, and marked with circuit number. I 6.6 COLOR CODE WIRES AS FOLLOWS: 1 Phase 208/120V System 480/277V System I A. Black Brown B. Red Orange C. Blue Yellow Neutral White White Ground Wires Green Green PART 7 SAFETY SWITCHES I 7 1 GENERAL: Safety switches shall be heavy -duty, horsepower rated, externally operated with provisions for padlocking, quick -make, quick- break, and shall be fusible 7 2 ENCLOSURE SHALL BE: ' A. Indoor: NEMA 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE i COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 I SECTION 16050 Page 5 BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS B. Outdoor. NEMA 3R Raintight -- Switch enclosures shall be clearly marked for maximum voltage, current and horsepower rated. 7.3 DUAL RATING SWITCHES: Switches having dual ratings (higher rating when used with dual element fuses) shall have ratings indicated on metal plate riveted or otherwise permanently fastened to the enclosure. 111 7.4 Provide stenciled labels of etched micarta nameplate for switch PART 8 SUPPORT SYSTEMS 1 8.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Unistrut, or Superstrut 8.2 GENERAL: Materials secured in the structure by: inserts cast in concrete, machine screws or bolts on metal surfaces. Bolts and screws used on interior shall be black steel or galvanized on exterior, brass or bronze. Cartridge driven studs used only where specifically noted or approved. 1 8.3 RACEWAYS: Supported at intervals not over 10'. Provide one support not over 12" from each change in direction. Clamps: one hole malleable iron. PART 9 OTHER MATERIALS: Other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and operable electrical installation, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds and subject to the acceptance of the Architect END OF SECTION 16050 I I I 1 I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 SECTION 16050 Page 6 • BASIC MATERIALS & METHODS (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) i I I I 1 1 i i I 1 I MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1 COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 I ' SECTION 16150 ELECTRICAL WORKMANSHIP PART 1 SURFACE CONDITION: Prior to work of this Section, carefully installed work of other trades and verify that such work is completed to the point where this installation may commence. Verify that the complete electrical installation will be in strict accordance with pertinent codes and regulations will conform with the manufacturer's recommendations for installation of the electrical items ' involved, and will conform with the original design. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect and proceed as directed. PART 2 PREPARATIONS 2.1 COORDINATION: A. Schedules: Coordinate the installation of electrical items with the schedules of work of trades to prevent unnecessary delay in the total work. B. Locations: Where electrical items are shown to conflict with locations of structural members and mechanical or other equipment, furnish and install all required supports and wiring to clear the encroachment. PART 3 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING: Provide as required for the installation of electrical items. Dig trenches straight and true to line and grade. Bottom shall be completely smooth. Raceways shall be supported from undisturbed original earth. Minimum cover for raceways outside the building shall be 3' -0" from top of raceway or as noted on plan. Trench shall be kept free of water and open trenching protected with suitable barricades and warning lights. Excess earth shall be completely removed from the area and disposed of as directed. Trenches shall be backfilled immediately after approval. Exterior trenches compacted to 90% and interior to 95% compaction. 1 PART 4 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS 4.1 GENERAL: Install work neatly. Raceways, fittings, and equipment, level, plumb, and straight. Connectors, locknuts, screws, clamps, joints made up tightly. Work installed in a manner acceptable to the Architect. Work not acceptable to him shall be corrected or replaced. 4.2 Conceal conduit in the wall or ceiling spaces unless otherwise specifically indicated on the Drawings. Where conduit is allowed to be exposed, install the conduit parallel with or at right angles to structural members, walls and lines of the building. 4.3 Keep conduits at least 6" away from the covering on hot water pipes. 4.4 Keep ends of conduits closed with approved conduit seals during construction of the building. Use conduit unions where union joints are required. Do not use running threads. PART 5 INSTALLATION OF PANELS: ' MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2108 I SECTION 16150 Page 2 ELECTRICAL WORKMANSHIP 5.1 Unless otherwise indicated, or required by construction features, install panels with the top of the trim 6' -3" above the finished floor. I 5.2 Mount a typewritten directory behind clear plastic on inside of each panel door. On the directory, show the circuit number and description of outlets on each circuit according to actual final installation. Verify room names /numbers with Architect. • 5.3 Drawings accompanying specifications indicate general direction of routes of branch circuit home runs. Continue home runs to panel as though routes were completely indicated. Install branch circuit wiring in home runs as shown. Run wiring concealed wherever possible. Group and rack runs together as much as possible. 5 4 Branch Circuit Panels: Branch circuit panels are to be installed where shown and contain number and sizes of circuit breakers shown on panel schedules. 5.5 Provide new typed index for reuse panels. • PART 6 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND ELECTRICAL WORK: Provide supply circuits, safety switches as required for equipment specified under other 1 sections of these specifications. Switches for mechanical equipment are to be marked to suitably identify load controlled. Provide disconnects, and all power wiring and connections. PART 7 PROJECT COMPLETION 7.1 Upon completion of work of this Section, thoroughly clean exposed portions of the electrical installation, removing soil, labels, grease, oil, and other foreign matter, using only the type cleaner recommended by the manufacturer. 7.2 Prior to facility opening, thoroughly indoctrinate the Owner in maintenance and operation of the electrical systems. PART 8 CONDUIT SUPPORT ' 8.1 Conduit shall be supported at intervals of not more than 10' and within 2' of outlets or wiring enclosures. Flexible steel conduit, where allowed, shall be supported at intervals of not more than 3' and within 12" of wiring enclosures. 8.2 Conduit 1" and smaller shall be fastened to the building structure with approved pipe straps or to furring channels or metal studs with #12 AWG zinc - coated iron tie wire. Nails, metal tape, or straps shall not be used. 8.3 Conduit 1 -1/2" and larger shall be suspended from the building structure by means of approved pipe hangers, pipe racks, or trapezes, as necessary. 8.4 Individual conduit hangers shall be malleable iron split rings. Hanger and racks shall be attached to concrete with metal inserts set in the forms, and to steel members with beam clamps or machine bolts, where approved. Trapezes and racks shall be sized as necessary with conduit resting on and secured to cross bars. Conduits shall be braced to prevent sway. 8 5 Vertical conduit runs shall be provided with split -wedge fittings which automatically tighten under the weight of the conductors when required by Code. MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 r SECTION 16150 Page 3 ELECTRICAL WORKMANSHIP END OF SECTION 16150 I 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 ' Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 1 SECTION 16150 Page 4 ELECTRICAL WORKMANSHIP (This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I I 1 I 1 I i 1, I 1 1 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE I COSTCO WHOLESALE 7850 SW Dartmouth Street TEI# 08 -261 Freezer /Refrigeration Remodel Tigard, Oregon 97223 Printed on 9/2/08 r 1 ' WF108.ESALE 1 1 � Costco Wholesale ' sitelfolio General Contractor User Guide Version 2.0 1 1 1 1 1 I E 1 Table of Contents I Searching in sitelfolio 3 1 RFI 4 1 Submittal 5 Change Order Proposal 6 Change Order 7 1 Payment Application 8 Project Photographs 9 Weekly Job Report 11 O & M Manuals 12 1 Equipment Books 13 1 1 1 1 1 i 1/31/08 Page 2 1 I Searching in sitelfolio sitelfolio search grants you ultimate control over how you locate the sites, projects, businesses, I contacts or critical project documents you're interested in — quickly and easily, from anywhere. Save time by storing your recurring searches, and keeping them current, with saved searches I E�.� Sites +Froze t Fe,qua =t. cumer�t. 8 usznS._ , t_-- _ i � __ 1 5•EdRCH ii TI C'iJ I Project Search Results CW - 07 cW-07,0135aPensac+oh (Corzlava ty1a01) , , ; I ' ' Cl/V-07-0135-01 1481, Warehouse with Liquor .. Schematic Design New ' O/ -07- 0135 -L12 Gas Station Schematic Design Nev I 9 Select Sites /Projects then type in project name or project number • Click Search • At the search result screen, click on the project number to access the project I • To ensure you won't have to search for this project again, select Watch this Project» in your PIW box • To un -watch a project, simply right click on project and select Delete NI • Confirm by clicking Yes Creating a Dynamic or Static Project List I. • Click on Options, then select Advanced Site /Project Search» Select desired search criteria • Click Search» at bottom of page I • • Once you see your search results, locate Save Search >PIW Name your search and select either Static or Dynamic o Static list: saves a list of project that will not change o Dynamic list: saves the search criteria and updates each time you access the I search - • To delete project list, right click and select Delete • Confirm by clicking Yes I �U p6t,af f provN. S y`;e this s earch t o + { ni_lr F'rolert' I '. at[ hit =l a _ l A, I , , � . ,.;; Static list of project: .rr'h t 1 2tdtic li .::a',r3... ' , Ee'� ...o . r�.�P ,. =r i�_t i Dynamic list of projects S- arr-.tl S=riterla.- t "' ;:'' ! Dynamic hst .fr_ 'sr,°1 i .,, ,, t . °sr , r I 'e 1= - 1-' 'Ir:Y. - ; - ,. - t_ .r: d h :1 1,4Y AC trve F'rolectol I I I 1/31/08 Page 3 I i Request for Information (RFI) , STEP 1 - CREATE A NEW RFI AND SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL (ACTION BY CONTRACTOR) 1. Select Requests then the RFI tab 2. Select add» at the header that this RFI applies to (building contract, on -site contract, project, etc): 3. Enter RFI number 4. Status will be Not Issued at this step 5. Enter Subject of RFI 6. Enter Reference document for RFI 7. Select affected Disciplines for RFI 8. Select your name in Submitted By field 9. Select Save and Continue» 10. Enter Need Response By date 11. At Contractor Request Log header, select add» 12. Enter your Request and proposed Solution, click Save 13. To attach supporting documentation for your RFI, select add» at Contractors Attachments header 14. Change status to New 15. Click Save at bottom of page 16. An email notification page will appear 17. From this page select who you want notified of your new RFI 18. Select any attachments that you want included in the email notification 19. Select Send» STEP 2 - Receive And Respond to a New RFI (Action by Project Architect : , 1. Architect will receive an email notification once a GC issues a new RFI for a project. 2. Select pencil icon in upper right corner 3. Enter date you received RFI I 4. Change status to Pending, and then select Save. 5. Locate Forward Log and record any forwarding of RFI to consultants 6. When you are ready to respond to RFI, select pencil icon in upper right corner 7. Enter date you reviewed RFI 8. At Responses header, select add », enter your response to RFI, select Save 9. Enter date you responded to RFI 10. To attach supporting documentation for your RFI response, select add» at Architects Attachments header 11. Change status to Final 12. Select Save at bottom of page 13. An email notification page will appear. 14. From this page select who you want notified of the RFI 15. Select any attachments you want included in email notification 16 Select Send» 1/31/08 Page 4 r SUBMITTALS STEP 1 - SEND SUBMITTAL FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL (ACTION BY CONTRACTOR) 1. Click on Requests then select Submittals 1 2. Click add» on the dark grey header bar 3. Enter Submittal number 4. Status will be Not Issued at this point 5. Select Specification Division 6. Select Specification Section 7. Enter Description of Submittal 1 8. Select a Due By date 9. Click Save» 10. Click add» on the Forward Log header to document forwarding of Submittal 11. Click add» on the Notes header to enter note 12. To include Attachments, locate Attachment header, and click add» 13. Change Status to Under Review 14. Click Save» 15. An Email Notification will fire (notifying Architect that Submittals are on the way) 16. Select any attachments that you want included in the email notification 17. Select Send» 18. Send five (5) sets to Architect STEP 2 - Receive And Respond to Submittal (Action bar Project 1. Arch PM will receive an email notification that the Contractor is sending a new Submittal. 2. Followed by five (5) sets sent to office 3. Locate Submittal in sitelfolio under Requests / Submittals 4. Click pencil icon next to Submittal 1 5. Enter Received Date 6. Select appropriate Status (conforms, conforms with revisions, non - conforming, approved) 7. Enter Approved Date (once approved) 8. Click add» on the Forward Log header to document forwarding of Submittals 9. Enter a Note if necessary 10. Click Save» 11. An Email Notification will fire (notifying the Contractor that Architect has responded to Submittal) 12. Select any attachments that you want included in the email notification 13. Select Send» i 1 i i 1/31/08 Page 5 I ad s' E 1 Change Order Proposal - (COP) STEP 1 — CREATE A NEW COP AND SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL (ACTION BY CONTRACTOR) 1. Click on $ then select Contractor Contracts. Select contract # of the contract you need to enter a COP against. 2. Scroll down to the Change Log header and double -click to expand. 3. Click Add» at COP header: 4. Enter COP number 5. Select who initiated the COP 6. Status will be Not Issued at this step 7. Skip Approved By field 8. Enter in COP proposed dollar amount 9. Enter Process Date 10. Enter Sub Notified Date 11. Enter Sub Price Received Date 12. Enter Need Response By Date 13. Click Save and Continue» 14. Click add» at Description header 15. Enter a complete description of COP in dialog box and click Save 16. If needed, click add» at Notes header and enter note in dialog box 17. To attach supporting documentation for COP, click add» at Attachments header 15 Select 'Issued' for COP status 16. Click Save» 17. Email notification screen will appear 18. Confirm that required recipients are already checked and check any additional recipients 19. Select any attachments that you want included in the email notification 20. Select Send» STEP 2 — Receive and Approve COP (Action by Architect on behalf of Owner) 1. MG2 will receive an email notification once a GC issues a COP — to review, click here. 2. If you are ready to approved this COP, change Status from Issued to Approved 3. Once COP has been approved, contractor will be notified via e- notification. 4. The COP can now be attached to a Change Order. 1 1 1/31/08 Page 6 1 1 Change Order — (CO) STEP 1 — Create A New Change Order (Action by Contractor): 1. Click on $, then select Contractor Contracts ' 2. Click on Contractor Contract you wish to create a Change Order for 3. Scroll down to Change Orders header and click on add» 4. Enter Change Order Number ' 5. Status will be Not Issued at this point 6. Enter a Change Order dollar amount (only for monetary changes not included in attached COP's) 7. Enter Processed date 8. Click Save and Continue» 9. Add a Description ' 10. Add a Note (optional) 11. Locate 'Unattached COP's' header, and click attach» next to each approved COP that you want to include with this Change Order. 12. Add any desired attachments ' 13. Change Status to Issued 14. Click Save» at bottom of page. 15. Email notification screen will appear 16. Confirm that required recipients are already checked and check any additional recipients 17. Select any attachments that you want included in the email notification 18. Click Send» 111 STEP 2 — Receive and A. •rove a New Change Order (Action by Architect on behalf of Owner): 1 1. Architect will receive auto - notification from Contractor of issued Change Order, to review click here 2. If you are ready to approve this CO, change Status from Issued to Approved. 3. Click Save» at bottom of page. 1 1/31/08 Page 7 I E I Payment Applications STEP 1 — CREATE A NEW PAY APP AND SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL (ACTION BY CONTRACTOR) 1. Place your cursor on $ then select Contractor Contracts 2. Select contract that you are submitting payment for 3. Scroll down and locate Pay Applications header, click add» 4. Enter pay app number 5. Leave Received Date and Forward Date fields empty — entered by Architect 6. Enter Completed and Stored dollar amount 7. Enter retainage percent (5 or 10 percent) 8. Click Save and Continue» 9. Select status of Issued 10. Click Save» 11. Email notification will fire — press Send» 12. Send original documentation to Architect STEP 2 - Receive a New Pay App (Action by Project Administrator): , 1. Project Administrator and Arch Project Manager will receive an email notification once Contractor issues a new pay app. 2. Locate payment application in sitelfolio 3. Select pencil icon in upper right corner 4. Enter Received date 5. Select Status of Awaiting Approval. ' 6. Verify dollar amounts and attached lien releases, etc. 7. Give pay app original documentation received by Contractor to Architect for review and approval for payment. STEP 3 - Approve New Pay App (Action by PM & Project Administrator on behalf of Owner): 1. Locate payment application in sitelfolio 2. Select pencil icon in upper right corner 3. Enter any Joint Checks for associated sub - contractors 4. Enter Forward date (this is the date payment is forwarded to Costco for payment) 5. Select Status of Approved 6. Click Save at bottom of page 7. Email notification will fire to notify Contractor that pay app has been approved and forwarded to Owner for payment. 1 1/31/08 Page 8 I I \ate Posting Your Project Photographs ' Acceptable file types: > .JPG / .JPEG > .TIF / .TIFF ' > .GIF > .BMP • .PNG Acceptable images sizes: > Range between 640x480 and 1024x768 ' Acceptable Digital Camera Setting: > Between 0.5 and 1 mega pixel site 'folio does not recommend the use of camera phones when taking pictures for your photo library. Upload Photos: The automated upload feature includes: • Image resizing for optimum web viewing and printing • A Watermark Text feature to label a series of images (e.g. Project Name and Date) 1. Use WinZip to compile the image series, and save it in a temporary location 2. Select Add» from the Photos page, dialog box will appear 3. Select Zip File: Click, Browse... to locate and attach the ZIP file 4. Name: Enter a name for the photograph library ' 5. Photos Taken: Click the calendar icon and enter date photographs were taken 6. Watermark Text: Image labeling (e.g. Project Name and Date) 7. Description: Enter a description 8. Select Save to confirm and start the upload: t PFt010 Lard my aataaar` volo.)qt - 414q, Paean aasatxc 111.1 Vona attactimNI ae tro lay gr* lhat T91trcga� mss. 1 d s1 L*j?a :hen tin • t,r Ky>e1'nt I Lord 5 t a cr ow* ;maw ER •ret•y± oh1 Lane . ,. LrtFsv;e+ � Mime .wx rsi•.3S4tl phx:c t FT :+M,' ?r.Ge: oJCte :42srtai. c <Pw1Pc r+ars. 1 g WaI•0emry r ;nve t µ 4.,rmc I 1/31/08 Page 9 I Manipulate Photo Index: In the photo index Edit feature, images can be reorganized and /or deleted individually: 1. Open photo thumbnail sheet 2. Click edit in upper right corner 3. Move your cursor over an image to enlarge it 4. Select 'X' to delete an image 5. Select a green up or down arrow to arrange images on the index list 6. When finished, click Save to close I eAtt a 1 Fyn 6119,1 PMER . I J aye » Cancel= i 1 1/31/08 Page 10 1 I Posting Your Weekly Job Report Weekly Job Reports will be uploaded under Files -> Project Files -> Construction (folder) ' CO tCo IL;4 Current PI ri i , Files F Dray ros p Fde= 111 ' Upload File: 1. Select red double arrow on the right side of the Construction folder 2. Select 'Upload File' 3. Browse for file 4. Select "Save" 1 1 1 1 1/31/08 Page 11 1 Posting Your 0 & M Manuals 0 & M Manuals will be uploaded under Files -> Site Files -> O &M Manuals (folder) Costci 1L;: Current P l a n s s 3 : Files Dra ; i Files I Upload Files: 1. Select red double arrow on the right side of the folder. It will contain the following options • Upload File • Upload Zip and extract contents (allows user to upload many documents at once from a single zip file) 2. Select 'Upload File' or 'Upload Zip and extract contents' 3. Browse for file 4. Select "Save" Sort Files: 1. Locate desired file and select red double arrow to the right of file 2. Utilize green directional arrows to sort file Move file to different folder: 1. Locate desired file or files 2. Locate Folder you wish to move files and select red double arrow to right of folder 3. Select 'Move selected files to this folder" View /download document: 1. Locate document you wish to view or download 2. Click on document name 3. Document will open in new window 4. Document can now be saved or printed Download multiple files into Zip: 1. Click check boxes next to each file you wish to include in your Zip file 2. Click menu» 3. Select "Down selected files as Zip archive" 4. A dialog box will appear, choose to Save or Open the Zip file 5. Your Zip file can now be saved and documents can be printed 1/31/08 Page 12 1 1 ' Equipment Books 1 From the global navigation, click on EQUIP LISTS tab and select desired list: 1 Ba�er'•j ell Food Court Meat 'tical ' Photo Tire Shop VVarehouz:e Once on the page, you can view documents by selecting plus ( +) sign next to folder, or click on menu» and select Expand all folders , V' % ;.' Ott , lot 'may. *i Li Bakery Title Page +? Bakery' Inde.. 1 ±l 1,D I ON Spiral tyti>,er ' View /download document: 1. Locate document you wish to view or download 2. Click on document name ' 3. Document will open in new window 4. Document can now be saved or printed ' Download multiple files into Zip: 1. Click check boxes next to each file you wish to include in your Zip file 2. Click menu» 1 3. Select "Down selected files as Zip archive" 4. A dialog box will appear, choose to Save or Open the Zip file 5 Your Zip file can now be saved and documents can be printed 1 1 1/31/08 Page 13 =WHOLESALE This page left blank intentionally , 1 1 1 1 1 1/31/08 Page 14